26.10.2020 Views

CreativeCapital as eBook

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.


“Invest in your creative capital” is a revised and edited eBook version of

SELF-Empowerment – How and why to invest in your creative capital by

Lawrence Poole.

ISBN – 9781620952122

1. Self-actualization (Psychology); 2. Creative thinking; 3. Leadership;

4. Mind expansion; 5. Motivation (Psychology).

Except in the case of brief quotations embodied in critical articles and/or reviews,

no part of this book may be reproduced in any form or by any means without

prior written permission of the author.

Contact Lawrence Poole at info@TheJungleTimes.com

www.TheJungleTimes.com



INVEST IN YOUR « CREATIVE CAPITAL »

Table of Contents

Foreword

Acknowledgements

Chapter 1 - THE CHANGING MIND

When my mind changed…

Times of change

Where « mind » has been

A new paradigm: From self-sabotage to self-empowerment

How people accept change

Strategic adaptation

Chapter 2 – SELF-EMPOWERMENT IN A NEW PERSPECTIVE

The new perspective…

The mind as a limiting sphere of awareness

The reactive mind

The proactive mind

The creative mind

The empowered mind: an evolutionary jump


Chapter 3 - A WORLD OF NEURAL PARADIGMS

Personal Brain/Mind: Timelines and paradigms

Brain, consciousness, neurons and pathways

Neurons link into neural pathways

We are perceivers

A new social context

The personal content factor

Some paradigms are hardwired

Our physiological survival imprints

Our environmental and emotional imprints

Social and semantic imprints

Moral and spiritual imprints

Experiential imprints

The language of paradigms

Chapter 4 - ON CREATIVE INTELLIGENCE

Eight kinds of intelligence

The creative mind

An empowered mind

The attributes of a co-creator

Intelligence from beyond human limits

Chapter 5 - ON MOTIVATION AND WILL

Human motivation

The six principles of motivated creativity


The hierarchy of need in human nature

Physiological needs

Security needs

Social needs

Ego needs

Quality of life needs

Chapter 6 - ON META-MOTIVATION AND SOUL

Beyond our ego-centric limits

The need for a quality of life

The need for personal growth

The need for self-actualization

The need to paradigm-shift into a more creative worldview

The need for joy and passion for life

The need to reach a creative Super-consciousness

An 11 th dimension of need, where we pursue ideals

Understanding the 12 th level of need: Where all is 'One'

Altruistic self-interest: Filling organizational needs

Chapter 7 - WHEN POWER GETS PERSONAL

One Soul: An ultimate identity

Absolute, relatively speaking

It all depends how you see it

Creative order includes a soul

Frequencies of soul: How the brain becomes mind


Magnitudes of soul: Intensities of experiencing the Master Mind

Amplitudes of soul: Ascension through the dimensions

Of mind and mood

Your body's creative intelligence

Chapter 8 - INVEST IN YOUR CREATIVE CAPITAL

Personal power

The energy investment

Twelve ways to produce genius

Energy is transactional

Breakthrough thinking

Self-empowered thinking

Five Steps in the Art of Strategy

Task-oriented transformation

Thinking creatively until your dreams are actualized

Chapter 9 – RESISTANCE – KNOW THYSELF

Your two zones of influence

Brain and perceptual duality

Know yourself as consciousness

The transpersonal aspects of consciousness

Surfing your brainwaves

Gamma waves: Speed kills…

Beta: Use your conscious mind

Alpha: Probe your subconscious mind


Theta: Explore the collective unconscious mind

Delta waves: Access the Super-conscious mind

Ømega - Light - One with the sacred M.I.N.D.* (Move in new dimensions)

The key to developing a magical M.I.N.D.* (Move in new dimensions)

Chapter 10 - A PASSION FOR LIFE

Human evolution as a right, a duty and a personal power

Developing passion in strategic areas

A powerful mind comes in a passionate body

Willed fusion: The jump into the unknown

Ten great tips for acquiring SPIRITUAL power

We are co-creating a common future

The Tool Box

Bibliography

Author biography


Foreword

I became aware of the dark. It was a thick black, sort of like dense velvet. An

instant before, my entire life had flashed before me and now I was in an

absolute dark.

It was 11:00 A.M. on August 20 th , 1977, and that was the beginning of a

journey that will never end. At 03:20 that day, I had an automobile accident

that ended the life I knew. It was a spectacular car crash. I’ve always loved

drama but this time I was the anti-hero in a scenario that included my own

death. During the eternity I was in the abyss, I became aware of my life, one

precious moment after another.

My reverie was continuously interrupted by reality: I was torn between

a conscious will to survive and watching my life - and other images that had

nothing to do with me. After days fighting for life, having been thought dead

twice already, my heart stopped and I found myself outside my body and

without pain for the first time since the accident. From a point near the ceiling,

I was distinctly aware that I was more than a physical body.

I saw myself dead. I observed the scene carefully. I remember being

curious, calm and detached. I saw a friend escort my wife out of the room, after

instructions shouted by a nurse. Another nurse called for cardiac resuscitation.

A doctor who’d been resting in an armchair rushed over. He seemed fully aware

of my condition and was shouting instructions.

I had been crushed by the steering wheel of my car and among other

things it broke my ribs, my sternum, my collarbone, my spine, my left arm and

caused much more internal damage. Cut and bruised, I was a mess. He raised

his fist as if to strike down on my chest but I saw him suddenly hesitate. Then he

called out my name but I was oblivious to his words.

I was no longer in pain.

I saw my body attached to the monitors and machines. There were tubes

in my arm, my nose, my mouth and a large one taped directly over my throat. I

was a mess. I felt depressed and was about to give up the ghost when, from deep

inside of myself, I felt a voice clearly say: ‘Sadder words I've never seen than

the words «It could have been.»’

And almost simultaneously, from outside of me, another voice caught my

attention: ‘Come back… for Natalie's sake.’

Those words filled me with intense emotion, with feelings of love beyond

description. I felt myself expand as if a balloon and rise past the ceiling out of

the room. I continued to expand while rising out into the cosmos - then felt

myself explode into billion bits of Light. And I was instantly in my body, alive

and aware of pain.


Natalie is my daughter and she was then only six years old.

Later, in spite of my critical condition (I spent six weeks in the ICU and

almost a year in hospitals), I found myself trying to frustratingly remember

something important. I was drifting back and forth between reality and all its

pain, and dream where I examined my life experiences as if watching a film.

I felt frustration driven by a compelling idea that I had to remember that

something important.

Even if I’d enjoyed a relatively short life to that point (I was 29 years

old), I still had done quite a lot of living so there was much to sift through. I kept

going back until I remembered being 8 years old.

In an incredibly lucid vision, I recalled that my brother won a book at

school. A rather serious tome, he gave it to my father - who handed it to me,

promising me the princely sum of $20 if I could answer 50 questions after

reading it. To make sure I got it, I read the book three times, enjoying,

understanding and appreciating it more with each reading. To my father’s

surprise, I answered all his questions - and settled for the modest sum of $5 he

negotiated down.

The book, a novel called “A Place Of Coolness”, told the story of a man

who is searching for his brother, eventually finding him in a monastery. I

remembered the something particular I was searching for. Toward the book's

end, the author states that man’s goal is to find peace and then joy, that these

reside inside each of us, but that a place of coolness is needed to reach them.

After remembering that, I felt myself pulled from dream back to reality

where the intense pain from my wounds waited for me. Before allowing it to

once again take over my mind, I made an appointment with destiny. I

promised myself that I'd find an oasis, a place of coolness and I’d venture within

to reach its promise of joy.

Later, I recognized how the places that had offered me the greatest joy

before the accident were the forests and wilderness areas of Canada’s

Northeast. That’s where I started looking for my place of coolness. That’s

where I found joy and passion. And that’s how I became the only researcher on

Earth to trek rainforest jungles… in a wheelchair - but that’s another book.

From a monograph I wrote in 1980


Chapter 1

THE CHANGING MIND

When my mind changed…

Times of change

Where our mind has been

A new paradigm: From self-sabotage to self-empowerment

How people accept change

Strategic adaptability

"The big question is whether you are going to say a hearty yes to your

adventure."

Joseph Campbell


Chapter 1

WHEN MY MIND CHANGED…

My world changed in a single instant and it would never be the same. Since, I’ve

been intimately acquainted with my destiny and the kind of serendipitous events

that meeting “Death” might engender.

On August 20 th 1977 I was introduced to Death in an automobile accident.

I was thought dead 4 times, spent 6 weeks in the intensive care unit and 11

months in hospital. I’m paralyzed from my chest and have been confined to a

wheelchair for all these years.

The accident left me destitute in a largely inaccessible world but strangely

enough, during my long painful journey of recovery, people most often concluded

that I was lucky … that you survived… I was lucky because I was still alive!

“Chance favors the prepared mind.”

When I read the above words from French scientist Louis Pasteur, I felt as if

they'd been written for me. In fact I’ve been told: “You’re one of the luckiest

people I know.”

My daughter once told me her classmates at University often commented

on how lucky she was, and my life-partner Suzy told me the same thing is said

about her too, that she is “lucky”. To tell the truth, I’ve heard similar comments

from a several people and when I’ve asked them about it not a single one felt

particularly lucky. Rather, each attributed his or her achievements to hard work.

I understand why some of those people wear their lucky label with a bit of

resentment. Unless you've personally experienced it, it’s rather difficult for

someone who doesn’t consider him or herself to be particularly lucky to

appreciate the work behind the almost magical events that make up the lives of us

lucky people.

Well I can testify that it’s not only in the eyes of others that I’m thought

lucky. I truly believe that I am the luckiest on Earth. Who else gets a second

chance? I didn’t always think this way - but I changed my mind. Now I truly

think myself to be one of the luckiest people alive.

In fact, because I understand how luck works, I know I’ll continue to be

lucky for the rest of my life. Luck, an intangible force that seems to elude so

many people, only required a logical context for me to see it. Once I understood


what luck is, I was able to accept the fact that I am indeed very lucky, and to start

cashing in on the power of luck. Here's the definition I stumbled on:

Luck is what occurs when preparation meets opportunity.

I can assure you that, in spite of its simplicity, this formula can have wondrous

results!

Where you find change, you find opportunity. So opportunities are

adjuncts to change. In a world of constant change, opportunities are everywhere

then, just waiting to be uncovered. But not everyone sees it. Proper preparation

is what’s required to see opportunities and grab one.

In this way, a prepared person can participate more fully in life’s

transformational events and can consciously co-create circumstances that will

later be thought of as lucky. Proper preparation can take different forms. One

can be physically, emotionally, intellectually and even spiritually prepared to

capitalize on opportunities, or indeed to cause them!

Looking back on my adaptation after the accident, I can see that I was

prepared at several levels. I had already undergone several major changes and so

I came through the ordeal in good enough fashion. My spiritual values had given

me the strength of character needed to accept my fate and to transform the event

into an opportunity, a new beginning rather than the end.

Without proper preparation, even the most obvious opportunities will be

missed. Then, change is perceived as a threat or as rather bothersome, or even as

an obstacle. Strongly associated with the idea of randomness and chance, luck is

often described as a joyful event that occurs without our necessarily having had

anything to do with it. A lottery is a good example, since, according to many,

winning a million dollars would certainly seem lucky. Yet, even if it’s a million to

one shot, you still have to buy a ticket in order to win. There is no possibility of

luck unless you buy a ticket. And consider that not every winner, when revisited,

will agree that the lotto brought him or her good luck.

Science tells us that pure chance does not exist. This is because the laws of

Nature include a universal law of movement called action/reaction or cause and

effect. If we observe an effect, we can confidently believe it has somehow been

caused. Author K. C. Cole, a science reporter at Discover magazine writes, “Even

if the whims of the ancient gods seemed more understandable than the inner

workings of the atom…there is a magical order to the seeming randomness of

atomic events. And the very reality of the order in random events has totally

altered the meaning of our notion of causes.” 1

When we see an effect and don’t understand its cause, it’s easy to think it

occurred as a result of chance. In recent years, physicists determined that there


are different causes than those explained in linear relationships. In Nature,

causes are associated with forces, not necessarily with things or people. The

universe is composed of fields of energy that are contained by interdependent

and constantly changing forces.

In that constant movement and interaction, everything affects everything

else in some way, in a turbulent sea of change. There is no “chance”. There are

causes and effects, known and unknown.

Today’s researchers realize that existence itself is being created and

maintained in a complex web of cause and effect relationships, and that the whole

universe is responding to each event and to every individual simultaneously. But

even if we don’t give it much thought, whether we notice it or not, Nature’s law of

cause and effect is always in play and chance is not random. And it can be

influenced.

Throughout this book, I’ll explain how to use that cause and effect rule to

get “lucky”, to create opportunities that will allow you to benefit from that luck.

In addition, you’ll discover how getting lucky – as a cause – has a rather joyful

effect: a life of creative intelligence, passion and personal power.

The rule is a map and the map is a process. Self-empowerment is a result

of that process.

Times of change…

Even before fate meddled in my own life, I had noticed that the world was

changing at an incredible pace. Bill Gates, founder of Microsoft, suggested that

change is occurring “at the speed of thought.” In fact, we’ve seen more changes in

this past century as had occurred since the beginning of history, and as many

changes in the last ten years as in the last 50 – from recent recessions and

depressions to internet booms and busts, to wars and peace. And get ready - you

ain’t seen nothing yet.

Headlines about globalization reflect the amazing times we live in. In

some places, folks are experiencing constant technological innovation and

increasingly greater advances in their role in society or enterprise, while in

others, people are being left behind in hunger and despair and then react with a

spreading violence that threatens global order.

That reaction is an expression of the fear about changes that are being

imposed on all of us. The pace with which new ideas materialize and then begin

to dominate our lives cannot help but provoke fear in some people, and fatigue or

apathy in most.


No one could have predicted the direction the world has taken. In the

20th century every new decade surprised us. Now, looking back, we can see how

decisions made to favor a select few had a detrimental effect on the development

of our social institutions, on the rise of corporate power, on the exploitation of

the environment and on the quality of life itself. Since we began documenting

our handiwork, we've gathered irrefutable proof that those decisions were a

reaction to the beliefs of their time.

How we think has become a global force, a 5 th force in Nature. And so

today, like never before, we must question our decision-making and our

management processes. Over the last 100 years, the people and nations of Earth,

even with vastly different origins and backgrounds, have arrived at a single

crossroad. We are faced with the most serious decisions we’ve ever had to make,

and there is only one real question: Will we evolve or perish?

Just like dinosaurs that could not adapt quickly enough to the incoming

ice age, if we resist the extraordinary transformations of our times much longer,

we are condemned to extinction! There is no longer any doubt that resistance to

change provokes situations that are harmful to both our health and to the

decision-making process itself.

Resistance to change, aka reacting to stress, becomes burnout (or burn-in)

and a slew of other so-called social diseases; things like chronic fatigue, stroke,

cancer, cardiovascular and pulmonary problems, are at the same time symptoms

of the problem and indicators of why we must change.

Keeping up with the pace at which the world is being transformed already

requires all of our personal and professional management skills. Even if people

are saying they are tired, escalating problems, and factors like an aging

population and shifting demographic, indicate that we are entering a time of

severe social deficit that will contribute to major management problems.

To compensate, we have to reach beyond our limits and deal with the

consequences of events that have not yet happened. We must creatively empower

ourselves, and then share our power with others. We must fix the future now,

before it happens.

In the years since I've been demystifying the creative process, I’ve asked

thousands of people who’ve taken my workshops the following question: If you

suddenly had 2 days with absolutely nothing to do, with no one to consider but

yourself, what would you do with the freedom?

Imagine having 2 whole days all to yourself. Free days, answering to no one

and no routines to follow. What would you do with that time? Close your eyes

and think about it a few moments before answering.


If you are like most people, you might answer, “sleep” or “read a book” or

even “enjoy a quiet getaway in some secluded place in the countryside”. In some

sense you are indicating that you feel tired and stressed, that you need some

down time. I also ask a question that invites people to think in deeper ways: if

you had all the time, money and resources in the world, what would you do with

the rest of your life?

Again, take a few moments or even a few days to think about your answer.

If you answered, “buy a house on a lake”, “take a cruise”, or “travel around

the world”, you belong to the majority of people. Very few, however, know where

they want to go exactly. They only know they want to get away from their here

now reality, their daily life and the stress that goes with it.

In spite of recent medical discoveries and our quantum leaps in

knowledge, the general population is ailing as much as it ever has. Stress is now

the major contributor to 75% of deaths in North America, and it's largely

responsible for many of our physical, emotional, psychological and spiritual

ailments.

Burnout, or what was previously called a nervous breakdown, is now

recognized as an occupational hazard by workmen's comp, and has become a top

moneymaker for therapists of all kinds. Burn-in, on the other hand, is new and

largely hidden. The condition refers to victims who mask their symptoms and

slowly burn while remaining on the job. They will be locking their doors to

disturbances from out there or making the kinds of decision that are inefficient at

best and account for monumental scandals in the worst-case scenarios. We find

out later how every decision they made proved costly.

Having said all of this, it should be noted that there are a certain number

of people who do get excited and stimulated by the idea of change. They don’t get

stressed because they see change as a challenge or opportunity. Some folks

thrive, making lemonade out of life’s lemons. They'll seize the moment in a

sudden job downsizing, for example, to re-orient their whole career. They'll

accept and adapt to the inevitable sooner than others and so they get a head start

on them and will appropriate any opportunities and any resources that might

become available.

The difference between people who resist and those who adapt is so

significant that it’s been investigated with all the tools science can offer. We

found that 2 reactions, stress and creative self-empowerment, can be understood

in terms of personal paradigms. Paradigms describe the neurological ways we

see the world.

Paradigms explain how each of us has a unique way of perceiving change

and they tell us why news can negatively affect some people more than others.

Paradigms explain how we are guided to link information into patterns of


awareness. They also show how people from a certain culture, race, gender or

creed might react similarly to situations.

Some of the changes currently underway on Earth will adversely affect

every strata in society. So why are things changing? No one woke up one

morning and decided to change everything around just for the fun of it. Most

often, change isn't fun, nor is it necessarily easy. Change is a necessary

consequence in complex systems. So like it or not, though, here comes some

more change.

Social needs have made it imperative that we learn how to adapt to change

- whether we like it or not - and much quicker and more effectively than ever

before. The pace of change in the world is greater than any one person’s

opposition to it, so it will occur. It's part of an interdependent whole, and the

relationship between the diverse components in that whole are provoking all

these changes at an unparalleled rate.

After careful consideration though, we should realize that there is little

choice but to change. These are evolutionary forces at play, natural forces, and

they demand a creative adaptation to what has just occurred, in continuum.

Adapting to change means adopting new behavior but research has found there is

a barrier to be crossed. While most people don’t have too many problems with

the newness aspect of a change (tests will even show that we are stimulated by

words like new and improved), our failing is a less obvious inability to let go of

the old.

How we see things is determined by the way neurons connect inside our

brain. Even if your old way of seeing doesn't work anymore, well if it holds the

only ideas you have... well they've got to work. An idea might be passé after five

minutes, but, like a government program, its work can haunt you forever.

We want change - particularly if it’s in our best interest - but we want a

change that doesn’t upset habitual beliefs and comfort zones or habits. We'll

protect the past and even rant about going back to the good old days to avoid real

change.

Anyone who really believes there were old days were good should take a

closer look at facts: Just a few years ago, ordinary citizens in Rwanda slaughtered

a million of their countrymen and women. Sixty years ago in Germany, humans

killed 6 million men, women and children. Five hundred years ago in America,

50+ million people were exterminated. In Europe, religious inquisitions did

diabolical things to innocent people… in the name of God. Five thousand years

ago in Egypt, Pharaohs treated people worse than cattle. Then, killing a common

person raised no concern.


Paradise – that better world – is not an idea from some past time.

Paradise is the better world that is yet to be. Times are a-changing... intelligent

choices can make the future much better.

Where « mind » has been...

Today’s changes are largely driven by the shift to an information age paradigm.

Access to knowledge has exploded. Imagine that 2000 years ago people could

access the X amount of knowledge. X can represent knowledge accumulated in

the millennia since a beginning. 1400 years later, X had doubled. 275 years after

that, 2X doubled. Then 4X doubled in 100 years and 8X doubled in the next 50

years.

The information explosion sees knowledge double every 5 years or less,

and projections by a mathematician named Jacques Vallé calculate that sometime

soon global knowledge will double every day and then every minute until the

amount of accessible information is infinite. 2

All this new data requires new survival skills and new adaptive abilities.

We have to learn all about our neural paradigms. Dictionaries translate the word

to mean a model, but in this text, I specifically mean our models for how to think

and behave.

Society is presently undergoing an unparalleled shift in paradigms, one

whose scope is so large that it is extremely difficult to imagine. Recent events -

from the declaration of war on terror to corporate and banking scandals, are

obliging us to question much of what we believe.

In fact, this isn’t the first time society has experienced a rapid paradigmshift.

During the 18 th century, Europe experienced the collapse of an agricultural

era that had existed undisturbed for more than 700 generations.

A 1982 movie called Le Retour De Martin Guerre starred French actor

Gérard Dépardieu and showed how a slow and stable life dominated medieval

Europe. Back then, anything new or different was considered highly suspect.

People had very limited paradigms and they worked hard to keep them that way,

sometimes against all odds.

The film is based on a true story and recounts the historical trial of Martin,

a small man of low social status who left his natal village to go away to war. A few

years later, a big, tall, strong man - Dépardieu - returns to take his place. Because

the popular belief of the day was that leaving home caused great transformations

in a person, villagers, including his wife, accepted the new man and his

unbelievable changes.


If not for a question of inheritance law, a trial and the subsequent return of

the real Martin, the imposter could have continued pretending to be the longawaited

villager and he would have successfully confounded local paradigms to

take over both the real man’s life – and his wife.

How could people be so naïve and not see the ruse? Their minds expected

change – a great transformation – and the new man knew it. I'll tell you more

about the brain's paradigms in Chapter 3, where you'll learn amazing facts. Did

you know that 300 years ago an average person never wandered more than a few

miles from home during his entire life.

Beliefs handed down by 700 generations of people living an isolated rural

existence did little to prepare people for the shift in paradigm that was about to

occur. At first, the signs of the change were difficult to detect. Who would have

guessed that conquistadors finding the humble potato in South America could

cause a major upheaval in Europe?

Resigned to cycles of feast and famine the European community of the

time relied mostly on cereal products and other foods subject to the fickleness of

weather. As potatoes are grown underground and because the Inca cultivated

many species from warm lowlands to the coldest climates at high altitudes, spuds

proved to be a boon to Europe, offering a food source protected from Nature's

capriciousness.

The introduction of the potato transformed the agricultural age into a new

industrial society in a scant few seasons. Many of the water and windmills used

to grind grains and press oil were soon idle. And an innovative idea enabled all

that unused power to be converted into mechanical weaving and sewing factories.

Mechanization and the birth of urban life expanded very rapidly as the

potential for making goods for larger markets promised industrial-size wealth.

The change in paradigm was quickly apparent when young people left country

farms and villages to find work in towns, which then grew into our major cities.

Harnessing electricity drove the conversion of the new industrial society

(which lasted less than 300 years) by letting us work 24-7, making us much more

productive but much less alive. The shift into industry and productivity boosted

creativity. In fact, almost everything we take as evidence of our modern world

had origins in the twenty-year period surrounding the turn of the last century.

Between 1890 and 1910, humans invented, among other things, the telephone,

the radio, the automobile, the airplane and the phonograph. We discovered X-

rays, atomic energy and fundamental new ways of seeing the fundamentals.

World War II marked the apex of that industrial era, as women entered

the workforce like never before and performed what had traditionally been men’s

jobs. When the soldiers came home from overseas, they realized that the social

paradigm had shifted yet again. The domestic scene was no longer a woman’s


unique source of expression. Earning power had tapped into her independent

spirit and transformed her perceptions of herself.

Freeing women had an overall liberating effect on all of society and, the

world over, other limits and ancient ways continue to fall even as I write these

words.

The commercial introduction of television probably best symbolizes the

birth of the information age. Suddenly it was possible to transmit live images and

sounds to millions of people at once around the globe! We could use our ideas to

sell products and services, shape ways of behaving and set fashion ideals.

Individuals could influence the social mind and contribute to global decisionmaking.

Since then, we've been exploring our whole-Earth needs. The 1940s

awakened the global family to our need for physical survival with the World War

and atomic bombs. The 1950s were about our security needs, and we were

spoon-fed cold-war paranoia while we played the MAD – Mutually Assured

Destruction - bomb-shelter game.

In the '60s our social needs suggested we give peace a chance, and then in

the ‘70s, the Me Generation fueled their egos for a long voyage into greed. The

‘80s were meant to explore our quality of life, but that time was mainly about

acquiring personal wealth; we were already divided into have and have-nots and,

unfortunately, the gap widened significantly.

The 1990’s society was aware that we, the collection of individuals alive on

Earth, are having as great an impact on the Biosphere as natural disasters.

Global warming and ozone depletion stopped being abstract concepts and

became satellite pictures of our handiwork. Images compared to those taken ten

years earlier offered conclusive proof that we are negatively altering the

conditions for life on Earth.

Decade 2000-09 wanted us to take responsibility for our power. Today,

the Internet gives access to anyone to sophisticated information that would have

been regarded as science fiction only a couple of decade ago. In seconds, we can

access millions of Web pages, and thousands of new sites are added every day.

Anyone can communicate with people all over the world - both live and in

color - for a very modest investment. Graduation into the information age has

both survival and commercial value. With my PC I have a window into a wide

world web of information. It lets me send and receive creative and inspiring

multimedia messages to or from most anyone. I can upload or download

instructions for almost anything, to or from anywhere. I can manage and operate

what I want, at any distance, in real time, with anyone else.

I'm impressed with technology because I still remember carbon paper and

the first data processors. In spite of this incredible jump in our capacity to


transform data, many thinkers noticed that information in itself – facts – has no

real survival value when predicting human behavior. Don’t college graduates

design the weapons that exterminate millions of people? Don’t doctors of physics

calculate the facts that create all those tons of deadly radioactive waste? Don’t

chemists mix their biological facts into weapons of mass destruction?

The continued degeneration of industrialized society shows that just

having access to facts doesn't assure a creative use of intelligence. There is a lag

between our shift to the new information age and our ability to profit from its

intelligence and transform the passage into creative capital. You'll remember

that at the beginning of any age, it takes a while to get into the new beat.

The new age corresponds to our more global awareness. “We are killing

the Planet and ourselves with it,” screamed the headline in The Gazette, the

Montreal English daily newspaper. 3 The article listed dire facts from a United

Nations’ Report on environmental disasters caused by human endeavor. But are

such reports enough to stem the tide? Not so far. By and large we ignore them

and continue to shamelessly pollute the air we breathe, poison the water we

drink, mow down the trees, dump toxins in the soil, etc., with greater intensity

than before. The sabotage of the Kyoto Accord is an example.

Largely oblivious to the global horrors we are creating, we've mandated

self-serving politicians who are often in bed with greedy capitalists. Looking back

at the last few years, we find disinformation and lies designed to make us miss

opportunities to do the right thing. Mismanagement is endangering the quality

of our own life and is severely threatening the planet we will leave our children.

The eco-balance needed for a sustained healthy human life on Earth is

reaching critical mass, the point of no return. To understand critical mass in this

context, imagine that your body is producing cancer cells that your immune

system is immediately destroying. If your body produces more cancer cells, or if

your immune system destroys fewer cancer cells, you soon reach critical mass

and find yourself in mortal combat with the disease.

Now imagine the pollutants we expel into the biosphere as planetary

cancers, and the environmental damage as weakening Nature’s capacity to

restore itself. The mix gets deadlier as it reaches critical mass. As we continue to

allow the rape of the Earth while arguing about costs and debating effects,

Nature's balance continues to deteriorate.

Think of what people say when they hear of a sudden and unexpected

death. "Wow! I would have never guessed. I'm shocked. He looked fine

yesterday!" It’s too bad and too late. When the conditions for human life

deteriorate to the point where they are out of balance, life will just end. The end

of life won't be a catastrophic Big Bang though. It will be a last, mournful

whimper.


A new paradigm: From self-sabotage to self-empowerment

Sociologists are still debating whether we should call our response to the

demands of change evolution or adaptability. In a brilliant insight, Alvin Toffler

described the limits of adaptability in his book Future Shock. 4 He defined future

shock as “the distress, both physical and psychological that arises from an

overload of the human organism's physiological adaptive system and its decision

making processes.”

Simply put, Toffler said we tend to respond to the constant demands

imposed by new information by going into a state of shock, experiencing a sort of

stress that breaks down our decision-making processes.

Writing in Ideas On The Edge Of Natural History, biologist Lyall Watson

gave us some glimmer of hope. 5 “In the course of human evolution, a change of

mind, a new idea can have as much survival value and adaptive significant as a

complete mutation of a gene."

This change in thinking awakens individuals to a sense of personal

responsibility for our global needs. Transformed by three paradigm-shifts in the

last 300 years, we were pulled from a slow-to-change agricultural age into an

agitated, industrial era and then into the dizzying speed of this new information

age. Society is undergoing its next paradigm-shift. Information access introduces

a new age of evolution, creative potential and self-empowerment.

Organizing principles in biology explain how life responds with certain

predetermined instincts. First and foremost, we are programmed to survive, and

so I suppose we will eventually wake up and start meeting our global needs. We

have to adjust our thinking to new data first: Earth is an indivisible whole, and

yet a diverse, interdependent and co-creative life system – a biosphere. Earth

itself is alive.

On his return with a rather detached view of things, astronaut James Irwin

wrote, "The Earth reminded us of a Christmas tree ornament hanging in the

blackness of space. As we got farther and farther away, it diminished in size.

Finally, it shrank to the size of a marble, the most beautiful marble you can

imagine. That beautiful, warm, living object looked so fragile, so delicate, that if

you touched it with a finger, it would crumble and fall apart. Seeing this has to

change a man, has to make a man appreciate the creation of God and the love of

God." 6

Our continued survival as a species requires another kind of social

transformation: a change of attitude…of mind. And we humans are the only ones

who can do it. Life is a far more complex concept than we generally perceive.

Described as an interactive web, life itself is maintained in a very delicate

balance, as a creative whole, even as separate parts that constitute that whole.

The conditions for human life are predetermined. By degrading our


environment, we are not only lowering the quality of available life to us, we are

also reducing our own life expectancy. We're sabotaging ourselves by breaking

down the planetary womb. Damage the womb and any life inside it must die.

Many people are already changing attitudes and empowering themselves

to repair the harm we've done. They’re getting to know themselves better, and

are beginning to change the way they act and think about their role in the overall

scheme of things. I know of dozens of projects where people are planting trees,

cleaning up lakes or otherwise protecting wilderness areas.

Being more aware, people are experiencing a transition in their life and are

starting to rethink the direction they want for the future. Some are beginning new

careers, others have discovered a cause they can be passionate about, many work

towards a particular dream. Some volunteer to help those less fortunate, while

others go back to school and learn how they can make a real difference. A good

number of people are excited about changing the global agenda. They are the

harbingers of the better world.

Most folks, however, are victims of the speed at which change is occurring.

Many have to work very hard just to keep up with the status quo, while dinosaurs,

those who defend and maintain the old paradigms, get more entrenched in their

attitudes. For them, the needed transition will probably be painful.

Global changes are being provoked by chain reactions at every level of

human activity. Just think of the new communications technologies for a

moment. They’ve given birth to a veritable revolution, the effects of which are not

yet understood and not yet measurable. We can trade data at the speed of light.

To make things fair, we should all be playing by the same rules, on a level playing

field, but of course that is not the case.

Emerging economies and developing nations are overwhelmed by a mass

of data that continues to increase at unprecedented speeds; they are unable to

translate that potential wealth into pragmatic solutions and increase their quality

of life. Many people remain technological Luddites, fearful and distrustful of

technological changes, when, ironically, more, better and faster information has

never been more critical to our survival.

In order to solve all the problems we created – climate changes, melting

polar ice, dangerous urban pollution, ozone depletion, deforestation, at risk water

tables, devastated fish stocks, the extinction of countless species, accelerating

natural disasters, etc. – we need the latest information and better management

systems. The paradox is that in order to manage the stress provoked by so much

information, we have to be more flexible, open minded, better informed, more

creative and more empowered.

Knowledge has never been more available. But not all knowledge has

equal value. In order of importance where the last item is most critical, the


following four categories of information are defining what’s essential to human

survival into the twenty-first century.

Synthesis #1 - The 4 essential categories of information

Information we need...

1. Cognitive knowledge (know-what): The body of information linked to

completing a task, job or professional function; this knowledge can be taught

and accredited.

2. Higher skills knowledge (know-how): The body of information that allows

you to use know-what in day-to-day situations and find opportunities to

transform life’s often complex scenarios and events in a value-adding way.

3. Systems knowledge (know-why): The body of information that helps you

identify the cause and effect relationships in a specific situation, event or

process; this data allows you to create circumstances, anticipate subtle

interactions and manage consequences of a desired outcome.

4. Self-knowledge (care-why): The body of information that demystifies

persona, self-motivation, creative intelligence, vision, strategy and personal

power; in other words, the esteem needed to acquire the know-what, knowhow

and know-why to actualize your needs.

While the first three manage the information that we can learn from out there,

the fourth has to do with a sense of personal identity and power that comes from

learning about in-here.

Creative intelligence has to do with how we use information and how we

can transform it into meaningful acts. Without acts, nothing gets done. So

acquiring power (and luck) is the result of an evolutionary self-empowerment

process.

How people accept change

Studies show that integrating change into our behavior will take from six months

to fifteen years. For a change that only requires your personal decision, it will

take about six months for the intent to reach the action stage. Anyone who wants

to quit smoking, for example, might need six months to think about it and

convince him or herself before going cold turkey. Without that proper


preparation, many quitters will take up the habit again in short order, and fail

again.

Body/mind has to be convinced a proposed change is a good thing. A

cultural change, where many people reach a consensus, might require up to

fifteen years to be integrated. I knew this when I began advocating on behalf of

disabled persons and accessibility issues in Quebec some thirty years ago. At that

time I might have been considered a militant radical to be shunned and avoided.

Well today I still actively promote the cause but my message has become selfevident

as more and more people are aging and breaking down.

I understand the resistance factor, and am never discouraged by how

slowly things move because I've had more than three decades of watching how

minds are made up. We'll have to change that too - we have no more time to

waste.

In recent years, business has adopted new concepts like “ISO” and “Lean

Innovation.” Some avant-garde companies even champion ideas like selfmanaged

teams and empowered work units, but few have succeeded in fully

implementing these concepts because most get caught by the time lag that

separates a new idea from its adoption by the majority of people. Anxious for

quick results and quicker bucks, some CEOs have introduced three or four

programs in the last decade.

With so little knowledge and respect for how the humans function best, we

shouldn't wonder why so many corporate strategies have failed or why stress

levels cost North American industry $330 billion U.S. dollars in lost productivity

in the year 2000 alone.

Studies that explain how people accept new ideas tell us a lot about how

leaders or creative thinkers are distributed in society.

Synthesis # 2 - How people accept new ideas

Visionary leaders 3 – 5%

New paradigm pioneers 5 – 10%

The motivated mass 20 – 30%

The indifferent majority 40 – 60%

The non-adopters 5 – 10%

People adopt ideas in periods that vary from six months to 15 years.


These studies also reveal that people don’t adapt to change at the same rate. Only

3% to 5% of people are the visionaries who accept change easily by perceiving

incoming needs, provoking solutions and introducing new ideas. To understand

the visionary-thinker, consider Robert Kennedy’s famous words. “Some men see

things as they are and ask ‘why', while others see things that could be and ask

‘why not'?” Visionaries are people who see possibilities and potential where the

great majority of people do not.

Somewhere between 5% and 10% of people are new paradigm pioneers.

They see what the visionary is proposing and, without any resistance, will

endorse that change. 20% to 30% of individuals are the change-oriented and

motivated mass of people who want it, anticipate it as a positive thing, work for it

and are ready to adopt any good idea. 40% to 60% of the people are the

indifferent majority. They view change with some apathy. “Tell me exactly what

you want and I’ll see later, if I have time!” Even if they do end up adopting a new

idea, it is most often after a significant number of others already have. US expresident

Richard Nixon called them the silent majority and, when they didn't

care about his demise, he found out just how silent they really are.

5% to 10% of individuals, then, remain non-adopters. They'll have nothing

to do with change. There's an organization named The Flat Earth Society that

refuses to accept evidence that the planet is round, not a flat disk as previously

believed. Another organization with members all over the globe is convinced

man never really walked on the Moon; it suggests the footage we saw is from

Hollywood. There are cults who believe human life began in alien test tubes,

people who still deny the Holocaust and the AIDS epidemic, folks who still think

Rock and Roll is “the devil's music” and conspiracy theorists for every historical

event.

We tend to try and convince people who aren’t interested in changing that

they should. We invest few resources encouraging and supporting visionaries

and new paradigm ideas. Instead, an innovation committee will clash with the

status quo supporters who stand against any change. Isolated by the indifferent

masses, pioneers and visionaries burn out trying to implement new methods and

improve processes. With no support, creative people are like the voices that cry

out in the wilderness.

Imagine how quickly problems could be solved, how great and meaningful

projects could be completed and global needs fulfilled, if everyone simply jumped

up one category, exceeding their normal limits, and transcended their outdated

mindsets. Imagine if the indifferent majority gave new paradigm advocates

needed resources, or if the motivated majority took greater visionary risks. If

that happened a genuine revolution would take place.

What group do you belong to? How quickly would the needed changes in

your life occur if you decided to jump up one or two categories in your way of

thinking? How would your world be transformed if you were more open-minded


and at least tried out some new ideas? What if you ignored the naysayers and

became a visionary yourself?

Strategic adaptability

If you belong to the indifferent majority, you change only after the novelty of an

idea has worn off and is already become a good habit for many. If you are more

motivated, you might advance the moment you realized that an idea could offer

you some benefit. Remember that the next time you find you think, "If I only

knew then what I know now."

In my conferences on change management, I’ll mention how organizations

have to look for new ideas, and I give a series of reasons why prosperity is driven

by innovative thinking. I explain, for example, why some companies have to

innovate and improve their customer buying experience: if they don’t, the

competition will, and then they’ll be left behind. I give examples of good and bad

service providers and the audience agrees, remembering their own list.

Companies will fail and people will lose jobs. And mortgages.

People charged with improving products, services, processes and

procedures have to be visionary thinkers. Visionaries bring new ideas to life.

They know there’s no real choice except to embrace change. It is one of life’s

constants, and so we should learn all we can about how to adapt. Leaders need to

have adapt-ability. There should be less resistance at the point of the spear. By

being first to adapt, leaders will find that change offers an opportunity to

improve, and it can then best the competition.

Strategic adaptation is a 4-step process:

From unawareness to awareness

From awareness to acceptance

From acceptance to action strategies

From a strategy to its actualization

Reflect through the following process with the ideas I'm proposing on selfempowerment.

From unawareness to awareness: Do you know about personal

power? We live in changing times. We have little choice but to adapt to them.

How we do it will make the differences between us. Self-empowerment, in this

context, means to better understand and manage the change process itself.


Think about it for a second. We have to change our travel habits because

some people see terror as their only weapon. We have to rethink our careers

because economies have all turned around. We have to learn new rules of

commerce because the Internet is now a fact of life. We have to change our ways

because we are devastating our habitat.

We have to seek out personal power and learn to embrace change because

life is a sea of change and no one is an island, immune from the world. We must

change if only because we are getting old, and we'll be breaking down soon

enough.

From awareness to acceptance: Do you know that there's a selfempowerment

process that been handed down over millennia? Do you realize

that learning to manage change can benefit you? Consider how defending old

habits and the status quo will require you to maintain your self-sabotaging

paradigms.

The changes required by a self-empowerment program require that you

add to your awareness of the personal growth process itself. You need to know

about the principles of human motivation, creativity and self-management, and a

few basics on strategy and personal power. By accepting to change, you can

control the way change will affect your life. You can then decide where to start,

the kind of changes to embrace, the scope or amount of change, its frequency and

pace, its effect on you and your moods, and more.

From acceptance to action strategies: Do you have a plan? Do you

know what you need to help yourself or others change, i.e., training, stimulation,

support, coaching, etc.? All the information is available in this book if you look

for it.

There are resources to help you achieve anything. Some are right at your

fingertips. To start off on the right track, give a search engine a ride. I'll discuss

various strategies throughout this book. But if improving your health is the first

step for your needed change, start with a general check-up from a professional

who can recommend the improvements you require and go from there. Without

a plan you cannot effectively manage or maintain any change program.

Remember, the road to hell is paved with good intentions!

From a strategy to its actualization: Are you ready to act? Do you

have the power? Procrastination, or putting things off until later, is a major

obstacle to making a meaningful change. A lot of people believe that change will

just automatically happen when they suddenly see a need for it. Selfempowerment

is real work. It happens as resistance gives way to unbending

intent.

Change means hard work and we only work if the results are worth it. Selfempowered

people start with a worthy goal and then give themselves joyfully to


the work. Acquiring will power to change is a result of the process of investing in

your creative capital.

Work at being happy, because anything less is self-sabotage. When you

have no more resistance to doing all of the work, all of the time, you will have

arrived at the gates of Paradise.

Act before you have time to talk yourself out of it. Enter the pearly gates of

self-actualization. The only way a change for a better life can occur is through

bold action! Why resist? Why prefer an old pair of worn-in shoes instead of a

nice new pair?

I’ll tell you about it. It’s a question of neural paradigms.

Every day, surrounded by opportunities to change, to transform our world and

our self, some people self-sabotage and some self-empower. What about you?

Are you ready to grab the opportunities? Is there anything you need to change

so that you can? How would you like to start getting lucky?


Chapter 2

SELF-EMPOWERMENT IN A NEW PERSPECTIVE

The mind as a limiting sphere of awareness

The reactive mind

The proactive mind

The creative mind

The empowered mind: an evolutionary jump

A brief look at how the universe changed

"I believe that my creative mind is my greatest weapon."

Tiger Woods


CHAPTER 2

THE NEW PERSPECTIVE…

I’ve had the privilege of meeting a great variety of people over the last few years -

many thousands of them. My partner Suzy and I have trained more than 30,000

leaders of corporations, associations and government institutions. We've worked

with groups in Canada, Central America, and in more than a dozen European

cities.

We’ve communicated in three languages with people from every

circumstance - young folks and seniors, male and female, CEOs and workers –

representing just about every race, culture, creed, and socio-economic division. I

say this to explain that we've become fairly good interpreters of human behavior.

And we reached the conclusion that people are both very different and pretty

much the same everywhere.

We are similar in the way we are subject to paradigmatic behaviors, and

we are different in the way we react to our paradigms. People are unique.

One of my most amazing seminar experiences is seeing how a small group

of 10 or 12 people from different backgrounds, with different agendas and life

experiences, arrives at a consensus or decision. It can be chaos. People bring

such an awesome variety of flavors to their perception that I’m always surprised

that we can get together and share one mind. And yet we do it all the time. We

change our minds to agree. It has to happen, or else we’d still be back in the

stone ages.

Changing our mind is not an easy job. In spite of anything else we might

believe about ourselves, and even if we insist that we have free will or power,

evidence suggests that is not quite true. We react to our brain's neural paradigms

with reflexes and habits. I'll explain this as we go along but for now, consider: if

our will were truly free, would we automatically react with anger or fear or

indecision? The reaction will depend on who's reacting, but my point is that they

are reflexes. People react habitually.

If we had any real power, would we so often behave in ways that are not in

our best interest? So, why do we forget a good resolution so soon, or set aside our

dreams? Why do we shy away from a new potential or offer that might profit us?

I’ve discussed this with many participants in training sessions where we

have time to explore the idea. I've heard a lot on the difficulty of changing habits.

Late in the day of our multi-day sessions, I’ll ask people to dress the next morning

by putting their underwear on with the other leg first, the one not habitually

used.


In the morning, soon after beginning the second day agenda, I’ll ask folks

if they completed the task. It won’t surprise you to learn that the majority of

people forget, even if the usual suspects protest as to how they weren’t aware it

was a real assignment. We then re-discuss change from the perspective of habits

and memory, our neural reflex circuits. I'll conclude by asking any parents in the

group to think about the last time they scolded their kids. “I thought I told you to.

. .” and yada, yada, yada.

Apparently just being told to do it isn’t enough.

We are, in fact, creatures of habit and not at all free nor without

restriction. Dr. Charles Tart, a psychologist at the University of California

(UCLA), uses a simple exercise to demonstrate the degree to which our free will is

really quite trapped and restricted. To make his point, he asks students to use a

watch with a sweep second-hand and to exercise every bit of their will power to

focus on seeing the second-hand go around while they concentrate on breathing

deeply.

They are asked to do nothing else but that task – watch the seconds go

round and breathe, not even thinking - for 5 minutes. Try it. Concentrate on

seconds ticking by as you breathe quietly. Don’t think; just watch time slip away.

You'll probably find it difficult, as do most people. Your mind is

bombarded by competing thoughts all the time. We have an inner dialogue

preventing us from exercising our free will. Our will is reactive to our mind,

which won't even allow us to complete a simple task in concentrated quietude.

Every one of us, to some degree, is the prisoner of a mind that's reacting to

the stimulus it's bombarded with by simply being alive in the world and aware.

Dr. Tart explores this idea in Waking Up. He tells of experiments to enable

students to realize that free will can only result from a fundamental

transformation – a paradigm-shift – in which we are liberated from our own

reactions. When freed from its shackles, the mind can be developed and then

become a valuable generator of creative capital.

He explains how the mind itself, the physical and metaphysical context,

regardless of a personal content, can grow. More than merely educating a limited

mind, the mind itself can expand beyond its limits and then entertain its

intelligence in a deliberate, direct and self-empowering way. To see the potential,

imagine your mind as an eight-ounce jar. It doesn’t matter what’s in the jar

(content), what matters is that the jar can only hold eight ounces (context). If we

try to add more of anything, it will either overflow or the jar will break.

One manifestation of the mind's limits is a natural resistance to change.

In reaction to being nearly full, an eight-ounce mind will resist new input,

including any information that might suggest that it can actually grow beyond its

limits. As the reactive mind is uncertain about what or how to change so it can

grow and yet somehow stay the same, unsure what has real value, the limited


mind protects the limited way it sees the world. “I'm entitled to my opinions,

after all.”

People have difficulty changing because they tend to suppose that their

mind – its content – somehow defines them. "I think therefore I am!"

Largely, we believe what we think is important and we are attached to it.

Holy wars have been launched because initiated minds couldn't agree. Most

people don’t realize that what’s on their mind, its content, is a lot less important

than the mind's context, or how the mind is thinking.

Our mind has far greater value than just being limited to regurgitating

opinion. How a mind organizes its information makes all the difference. How we

think separates us, allowing some individuals to merit wonderful lives with great

wealth and happiness, and other people to abut their life in dismay and despair.

How we think is who we become; it individualizes us.

We can be victims of our own mind’s limits and reactions, or we can

expand – actually grow it - and be more empowered, more magical. The

development of our creative capital has less to do with modifying our mind’s

content, what we believe, and everything to do with enhancing its potential, how

to believe it.

By transforming your eight-ounce jar into a forty-five gallon drum, that

limited yet very protected information occupied by your reactive inventory will

become rather insignificant when compared to the potential your mind's

expansion can make available to you.

Life is a creative process. You can add power and intelligence to yourself.

To become an empowered thinker you need just shift perspective, from a human

being to a human becoming.

This is more than just playing with words; the realization puts personal

growth in perspective and shows life’s journey with an evolutionary purpose. The

following story explains what I mean by a human becoming:

A man was chatting with an old girlfriend who was down in the dumps. It

seems life had passed her by and she now felt frustratingly unaccomplished.

The man asked her, “But if you could have done whatever you wished with

your life, what would that have been?”

Unreservedly, she said, “I stopped my studies with a B.Sc. and accepted

a job offer, but if I had to do it all over again, I’d be a medical doctor in

a family practice.”

“Why don’t you do it?" the man asked. “Why not go back to school? You

have the resources you need. Get your degree, intern and then you'll be

a doctor!”


“Are you kidding me?” she answered him. “That will take me ten years.

Do you realize I’ll be 50 years old by the time I'm ready?”

“Well,” her friend replied, “you’re going to be 50 anyway. Do you want

to get there feeling frustrated and unaccomplished, or as a medical

doctor?”

That woman can see herself as a sad human being, done in by bad luck, with

nothing ahead except her requiem, or she can take the challenge and see herself

become a doctor. By changing her mind and deciding to make her dream come

true, that down-in-the-dumps girl will instantly add a dynamic potential to her

creative capital, and she might get to live happily ever after, too. (She actually did

become a doctor, and she got a bonus: she discovered evolution's purpose is to

live with passion.)

Easy enough to understand how we can develop our mind with this next

idea. We can assume that someone who practices sloppy work habits every day

for the next ten years will become a habitually sloppy worker, if not fired along

the way. Similarly, by developing your mind and creatively empowering yourself

every day for a decade or so we'll see the pay-off, both now and then.

You’ll soon enough notice an increase in your creative capital that you can

draw on and reinvest to prosper in other, personal ways. As you reap what you

sow, start planning the luck you'll inherit further along in life, like next week and

next year.

Developing creative capital means increasing our self-knowledge, or

enhancing our self-awareness and social awareness, while embracing both our

own creative empowerment and the self-actualization processes itself. This book

can supply the can do, but you have to bring your own want to.

Synthesis #4 - The concept of creative capital

Self-awareness means understanding your:

• Vitality quotient: The ability to assess and fill your physical and security

needs;

• Emotional quotient: The ability to recognize how emotions impact your

state of mind, your moods, your attitudes, your relationships and your work

life;

• Intellectual quotient: The cognitive abilities, including an ability to link

ideas, assess strengths and determine values;


• Spiritual quotient: The ability to create a strong and positive sense of

worth, identity and self-esteem; the ability to recognize limits and defects;

• Self-management: The ability to keep disruptive impulses, desires and

reactions under control, to decide, plan and carry out intent;

• Ethics: The consistent display of honesty, integrity and fair play;

• Authority: The ability to manage yourself in relationship to your

responsibilities;

• Adaptability: The ability to adjust to situations, to overcome obstacles and

challenges;

• Initiative: The readiness to seize opportunities and transform them;

• Motivated creativity: A self-propelled movement towards the idea of good,

an inner moral standard that prompts action.

Social awareness means developing:

• Empathy: The ability to sense others' emotions and moods, to understand

other perspectives and to take an active interest in other people’s concerns;

• Organizational awareness: The ability to understand organizational

structure, to determine its decisional networks and to navigate its politics;

• A helpful attitude: The ability to recognize and meet another's needs;

• Political savvy: The ability to see how global politics affects your quality of

life.

Self-empowerment means you can:

• Communicate: The ability to listen well and to articulate pondered

messages;

• Manage conflicts: The ability to de-escalate tensions and orchestrate

solutions;

• Network: The ability to negotiate and maintain relationships;

• Generate team spirit: The ability to promote cooperation to build dreams;

• Take the lead: The ability to influence people with a compelling vision;


• Show inner strength: An inner direction and the desire to self-improve;

• Manifest personal power: The ability to think in many strategic ways;

• Use charisma: The ability to persuade by using a range of tactics and skills;

• Nurture: The ability to coach others through guidance and feedback.

Self-actualization means you can:

• Be a catalyst for change: The will to explore a quality of life and unifying

behavior;

• Play a variety of roles: Be a generalist; the ability to do what needs to be

done;

• Stalk information: The ability to seek out appropriate data and resources;

• Dream possibilities: Possess intuitive vision, an ability to transform data

into innovative concepts, services, products and projects, to project a creative

worldview onto the future;

• See opportunities: The ability to analyze, assess and judge ideas; to

evaluate people and concepts, to assess means and opportunities;

• Act and adjust: The ability to transcend personal limits and defects; to get

things done and to add value to existence;

• Communicate persuasively: The ability to receive accurate perceptions

from both the outside environment, to inspire people and influence events and

circumstances.

Although change is inevitable, the decision to embrace it for self-development

and as a signal to creatively expand one’s mind to manage future change is

specific and personal. Visionaries who take the leap can testify that a more

creative mind is an incredible asset in a world that is changing faster than ever

before.

When the Harvard Business Review designed a CEO Report Card to rate

top managers and areas where they should be held responsible, they listed six

subjects with which to grade top managers: vision, commitment, leadership,

focus, flexibility and good judgment. How many of those depend on a creatively

empowered mind?


A demographic look at the last ten to twenty years suggests that as we

baby-boomers begin to retire, industry and services will face a severe shortage of

competent managers and skilled knowledge workers. This suggests that the

survivor-workers will be swamped with challenges and opportunities, and work

as never before.

Reacting to that information doesn't really help anything. Get proactive

and embrace the self-empowerment process so as to profit from your own

creative capital. We can work harder, or work smarter.

The mind as a limiting sphere of awareness

During the ordeal that followed my accident, I experienced changes in

perspective that sent me chasing after answers. My mind was irredeemably

altered when I first saw my own physical body from a position outside of it. That

blew me away. Later, I suffered unimaginable intensities of pain, from which I

tried to escape. I learned to dream myself away. Once I dreamed myself out of

my body, but that sent the attending nurse into a frenzy when she responded to

the alarm now insisting I was dead. She tried to wake me and didn’t get an

answer right away.

Instantly back in my body, I held firm to the idea that as long as I am

aware, I am in fact alive. And I asked her to please not give up, to not believe that

I am my body, and not believe me to be dead. I told her I was O.K. even if far

away in a dream state. She agreed and watched over me for hours while my body

struggled with the sorting out of infection and antibiotics. Later, the aspect of

identifying with that more mystical aspect of myself (I am the spirit inside this

broken body) was confirmed by quantum science.

Then I began to notice the energy aura that surrounds people, and started

asking questions. Seeing others as energy connected to a whole field of energy

confirmed the magical nature of the world that I saw when I was out of my body.

Before my accident I participated, as people do, in two separate worlds: the

consensus reality we’ll share and experience out there, and the reality we’ll

personally dream in here.

I didn't give it much thought in those days but if I had, I would have

believed those two worlds were as different as day and night. When I was out of

my body, however, I saw the physical world overlapped by that dream-state

world, like a smoky-haze in a small room. Plus I saw fantastical people, shapes

and images everywhere. After my accident I "saw" the energy field that

surrounds people, their aura. I saw that it acts like a metaphysical container for

the Morphic or dream-like energy.

I was driven by curiosity to explore my own change of perception and why

I saw the aura that envelops us. I decided to take notes because I realized I am


not the first person, nor will I be the last, to survive a heavy trauma. I hoped my

syntheses might help others.

In my case, it was easy enough to reconcile my “out of body experiences”.

I decided I am a metaphysical Spirit that is occupying a physical body. I can see

how Spirit extends from within my body, a component of it, to a circumference

that is an extension of it, at a discrete distance. Within the aura limits, dreamlike

imagery appears in a constant state of flux; auras change as we change our minds

and moods.

I believe that my shift in focus kept me alive very early in the trauma by

allowing me to connect with awareness much greater than my own problems. I

was aware of a reality that is larger than normal perception. I had a view from

beyond my own physical senses, and that perception allowed me to be more

detached from my body's pain and the indignities it suffered.

Out of body, I became aware of Light; back in my body the Light is God,

joy, energy, consciousness, and all I imagined. That soothed my mind. In the

months that followed my release from rehab, I became aware that the Light is

everything. I became aware that we have incredible capacities that have little to

do with our previous inventory of memories.

I was lucky to be hospitalized at the Montreal Neurological Institute,

the world-famous teaching hospital founded by Wilder Penfield, the

neurosurgeon who pioneered mapping the brain. There, my concerns about my

damaged spinal cord and paralysis, but also other changes, were satisfactorily

answered. The other changes provoked questions like how come I can't read

anymore, or why do my perceptions of the dream world seem more vivid and

more real than my perception of this world. Those answers would have to wait.

Over time, I had discussions with neurologists and other experts. I

discovered I have a sympathetic and a parasympathetic nervous system. Because

my spine is crushed, my mind had to adapt to all kinds of information crossovers.

I didn't have the energy needed to focus my mind on detailed tasks like reading,

but my perceptual field now included fields of consciousness as my brain very

easily resonated to dream states. I could now see worlds my mind had never seen

before. Did I want a Valium?

The months after ICU were spent in bed in a private room overlooking

Mount Royal, the downtown mountain-park in Montreal. I watched the seasons

change. Late at night, unable to sleep, I chatted with a young neurosurgeon and a

couple of nurses who’d pulled the graveyard shift. Those conversations triggered

an unabated curiosity about the brain/mind and its states of consciousness, a

subject that has fueled more than thirty years of research.

I was not amazed to find that brain is hardwired with information that

is genetically there from the first moment, and that it houses many billions of

neurons with trillions upon trillions of possible interconnections, making the


CNS (central nervous system) the most incredible information system ever

studied. I was awed to learn we can release powers in our mind just by

stimulating our brain to make specific connections linked to those powers. We

can be neural programmers.

Later, a small group of psychologists discussed what I saw when I was

dreaming awake and then told me what they thought it all meant. Intuitively, I

added to their theories and saw them get very excited. Dawn came too early and

broke up our chat. Even later still, I began to synthesize what I discovered and

sought validation from other branches of science. I came to understand the

differences between the organic memory that is my brain and my inner spirit,

consciousness. Brain is limited and consciousness is not.

In death, I experienced that I am in fact consciousness (Spirit/energy)

and that I'm part of a much larger consciousness (more Spirit/energy). Then,

after leaving the hospital, I had the same out of body experience, and I perceived

pure Light without dying. That experience and subsequent others realigned a lot

of my thinking by forcing me to reevaluate certain questions, and it opened me

up to the direction their answers might take.

At the first opportunity, I added to my personal synthesis. In my

diary, an early note reads, “My mind is – all minds are – part of a larger ‘Whole

mind’. This ‘whole mind’ is the creative process at work in Nature, and ‘life’ is the

fruit of its labor.”

Psychiatrist Charles M. Johnson agrees. “The very fact we are alive

confirms that we are part of a larger evolutionary process that fulfills all the

criteria for being considered 'creative'.” 7

In his book The Creative Imperative, he says that he arrived at his

conclusion by answering some basic questions on personal growth in human

beings. His research showed that even if religion and science are the only models

we’ve used to explore the world and to describe it, they are wholly inadequate to

explain it in any substantial way.

Dr. Johnson studied how both approaches view life to conclude that

they are totally reactive because they analyze living processes as if they were

static objects, as if life is a finite thing. The static object approach looks at

something created sometime ago and that is entirely material in nature. Neither

religion nor science investigates life as a dynamic, living and infinite process that

is being created now, and in continuum.

Johnson found that causality in living systems is neither mystical nor

mechanical, but is rather natural and creative, so that that life is part of a larger

dynamic system that’s ongoing and transformational. He suggests that the

concept of life in fact really describes a series of relationships that have nothing

to do with chance or random mechanical events. To illustrate what he means, he

describes how a friendship develops. “We meet someone and if the meeting is


convenient and timely, the momentum for a potential friendship is created. If we

honor this potential, it develops and allows our uniqueness to emerge.” 8

Dr. Johnson says the evolution of friendship is a creative process, because

changes in the relationship are produced as each person participates in its

development. The unique and special contribution of each participant is what

allows the friendship to evolve. Noting the steps that characterize that

development, Johnson’s work shows that creation is the result of a conscious

force. So, aware of it or not, everyone participates in the creation of the world by

relating to their own daily world.

Explaining how we’re all part of the larger creative system, Jesuit priestpaleontologist

Pierre Teilhard de Chardin (1881-1955) described us as if we are

living inside of a bubble of information, a personal sphere of consciousness, a

“noosphere.”

The word he coined is from the Greek noos, or mind. He suggested that

we have a personal “sphere of mind” that's formed and filled by the awareness we

collect during our passage through life. An older person probably has acquired

and stored more awareness in his or her noosphere than a much younger person.

If you want to imagine yourself inside of a noosphere, consider the

following drawing, used by the Greek logic schools to explain the idea:

Man and. his "noos sphere" - our sphere of mind

It also shows you how long this idea has been around. From experience I can tell

you that your noosphere doesn't quite look like this because of the interplay of

universal forces. Your sphere is more like an amorphous, luminous and clingy

blob of amber-colored energy that's most dense in close to your body and then

quickly it fades to nothing as it radiates outwards. That's an educated guess,

having never met you.


Different from how we usually think about ourselves, the concept of a

luminous noosphere places our physical body inside a metaphysical mind, not the

other way around. In this view, our mind is acting as a filter on the real world.

Like every one of us, the reality you perceive is the world of your own creation, a

reflection of how you are thinking about it.

We are noospheres inside a biosphere, spheres of mind inside a highly

intelligent sphere of life. Your own sphere of mind radiates from center of your

body to a Morphic density of energy at its circumference. Morphic energy is

secondary effect energy, like the ripples from a stone dropped into a pond. A

physical body can be seen to include a subtle energy that is often called an aura.

Like energy envelopes, auras encase our memories, or the knowledge and

experience we acquire during our lives.

We don't have an aura; at relative frequencies of the electromagnetic scale

of energy, we are an aura. The noosphere is an energy extension of our physical

self. We are more properly “body/mind”, as Einstein's e = mc 2 affirms.

In fact in these modern times, science says life is electromagnetic in nature

and that our energy form is much greater than our physical senses will allow us to

perceive. We are beings of energy, or Light, both individually and collectively,

but don't tend to see ourselves that way.

I will let the physicists tell you how your noosphere is fashioned from

electromagnetic energy, but I'll relate aspects of that concept in chapter 10. I'll

also relate some these news in a language that reflects the wisdom handed down

from long ago.

For now, you should know that mathematicians discovered how spheres

are indeed part of the overall universal scheme of things way back in 1912.

Alexander McFarlane wrote the rules to explain “quaternion vectors” in

trigonometry and to show how the inevitable product of time and space is to

contain its consciousness in “spheres”.

From the point of intersection of time, space and consciousness (I am), a

sphere’s surface emerges as [4 π r 2] and its interior then occupies a universal

volume calculated as [4 π r 3 /3]. There are spheres radiating outwards from

everywhere, from electrons to molecules, from personal auras to planets, stars,

super-clusters of galaxies and the Big Bang. Nature seems to favor the sphere

shape.

Our noosphere, your personal sphere of awareness or mine, contains all

the consciousness that is available to us. Below you'll see how consciousness is

assembled into a sphere of mind that is divided into four distinct areas. The

conscious mind is responsible for our day-to-day perceptions, while a much

larger subconscious mind manages our hereditary memories, our physical and

emotional reflexes and our unrealized and unused personal potential, among


other things. There's also an infinite unconscious mind and an ordered super

consciousness.

The mind is a sphere of consciousness

To get a glimpse at the potential, try sailing out onto the ocean on a cloudy night

and testing your perception of size, scale, and scope. Once engulfed by darkness,

strike a match and note how your conscious mind perceives everything

illuminated by the flame.

Consider how your subconscious mind is connected to the rest of your

awareness. You can access much more than even your personal conscious and

subconscious realms of awareness. There’s a universal mind - an infinite field of

consciousness – that most people are unaware of. That collective unconscious

mind includes what is called the zeitgeist, or the credence of our times, which

reflects society’s intellectual, moral and popular beliefs. Montreal's zeitgeist is not

the same as Milan's or Montevideo’s. Nowadays, everywhere, the zeitgeist is

flagrantly being fueled by a media mind.

Consider how your own personal mind is inside of a larger transpersonal

mind. I've traveled a great deal and can really appreciate that idea. I work in

Quebec, so many of my friends and I speak both French and English, and we will

sometimes choose one language or the other depending on the subject. I change

my mind from English to French back to English all the time, and can tell those

two ways of seeing the world are not the same. The emotions that belong to each

culture are so different that they change as I'm switching languages.

I've always been impressed by those controlled mood swings. Convictions

and beliefs that make perfect sense in one mind-set don't have much appeal in

another. I'm a lot more passionate about the similarities in people than the

differences nowadays, but I know that an attachment to place influences a mind.

For example, I’ve been visiting Costa Rica for years and am no longer surprised to

see how quickly my Spanish will rush back after an absence. But I was truly

amazed to see how my thinking was influenced when I spent six weeks in France


on a recent lecture tour: it adopted the “Frenchness” of that country's collective

mind.

Even though my mind can think in Quebecois French, I was particularly

affected because my mother is from France and, although I had never visited the

country before, the trip awakened that part of my genetic memory. I could feel it.

Soon I was tuned into the collective psyche, and you would have been impressed

with the rrrr's rolling out of the back of my throat and with my adapted behavior.

If I'd owned a beret or a bicycle, I might still be there.

The collective unconscious mind is more than our genetic memory. It

includes realms beyond even our human awareness, even the ghostly images I

saw when I was dead. At the edge of our personal spheres of mind, the collective

unconscious contains every thought ever thought – past, present and in other

worlds. With all the imaginings in the universe and the collected images from

every source, the unconscious is an infinite mind. And then there’s a super

intelligence, the super-conscious mind, a creating order.

The forces containing the world and its spheres of consciousness are

greater than what we can even dream. There is an evolutionary force, a creating

intent, that extends from matter into the depths of consciousness and unifies

everything into one whole. And the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.

A creating intelligence is connecting the universe and all things in it in a

perfect order. Human perception supplies the disorder. This super intelligence is

described by perceivers as the source of the world’s ideas on divinity and is

apparent at a higher state of mind. Superconsciousness is the realm of mystics

and magi, but it's available as a personal power to any mind open to it right now.

In The Varieties Of Religious Experience, William James said that the

great thinkers were all tuned into this higher state of mind. “I speak not merely

of savage priests and prophets whose followers regard automatic utterances and

actions by themselves tantamount to inspiration. I speak of leaders of thought

...the whole array of Christian saints and heresiarchs, including the greatest: the

Bernards, the Loyolas, the Luthers, the Foxes, the Wesleys… each had their

visions, voices, rapt conditions, guiding impressions and 'openings.’" 9

Any mind, at any time, can access the depths of consciousness. Anyone

can establish a link with the creative order in universe. Every one of us can have

any relationship we want with the creative power that exists beyond our normal

limits of awareness. We can evolve a cosmic consciousness that's totally magical.

The reactive mind

My mind is a reflection of everything I know about the world, a sphere of

awareness. It dictates how I participate in life by containing my knowledge, my


experience and my desires. My sphere of awareness holds the complete

inventory of my interests, ambitions and possibilities.

Consider the following way our mind’s content is organized:

Your habits are a nucleus around which your mind assembles your perceptions:

I am - Knowledge + Experience + Desire - Habit

We most often think and see the world in our personal and habitual ways.

Sometimes we'll be jarred away from our familiar mind in mystic encounters and

we'll see more. Only then can we imagine that our habitual mind is a filter

limiting a larger potential.

I’ll get into the details as we go along but for now let me testify that a

limited, reactive mind is no great advantage in a competitive and changing world.

My mind didn't help me avoid a very painful encounter with my destiny. In my

case, I'm lucky enough to know that a reactive mind will experience life in a

limited way more often than it will be joyful, and it will settle for comfortable and

mundane rather than consider an empowered change. I'm lucky because I tend

to ignore my mind's reactive musings.

Many people have surrendered blindly to the demands of a consumer

society in their reactive mind's quest for happiness. Some folks have real issues

of various kinds to deal with before they can consider their magical heritage, and

many of the rest probably have more doubts about their own potential in life than

any real power over it. Not surprisingly, recent findings show that consumerism

doesn’t make people happier and the very rich are only moderately happier than

the poorest folks. They also show that overall, Mr. and Ms. Average aren’t that

happy with their daily lifestyle.

As a saving grace, while research has found that our habitual ways of

seeing do indeed occupy most of our time, it also discovered how our habits

gravely misrepresent who we really are.


Mind is assembled while managing three kinds of awareness

simultaneously.

Knowledge is the awareness we gather from and about out there.

Knowledge links us to our world via a personal past. Experience describes the

awareness we are using to actually perceive. It's what our cognitive processes, our

in here, tell us about our world. That part of our awareness always relates to how

we are experiencing the present, the now. Desire contains that portion of our

awareness that manages movement through life to fill needs. It's triggered by our

instinct to survive. At all times, desire is concerned with our future.

My illustration divides the mind into these three types of awareness as if

they are equal and symmetric parts, but that isn’t accurate. Minds are made up

in many configurations, all of them unequal and asymmetric. Each has its own

distortions; some folks are more out there, some are very, very in here, some are

so driven by desire they burn out and don’t notice.

The mind is a mix of these kinds of consciousness by whatever name you'd

care to call them, each vying for our attention. The divisions relate to how the

central nervous system manages the brain's hemispheres, but I'll expand on that

a little later.

You’ve probably met people who have a lot of acquired book knowledge

but a limited way of seeing life, others who have little desire and few ambitions,

or on the contrary some with big dreams. Maybe you know someone who has no

formal knowledge but a real wealth of experience. I know people who fold under

stress and others who have the heart of a lion.

I discovered that brain-mind is a self-organizing system that adjusts itself

according to how awareness is assembled. Over the next few chapters, I'll explain

how you can greatly increase your mind's potential by relating what I learned

about my own noosphere. I don't mean its personal content, or the knowledge

and experience I've collected in my life. I mean what I learned about the context

– on how to increase my body/mind's creative capital to assemble a better future.

The brain is a self-organizing and closed loop system. Our mind

experiences a constant, infinite and eternal now, but, as it happens, it doesn't

really profit from that experience. Limited by our perception, we translate

experience into knowledge; as soon as we experience an event, we relegate its

knowledge to our past. Knowledge that's assembled in the present comes from

the past but it shapes how the mind is likely to experience the now. Knowledge

from our past taints the present by suggesting how we should experience it. How

we feel now influences any decisions we might make for our future.

With mind as the mediator, our past is constantly projecting itself onto the

present and our limited and reactive memories are influencing the future. You

can decide if that's a good or a bad thing, but I'll give you some creative strategies

to profit from it.


Mind organizes our habits as a closed sphere: experience gathers

knowledge now, but from its past. Experience will store knowledge as (+) (-)

values and the stored information will either trigger desire or not. Desire leads

experience, and most of us tend to repeat positive experiences and avoid nasty

ones. In the closed loop, change is perceived as a nuisance because it risks

providing a negative experience. If a mind only has negative knowledge to draw

on, it is tainted by predetermination.

I was presented with many examples of this realization when I was in

rehab. Because I had so enjoyed my life experience in the years before the

accident, my expectation was that I could create a joyful future in spite of the

limits of paralysis. I met so many disabled persons who could not conjure or

assemble an image of a happy future for their self. And each reason became

apparent when I heard about their past.

The mind reacts to stimuli in the only way its memory will allow: through

its own knowledge derived from past experience. Each perceiver measures and

validates his and her current experience in his or her mind/memory before

making decisions.

Our memories suggest how we can see the present, even if we like to

believe we make decisions of our own free will when we create our future. The

news from those who have been there is that there is more to existence than all

that's contained by our mind. Consider how your own limited sphere and closed

loop retrieval system could be blinding you from a new and very profitable way of

thinking. Consider what's outside your own loop.

Note how you react in habitual ways to certain situations and

circumstances over the next few days. Get a handle on how your brain/mind is a

self-organized system inside a limiting sphere of habit. If you're attentive, you'll

see your mind mimic patterns you can recognize – some inherited from your

mom, dad or significant others. We react according to behavioral paradigms that

are habit.

As such, people-pleasers will react to others by trying to win approval, an

angry person will tend to react with anger and aggression, scared people will get

defensive, and so forth. The employee who is used to saying, “Yes, sir!” will

habitually react with that affirmative when asked to work a little more, even

before checking to see if he or she is really available.

People who lack self-confidence avoid opportunities to take responsibility

or are reluctant to commit acts that can lead to a promotion or more, while a

person with high self-esteem gladly jumps into the thick of things, takes on

additional challenges or backs away from them when it is time to energize.

The reactive mind tends to prejudge and resist anything new or strange

(that means from outside its own memory sphere) and it avoids people and

situations that question its assumptions or might demand a change in its


inventory. We actually develop strategies to stop data from intruding into our

limited sphere of awareness. Ever hear reactions like “We can’t do that!” or “It

can’t be done!”

There's a story about how Henry Ford wanted a new kind of tool and asked

his engineers to look into it. When they studied all there was to know on the

subject, they told him it was impossible to do what he wanted. Ford replied by

increasing their budget and manpower and telling them to do it anyway. After a

year and considerable effort, they again told him –without any reservation – that

it could not be done. He again told them to do what he wanted and after another

long time the engineers got a breakthrough in thinking and Ford's will was done.

We are limited by habitual reactions in the sphere of our mind. When

people say, "It can't be done!" try to hear what they are really mean. “I don’t know

how to do it!” (The knowledge is not in my sphere of awareness!), “I’ve never

done it!” (The experience is not in my sphere!), or, “I don’t want to do it!” (My

sphere has no desire to do it!).

Unconsciously, the mind reacts predictably. “If it doesn’t exist in my

paradigm, then it doesn’t exist at all.” Futurologist Joel Barker addresses that

kind of attitude by suggesting that: “Anyone who thinks something can’t be done

should give way to those who are already doing it.”

Confucius taught that self-knowledge begins when we recognize what we

don’t know. We are limited, but we don't have to be. By recognizing how

information that can profit you might not yet be available in your mind-memory,

you can take responsibility for the limiting aspect of your own perceptions. You

can plan what you'll put into your noosphere.

You don't have to remain limited. You can grow. Don’t take it personally,

that’s just the way it is. Everything inside your sphere of awareness is only a

miniscule part of what can be found outside of it. Your mind or my mind or the

+6 billion others on the biosphere share a time-space continuum recently

discovered to have mystical proportions – we are surrounded by infinity. The

universe continues to expand and the newest math shows that there's no limit to

it. Oh, it also shows that we can access any or all of it by expanding our own

mind, too.

Are you the same person you were five years ago? Is your sphere of awareness

the same? Who will you be in five or ten years? As change is unavoidable, why

not take full responsibility and manage that change? Add to the awareness of

your creative self.

The proactive mind


Rollo May defines self-awareness as a distinct component of existence. In The

Courage to Create, he says that without the restrictions imposed on our mind, we

would never develop it. He compares our limits to a riverbed. Without a deeply

etched pathway in the ground, water would spill out all over the land and not be a

river. In fact, the river only exists in the interaction between the fixed bed and

the water flowing in it.

Similarly, our mind comes into being as consciousness flows through our

brain along neural pathways. The interesting thing is that mind is not in the

neurons. It is created as consciousness moves between neurons assembling its

perception. Most minds are linked in habitual ways. Consciousness can,

however, be directed in new ways. These new neural pathways can connect with

old ones and form a greater whole.

Self-awareness comes from understanding why and how our mind reacts

the way it does. Then you can learn to willfully direct and redirect the flow of

your consciousness.

Adding to your creative capital means you can use your mind to creatively

change your mind. You can grow your aura past its limits and occupy a more

prominent space. Proactive thinking means consciously choosing what and how

to think, as opposed to reacting with habitual reflexes. Acquiring and learning to

use various thinking tools, we can strategically alter our perceptions and expand

our mind.

There are many motivations for doing this, but the basic idea is that great

opportunities result from creative thinking. I can explain how and why to expand

your consciousness and how this will benefit you as well as the world

immediately around you in a general sense, but that won't absolve you from

having to add value to your own mind, your own way.

Consider the wisdom of changing your noosphere by creatively adding to

it. This paradigm-shift can be represented by the following illustration:

A proactive shift in attitude expands your mind by adding self to awareness.


Empowerment means adding to your sphere of awareness and managing three

ideas: creative process, applied strategy and self-motivation. If you understand

the creative process, you can transform your knowledge accordingly. By

understanding applied strategy, you can choose your experience of life. And by

understanding self-motivation, you can actualize any desire.

The expansion of your mind might require a complete change of attitude.

Proactive individuals must be oriented by self-empowerment so they experience

life to glean wisdom from the process. Seeing life as a learning institute should

put an end the view that we are somehow life's victims.

As a constant reminder of how our reactive mind severely limits us, I've

got a cartoon on my office bulletin board. In it, an ant in an anthill asks his

father, “Dad, what’s the strongest force in the universe?” To which the father

replies, “The force of habit.”

Be proactive and include these three ideas in your life.

Increase your awareness of the creative process, which can let you

transform your mind’s content in countless new ways. As such, any limiting

interpretation you acquired in the past can be reorganized so it is both profitable

and liberating.

What do you know about motivation? Why are we pumped with positive

energy one day and dragging ourselves around the next? The mechanics of selfmotivation

reveal all we need to know about causes and anticipated effects.

Consider how motivated creativity will lets us shape the conditions that will most

effectively fill our needs.

Proactive people increase their awareness of the creative process. They

participate in that larger world that is infinity. If whatever you require is not

inside your sphere of awareness, then it is outside of it, just beyond your limits.

Open your sphere and strategically align yourself with any outside awareness that

can fill your desire.

Have you got a plan to increase your creative capital? Are personal

development or self-improvement strategies a part of your regular diet? Are you

self-motivated?

The creative mind

Rollo May said being creative is rather like an attitude, a characteristic of being

more self-aware. He said it resulted from a particularly acute state of awakening

that frees us from the duality that exists between our subjective perception “I”

and the object we perceive “not-I”. He believed a more creative mind was

available as a result of our committing to certain proactive strategies.


Abraham Maslow, who contributed enormously to descriptions of the

fulfilled and actualized person, suggested the same thing. For him, selfactualized

persons are those who have freed themselves from the limits that keep

average people anchored in mediocrity.

Examining the driving force in their life, Maslow described these

personalities as being more well-rounded, tolerant and creative than the average

person. He said they have “a superior perception of reality; an increased

acceptance of themselves, of others, of nature’s grand design; they have increased

spontaneity, increased detachment and independence; they share a greater

richness of emotional responses, improved relationships wherever they choose to

invest themselves, and a much more democratic character and structure. 10

Here below you’ll find an illustration showing the mind expanded, or the

noosphere that results from the process of behaving proactively:

A creative mind is a result of the process: Reactive mind + Proactive = Creative

The noosphere (knowledge + experience + desire) expands as we become more

self-aware. Then, we consciously add to our perception of our potential (creative

process + strategy + motivation). The result is an empowered mind with a more

creative and passionate view of life.

Your mind can enhance its own ability to perceive, and that means

adopting a self-empowering attitude: knowledge + creative thinking = creative

intelligence. Attributed to the Roman writer Cicero, the concept of intelligence

can be understood in two Latin words: inter and legencia, which mean links

between.

Intelligence therefore describes our ability to link our knowledge, our

experience and our desires into concepts and ideas. In this definition, we are all

intelligent, but how we link awareness (whether we make reactive, proactive or

creative links) is the determining factor for both how we enjoy life and the

influence we have in it.


Experience + strategy = wisdom. As you probably know, intelligence can

be creative or destructive. A negative mind reacting to fear, for example, won’t

necessarily have our best interest - our most considered option - as its number

one priority. Becoming creative, we can make better links, and we can even help

change the world for the better.

Wisdom comes from choosing among many options that can liberate us to

best answer our needs: Desire + Motivation = Will. How we get involved in a

situation, reactively or creatively, sheds light on what kind of intelligence we are

accessing in that moment. With your will focused on your own composure, you

can choose any links you want, and, by adding strategy to how you experience

life, you can plan to develop wisdom. Wisdom lets you choose the options that

will serve you best.

Two-time Nobel Prize winner Dr. Linus Pauling used Nature’s own

technique to expand his mind. When asked what one must do to get a good idea,

he answered, “Get a lot of ideas and throw out the bad ones.” The more options

and possibilities you have, the easier it is to make wise choices.

Understanding the principle of human motivation lets proactive people

more easily fill their needs and surpass their own expectations for their potential.

Self-empowered persons have learned an important evolutionary principle from

their investment in their subjective mind expansion: developed over time, their

creative capital becomes an ever more precious commodity.

Proactive individuals learn that being empowered means honing their will

to acquire greater vision and more passion to effectively manage their quality of

life.

According to Dr. Joseph Campbell, every belief, philosophy and religion

suggests that we are and as such we can be much more than what we believe. The

meaning of one's existence can be much more profound, our acts can have

importance and we can contribute to life with a power than we only imagine! He

tells journalist Bill Moyers - “There are dimensions of your being and a potential

for realization and consciousness that are not included in your concept of

yourself.” 11

Prophets and mystics have only hinted at the potential. Myth, fable and

fiction reflect a fraction of our true essence. We are linked to the universal

creating energy both within and without our sphere of consciousness.


Reactive noosphere + Proactive attitude = Creative mind

Creative intelligence consciously used to cause change to occur is called “magic”.

Oneness with that creating energy is the result of a self-directed mind-expansion.

With a paradigm-shift into a more creative use of your potential, you can better

manage your participation in the rest of your life. Imagine all your liberated

intelligence - your wisdom and your will - applied to doing whatever is needed for

you to be happy. Then you'll be passionate about your life's possibilities, won't

you?

A self-empowered paradigm-shift begins with "Why not?" and then looks

into the potential. What could you accomplish with the rest of your life if you

were free to do whatever you wished? What would you change? How would your

life unfold if you expanded your mind? What if you could be a lot more

motivated, a lot more intelligent and a lot more empowered just by wanting to?

Do you know the magic word?

The empowered mind: an evolutionary jump

It can be shown that the energy generated by a passionate mind has an attracting

effect on the outside environment. The energy of passionate people, the

dynamism they give off with their willful acts in here, has repercussions in a

tangible magnetic sense out there in the real world.

I can offer a personal anecdote on that fact: I believe that my curiosity

about my own central nervous system after my accident was accompanied by a

greatly increased ability to magically find the resources I needed in my research.

Prior to my passion being turned on, for example, I don't know that I ever crossed

data on brain/mind and consciousness like I did after my fire was lit. Afterwards,

I met people and circumstances and found papers and positions in ways that

were first weird, then eerie, and then great fun and a normal part of the process.

Passion links to power and so I luck into whatever I need.


Deciding to learn about the workings of my own mind was a source of selfknowledge

and thus a great power. I learned how to change my thinking, and

that meant I could then determine how to change it further. I could shape my

destiny. Called the alchemical gold that's transformed from lead, the selfempowered

mind has a great survival advantage: it can cause change to occur in

conjunction with its creating intent.

Far from being reactive to either its thinking or that of others, the

empowered mind influences the world in a tangible, material sense. From

antiquity, the willed transformation of an event or a circumstance has been called

magic and so, unabashedly, the empowered mind is the mind of magician, a

magus.

The mystic language comes from those first explorers of human potential,

and therefore need to be dusted off in these modern times. Ernesto De Martino,

professor of History and Religion at Rome’s Cagliari University and author of

several books on myth and magic, found that people resist the notion that we can

exercise a magical power over the circumstances in life. He confirmed that, “The

idea of magic challenges our basic concepts of reality and the natural order of

things.” 12

De Martino researched the documents and said they suggest that the

power of magi, shamans and sorcerers is a very real. There is a psychic power, a

power of the mind, that's available to all of us. Quantum physics further reveals

that the universe indeed does respond to our thinking. Through the ages some

people have taken that fact very seriously.

Biologist Lyall Watson tells how cosmic law-and-order supports the notion

of human psychic powers. In Supernature, he explains various phenomena from

ESP (extra sensory perception) to telepathy and precognition, and tells how they

obey Nature’s rules. He writes, “Few aspects of human behavior are as persistent

as our need to believe in things unseen – and as a biologist, I find it hard to

believe that this is purely fortuitous. The belief – or the strange things to which

this belief is so stubbornly attached – must have some survival value.” 13

I decided to develop my mind's potential when I realized that applied

creativity is magic. By consciously applying creative thought to problems and

challenges, we can cause something better to come into being. As you read the

pages of this book, I'll reveal the secrets of motivation, strategy and selfempowerment

I learned from Nature so you can decide for yourself if a

paradigm-shift to a more creative mindset will profit you.

Instead of reacting to a situation, we can adopt a proactive attitude, be

more creative and transform the situation magically. From the investment in our

creative capital, we develop the skill to transform the events in our life magically.

Then the will to become a more creative person will pay off in unbelievable ways,

the least of which are realizing great expectations and evolving psychic powers.


The bottom line is that by becoming a more creative thinker, we can profit from

more creative thoughts.

A self-empowered mind will participate in a magical worldview

Self-empowered and free of limits, people who claim their creative mind will

celebrate the conscious decision to expand their own potential in a magical way.

Less reactive to desire, they can consciously climb the hierarchy of

motivated need and hone their will in the actualization of a better destiny.

Experiencing life as a series of choices, they decide what to actualize next, what to

experience next, and how to be happier, healthier, wealthier, and wiser.

Consider your magical mind, experienced as the wisdom you can glean

from your own strategies and acts, and then realize how enormous your potential

is while life is precious and much too short. Self-empowering leaders adapt to

that realization by creatively working to prolong their own health, wealth and

wellbeing, and by wisely managing their relationships and their environment.

Magi do what they have to do and let Infinity take care of the details.

Nothing worthwhile is ever really free or easy, but the magical worldview

has only two requirements: can do and want to.

Imagine the benefits of a magically empowered mind. Aligned with a

universal creating intent, passionate because your evolutionary drive is being

fueled by a heightened awareness of your potential, every decision you make,

every communication you initiate and every move you take is a magical

operation.

In the empowered world of shamans, sorcerers and spiritual mystics,

creative energy works through you and universal forces are aligned to help you

succeed. Your every thought then becomes a creative and magical act, bringing

you ever closer to the actualization of your creative will.


Self-empowerment is a fascinating concept: while power is transpersonal

(you either have it or you don’t), it can become personal (you can get it). The

empowered mind must expand beyond a subjective perception of duality (I, not-

I) to participate indivisibly in the infinite universe.

A brief look at how the universe changed

Physicists have explored the world as a macrocosmic out there and a microcosmic

in here to conclude that an observer (I) is indivisibly bound to his observation

(not-I). We cannot observe without altering what we are observing. In fact how

we observe in large measure will determine what we are observing.

Science has reported back to any interested party that any difference we

perceive between I and not-I is an illusion; in here and out there are

interconnected. In this universe, everything is part of a unified whole, a magical

field of intelligent and creative energy. Physicists are saying that you and I are

more than mud. We are beings of Light, fashioned by four universal forces.

Self-empowered people understand how their relationship to the physical

universe is a subjective choice. Knowing that «I am» is the only common

denominator linking all my knowledge, all my experiences and all my desires into

a personal sphere of awareness, I accept, without condition, the full responsibility

for my development.

What about you? Are you creative? In spite of our limits, science supposes we

can reach a higher intelligence. Are you participating in that? Are you growing,

expanding? Do you suspect you might have spiritual or magic power? Do you

know how to develop them?


Chapter 3

A WORLD OF NEURAL PARADIGMS

Personal paradigms

Brain, consciousness, neurons and pathways

Neurons link into neural pathways

We are perceivers

The new social context

A personal content factor

Some paradigms are hardwired

The language of paradigms

"The voyage of discovery consists not in seeking new landscapes but in having

new eyes."

Marcel Proust


CHAPTER 3

A WORLD OF NEURAL PARADIGMS

If adopting an empowered attitude were easy, everybody would do it. The

problem is that the mind is already trained to react the way it does. In a recent

work, Merlin Donald, a Queen's University psychology professor who studied

mind and consciousness, concludes that, despite the fact that personal

consciousness is an aspect of the brain the mind does not exist in isolation and is

not free.

Donald's research suggests that we are who we are as individuals because

our consciousness participates in the larger collective consciousness. He claims

that only part of our mind is inside our head; there's another, larger part outside

of it called culture. Without a direct cultural transmission of information, we'd

grunt instead of speak, spend most of our time struggling for food and shelter,

and we'd relate to one another in the most basic ways.

Sometimes a mind will contribute to the collective consciousness. But

according to Donald, culture most often leads, and individual minds follow.

Culture imposes views, symbols and language. Without the individual mind, the

collective might be diminished, but without culture, a mind turns inward and

remains undefined and thus reactive to its environment. Individuals connect to

the larger mind as if to an abstract world that is not largely of their own creation.

The idea that individual minds are shaped by a larger cultural mind is not

new. A 1962 study called The Structure of Scientific Revolutions by Thomas

Kuhn, a science historian, described the same process at work in scientific

research. He defined his concept as the "paradigm effect", describing paradigms

as "accepted examples of actual scientific practice - examples which include law,

theory, application, and instrumentation together, [that] provide models from

which spring particular coherent traditions of scientific research." 14

He realized how researchers who learned from the same books tended to

share the same mindsets and thus respected the same rules and limits in their

work. Kuhn saw the difficulties that scientists experienced in recognizing

unexpected data that came from outside their expectations. He found the

limiting nature of neural paradigms often impaired a researcher's ability to

recognize certain information, to a point where this data remained invisible to

him or her.

A few years later, Willis Harmon, of the Stanford Research Institute,

expanded on this discovery by defining our neural paradigms as "the basic way of

perceiving, thinking, valuing and doing, associated with a particular vision of

reality." 15


Adam Smith (the pen name of a Wall Street economist) describes

paradigms as "a shared set of assumptions. The paradigm is the way we perceive

the world. The paradigm explains the world to us and helps us to predict its

behavior." 16

In her 1980 best-selling book The Aquarian Conspiracy, journalist

Marilyn Ferguson was the first to popularize the idea that people share larger

social paradigms. She explored shifts in American society's thinking in terms of

education, health, politics and human potential, explaining how "a paradigm is a

framework of thought...a scheme for understanding and explaining certain

aspects of reality." 17

And in his corporate training video, author Joel Barker speaks of business

paradigms as "a set of rules and regulations that defines boundaries and tells you

what to do to be successful within those boundaries." 18

He notes that we have habitual ways of seeing every aspect of our daily

lives, both in professional areas like management, marketing and economics, and

in our personal choices like the food we eat, musical preference or the way we

perform on the job.

Personal paradigms

Your brain is filled with your personal paradigms. Taken from the Greek word

paradeigma, which simply means a model or an example, the idea behind the

word describes the lens through which we see the world. There are a lot of

synonyms to express the idea; I mentioned that psychologists speak of one's

culture but we are also shaped by our beliefs, by the inner values, morals or ethics

we've accepted as truth, and by our own desires and their momentum.

Our paradigms are co-created by our unraveling DNA, our gender, our

family, language and immediate environment, our nationality and its culture, our

education, religion, philosophy and vocational experience, etc. They shape the

view we have of existence, or of life and its rules.

My own definition is:

A paradigm is a template on reality.

Consciousness etches neural paradigms in the brain that define how it should

think. Think of the root system for a plant. In the same way, consciousness

burrows through the brain linking neurons into patterns. The same is true of

everyone. There are no exceptions. We think within the limits provided by our

brain's neural paradigms. We are subjected to perceptual limits that not only


filter the data we receive from the outside world, but define the way we should

react to that data. Like the root system in a closed flowerpot, our neural patterns

can turn over and around the same ideas forever, without ever reaching outside

of the pot.

Content is important but context rules

Paradigms have both an objective context and subjective content. The context

describes the process by which humans perceive, remember and think, how the

neurons link together, and content describes the result of that process by every

individual - that is the ideas assembled.

Neuroscience suggests that how we experience an encounter an event is

largely determined by the brain's limbic system, whose glands regulate emotions.

When faced with an unknown situation or a threat, these glands react by either

triggering the flight or fight reaction or tend and befriend, depending on what

hormones are released into the bloodstream. Even if the response is mild, the

hormonal reaction instantly affects the brain to shape the manner in which the

event is viewed and will be remembered as good or bad.

In that moment, when the limbic system is influencing our body/mind's

reality, two other interesting ideas get involved to help us make up our mind.

The first is called a morpheme - defined by physicists as a primary sensation

event. A morpheme is the impression that is made on the mind by the first

experience of an event. It's the mood that labels and classifies the encounter for

future reference.

The second idea can be called an emgram - which more or less means a

unit of memory. Research into the subject of memory revealed that the

information we recall is virtual, not real. It isn't real in the sense that we do not

remember solid and specific whole events that come from a location where they

are kept in storage. Memory is summoned from all over by the central nervous

system with an emotional attraction system. Mood. Mind is assembled like a

hologram but the shape that contains it is more properly an emgram or a neural

mood that is shaped by emotion. The emgram only exists when something is

remembered with an emotional charge. Think of an emgram as if an emotional

container.

We’ll label events good (to be repeated) or bad (to be avoided) as they are

experienced and stored for recall, but we extract bits and pieces from the whole

mood and may classify them differently. Positive morphemes are shaped when

an event is experienced with a positive charge; the primary sensation event can

set the tone for a whole experience. Negative emotions (not positive is perceived

as negative rather than neutral charge) imprint negative morphemes and those

memories are stored as negative emgrams to be avoided.


Both phenomena can come into play when, for example, we are hungry

and ready to order pizza. While discussing paradigms with Suzy one day, I noted

that my own pizza paradigm was affected.

I've been in this neighborhood for years and know a half-dozen pizza

places that deliver. I've been ordering from the same place for a few years now

because they used to have a great pie. My first experience created a positive

morpheme. A second trial - after the first was recalled in a positive emgram -

confirmed my first impression. Subsequent emgrams tended to set my choice:

whenever I craved pizza I dialed that one phone number.

Then they had a few bad nights, which were forgiven (they must have a

new cook, I thought), and I settled for less than great for a while. Talking it over,

Suzy and I realized that some places in the neighborhood got a negative emgram

years ago, under other administrations, but still suffered from my first label.

The context of human perception is all about the brain's neurological

paradigms and how they fill our noosphere and block our view of reality.

Brain, neurons, consciousness and pathways

In order to understand paradigms as limits on our perception, we first need to

know the various elements that are in play when use them: the brain,

consciousness and neurological pathways.

My dictionary defines the brain as "that portion of the body's central

nervous system that constitutes the organ of thought" and it explains that the

brain is responsible for all the body's "higher cognitive functions".

Interestingly, the brain only weighs about 2% to 3% of the body's total

mass, but thinking consumes more than 20% of the body's energy. The

dictionary says consciousness is "the state of being aware". Research into

consciousness offers that it's a mysterious sentient intelligence, a product of the

brain, and that it's a constituent of the mind. Other dictionaries might agree with

mine that the mind is "a complex process by which an individual senses,

perceives, thinks, wills and reasons," and that intelligence is “ an individual's

capacity to learn and to understand."

So, in summary, as we become conscious of things both inside and outside

of our brain, we create our mind and our capacity to be intelligent.

At the moment of birth, science is happy to relate, a human brain is made

up of about 100 billion neurons (fundamental junctions in the brain that link the

brain into an organizing system) that can be connected in trillions of ways.


Thinking causes electro-chemical reactions in the brain as some of those

neurons are assembled to register and/or reveal their content as consciousness.

In the same way that the photographic image is not contained in paper but

is rather a chemical impression in an emulsion on the paper, mind and memory

are created in a chemical mix of neurotransmitters that fill select brain synapses.

I'll discuss it again later, but what ends up on our mind is more a result of how

our neurons are linked up than what neurons are.

Dissecting a brain into its tiniest pieces won't explain the mind or what its

consciousness is made of. It certainly won't explain how the mind can grasp

infinity, or how the universe we perceive today with our most sophisticated

macro- and microscopic technological advances has been described throughout

the ages by people with insight into its real nature.

Science can attest that mind is comprised of energy - consciousness - as it

interacts in a brain. Consciousness flows between neurons in the brain creating

perception like a complex laser will create a hologram. The movement of energy

allows the perceiver to become aware of information from both out there and in

here and to assemble that input into a synthesis that is seen in mind. The energyin-motion

also establishes a mood that selects what kind of information will

become available.

Neurons link into neural pathways

Neurons link via neural pathways into neural nets

While the brain is limited, its consciousness gives us amazing power.

Consciousness describes the state of being aware. It is highly mysterious because

it is both transpersonal and personal. Here's what I mean. If we imagine a blue

car racing around a track, consciousness occurs as we connect the neural

pathways that correspond to the data – a car, blue, track, race, etc. – and


assemble it. Consequently, as the car is racing around the track, it's also racing

around our brain/mind.

The part that's transpersonal is that every reader aligns his or her neurons

to imagine the scene. But the process is also personal because each one of us may

have seen a different model car, in a particular shade of blue, going around a

specific kind of track, drawn from experiences that can evoke a diversity of

memories.

The mind takes tens of thousand of snapshots of reality with its

consciousness during a simple experience, but only a select few of those will be

considered worth remembering. Even if we believe that we remember whole

scenes like a movie or video, our memory is in fact limited to a few scanty

snapshots that are recalled emotionally in our emgrams.

Those snapshots of memory quickly reconstruct a whole experience with

accompanying moods and flavors, and the momentum of consciousness as it

assembles images into mind, even invent facts to fill-in our memory's gaps. We

have an extraordinary ability to kid ourselves, or to outright lie to ourselves,

whenever necessary. Those emotional-grams, like a telephone answering

machine, keep forcing us to react to the snapshots taken in a long-forgotten

morpheme-moment. We can suffer an event – or savor one – long after its facts

have been exhausted.

Note that how we experience an event is more important than the actual

event. So, what memories are you creating?

Easy enough to see that a pleasant encounter seems shorter than it

actually was, and an unpleasant one always seems longer. But the overall

implications of this are much broader. A positive emgram allows us to anticipate

further positive experiences, and it is therefore a subconscious driver. Because

responding to instinct strongly suggests that we seek out pleasurable experiences,

a positive emgram provides motivational pull, and we tend to either avoid

recalling negative ones or reinvent them.

We are hardwired, or programmed like a machine, with neural paradigms.

Even if the 100 billion neurons we inherit at birth can be linked in countless

ways, our neural paradigms severely limit that potential. We have an incredible

array of possibilities at our disposal, but we tend to follow our brain's paths of

least resistance to habitually access the same old neural-nets. We let our habits

impose their limits on our options and choices.

In fact, even if we can link every neuron in a zillion new ways and can even

create new ones, we'll borrow the same patterns over and over again, and make

the same kinds of choice everyday ad nauseum. I don't want to make it seem that

having paradigms is a bad thing. On the one hand they help us avoid reinventing

the wheel at every turn. But we have to awaken to the fact that they also bind us

to our bad habits. Our neurological patterns are closed loop systems. An


experience is recorded as a positive or negative memory in the spur of the

moment, and then that memory largely decides how a similar event will be

experienced a next time. Consider how the reactive loop that is spelling out

"Fries 'R Us!" doesn’t suggest, "Eat fat and get fat!”

Our positive or negative emotional-grams influence us by creating

expectations that color our perception. The result of all this is that we don't

perceive an objective world out there, we assemble a subjective one in here.

We are perceivers

Take a quick look at the following illustration.

My wife and mother-in-law

The illustration is called “My wife and my mother-in-law” but what’s the first

thing you saw, a young woman or an old one? You might need a few seconds to

see both women. Psychologist Edwin Bring made the sketch to show us how we

tend to group our perceptions. The black line near the bottom center can be a

ribbon on the neck of a young lady wearing a cowl, or the closed mouth of a much

older one in a scarf. Take time to really look at the details and reconstruct the

images until you can feel your mind change in an effort to see both perceptions at

the same time.

During our workshops, groups are usually divided between participants

who see the young woman and those who see the older one first. I use this and

several other illusions to demonstrate how, in large measure, our visual

perception is predetermined by our thinking patterns. Before even looking, our

mind's paradigms are poised to influence what we are going to see.


Look at the next image. Called Island of St-Helena, this is where

Napoleon died and was buried. His ghost has risen from the grave and is clearly

depicted in the drawing below. Take your time and find Napoleon's spirit.

Napoleon buried on St-Helena Island

Did it take you a few minutes to find the ghost? Well, that's not the important

part. What's really interesting is that, in spite of its very obvious presence at the

left of the picture as a silhouette of white space formed by the two vertical tree

limbs, Napoleon's ghost is initially invisible to most people. Once they've located

it though, it is inconceivable to them that they missed it the first time!

Now that your neurons are linked into that pattern, if you ever run into

this picture again, even many years from now, the ghost will jump off the page at

you before anything else!

We are perceivers. This is probably the most significant discovery of

modern times. From birth, we learn to see things in certain ways by tracing

neural patterns in our brain. Our family and immediate environment taught us

what was fundamental to them, what they considered good, bad or convenient.

Then a social system intervened to educate us, tell us how and what to learn, how

to relate to others, and what things to give importance to. Later, many of us

trained in a profession or a trade and we arrived at a certain cognitive maturity.

We developed a mind that is conditioned by how it thinks about things.

Our mind generally resists ideas that threaten to alter it. Because we are

comfortable with our old neural connections, we have difficulty letting go of

outdated concepts, even if they no longer serve a purpose. They're part of our

mindset, our comfort zones, and represent the path of least resistance.

The structure of an emgram


In order to recognize the limits imposed by our memories, let's conjure one up.

Let's imagine the world's best strawberry cheesecake, for example. I remember

one from Dunn's Delicatessen in downtown Montreal. I don't know what one

you're thinking about, but I'm ready to argue about which one is best! My Dunn's

memory is emotionally charged. I haven't really tasted your cheesecake, so I

can't make an objective judgment, but I believe Dunn's is best.

Substitute cheesecake for anything else and you can see that emgrams are

both powerful and limiting. A fleeting image, a smell or a taste can instantly

recall a unique time/space/perception and change our mind. I remember

wheeling through the lobby of my office building one fine morning and having my

mind suddenly flooded with memories of my grandmother. I saw her place - the

furniture, the lighting – and suddenly had a craving for the Sultana raisin cookies

and Ginger Ale she gave me as a special treat when I was 4 or 5. Surprised,

curious, I followed my nose and found the smell of the detergent they used to

keep her apartment building spotless.

In a similar vein, the question “Where were you when you found out about

JFK?” always triggers thoughts of confusion and urgency in me. I remember

being in a mass of kids leaving high school early, moving down halls, outdoors

and onto to jammed city buses going home. There I watched TV, numb and

worried.

Today, New York City's World Trade Center on the skyline figures in so

many old movies that it will trigger haunting realizations for millions of us for a

very long time. Our mind is shaped by our morphemes. My Dunn's Deli

morpheme includes a date with a beautiful girl in late October on a Saturday

night, when love was in the air and so their cheesecake was the world's best.

Want to argue?

How our reactive emgrams impose perceptual limits is easy to see in

everyday encounters. Suppose you are half of an arguing couple. As the

argument unfolds and gets more aggressive, you may recall images and emotions

from the other's transgressions and then assault him or her with them.

Aggressed, the other answers tit for tat, and you soon find the argument

escalating, feeding on itself. Like a roadmap, an aggressive mood will recall

images that aggress, and the aggressed images recall . . . etc., in a closed-loop and

self-organizing system.

Cartographer and author Dennis Wood states that "Maps link the territory

with what comes with it." As such they help form our views and inventories by

supplying the boundaries with which we define ourselves. We form our social

paradigms with our national borders, treaty plans, state and provincial electoral

zones, urban and rural land divisions, conservation districts and land use

subdivisions; we have restriction and permission areas and jurisdiction courts

and each has its set of rules.


A new social context

Humans are tribal. Since the beginning of time, our social paradigms have

influenced our minds and our ongoing evolution. Traits that served us well in the

past must now be questioned because the world has changed. We live in a global

village that, even while it is struggles with its own identity and code of ethics, is

putting an enormous amount of pressure on our paradigm's limits.

Relative time has changed

Time seems to have speeded up. Now, as never before, we can

communicate around the world instantaneously. But even if there's a new

paradigm dictated by the telephone, fax machine, Internet and email, we still

must find a way relate to one another. Pressed for time, great numbers of people

are always in a hurry to get nowhere fast! Hurry to work, hurry to play, hurry to

rest; hurry, hurry, we're late!

Time management implies self-management. Successful people must link

their personal and professional needs to available resources and find solutions to

their time-management problems, regardless of the ticking clock and the frenzied

pace dictated by the agitation around them. Life is not a race, and so your

perception of time must shift if you want to slow down your inner clock and stop

any destructive momentum.

Is your time invested in mastering the art of living, or are you caught up in the

rat race? Do your paradigms drive you toward success or excess?

Relative space has changed

The world shrank. The lines on a map no longer protect us from anything,

in spite of the political territories they divide. Terrorists, smog, acid rain and

tropical storms don't stop at borders. The ecological disaster at Chernobyl

affected the caribou in Canada, and El Niño from the Pacific coast of South

America gets blamed for weather patterns in the Northeastern USA.

We can no longer get away with disregarding the consequences of actions,

how we affect our neighbors and how we affect our world. The push for Free

Trade, for example, not only changes the participating economies, but

their cultural and social values, and their citizens’ daily lives, just as surely as

freezing temperatures in Florida affect the price of our morning orange juice.

In his TV series The Sacred Balance, environmentalist Dr. David Suzuki

showed how the home-planet – our biosphere – is an interdependent and very


fragile eco-system. As citizens of the Earth, everything that happens here –

anything that threatens that fragility – should concern us.

What about you? Are you working to make your place healthier and happier, or

are you leaving that to others who may not share your concerns?

Relative perception must also change

In the last few years, the way we see ourselves has also changed. It wasn't

so long ago that we were like monkeys just down from the trees, surviving in an

unknown jungle and doomed to a nasty end! Visionaries over time and space,

and now quantum physics, propose another vision of us humans as beings of

Light.

Describing the world as forces that are containing a universal Energy,

science suggests we start to see ourselves as drops of light in an infinite sea of

Light and that we consider a magical destiny. Even though we don't see it that

way, the perceiver and the perceived are indivisibly linked in the sharing of this

Energy. I share the same energy, the same creative forces, as the whole of

universe.

The new view should affect our perception of ourselves and provoke a

paradigm-shift wherein we immediately adopt those behaviors crucial to realizing

our universal identity and our creative potential. It should. But old habits may

be blocking the way.

Discovering that an observer cannot observe without affecting what he is

observing, science affirms that differences between I and infinite not-I are, in

fact, an illusion. Everything that we see out there is decided in here. That is an

amazing power.

Can you see how your world is an extension of your mind and mood? As

personal perception is a component of the Time-Space continuum, are you

learning to change your mind?

The personal content factor

Despite their universal context, our personal paradigms are unique because they

exist as subjective memory. To understand how paradigms have both an

objective context and subjective content, consider the following scene in which

three men dressed in white smocks sit at a counter, sipping wine.

That's the context: three men, three glasses, wine. You are at liberty to

express an opinion, or draw conclusions on what you see, and whether you


approve or disapprove, agree or disagree. But in fact, you can analyze that

context and study it until the end of time without getting any closer to uncovering

any personal content associated with the scenario.

The first man is an alcoholic – that's his content. He agreed to participate

in a wine tasting session because he is pathologically attracted to alcohol. When

he learned that there'd be a wine tasting session, he immediately volunteered.

The second man was installing a wooden shelf when sawdust suddenly got lodged

in his windpipe. Since he didn't have access to water, he got in line for the wine

tasting event in the hopes rinsing his throat. The third man is a wine expert and

was personally invited to attend. He doesn't even swallow his wine, he just swirls

it about his finely tuned palate to then spit it into a bucket, before describing the

joys of the grape, its bouquet, color, clarity and subtle flavors.

Personal content can over impose on the objective context. I saw a vivid

demonstration of that on a television show where the host plays videos that

people send in. In this particular clip, a father is showing his son how to hit a

baseball off a tee. We see the tiny tot miss the ball a few times while his father

urges him to focus, aim, swing, etc. The kid keeps trying and missing, and finally,

an exasperated dad is heard saying, "Keep your eye on the ball!"

And the little lad walks over to the tee, picks up the ball and carefully puts

his eye to it. Neurologically speaking, that was the only content the little fellow

had to relate to that instruction.

We can examine the state of the Planet at length. Each of us will see,

contemplate and draw our own conclusions when faced with the same objective

data. The differences will reflect our previous perceptions, how we learned to see

things and what we've got invested in the exercise.

Some paradigms are hardwired

We each have a head full of neural imprints acquired during our life. These

imprints form the pathways that link our neural-circuits into reflex responses.

They are grouped into neural-networks all over our brains, and can be

classified in five major categories that form our hardwiring: brain/mind is

arranged in what are called our physical/survival circuits, our emotional/

environmental circuits, our social/semantic circuits, our moral/philosophical or

spiritual circuits and our experiential/learning circuits.

The following chart takes a brief look at the quadrant brain and the

emergence of consciousness. Are you aware of your awareness?


Synthesis # 5 - How the brain is hardwired with neural circuits

Neural circuits into paradigms...

Our neural circuitry: Its imprints: Some of the triggers:

Physiological circuits Physical/survival reactions Unraveling DNA genetic code

Environmental circuits Emotional reactions Our good/bad apprenticeship

Social/semantic circuits Intellectual reactions Language, concepts and tools

Moral/philosophical circuits Spiritual reactions Ideal behavior

Experiential awareness Situational reactions Being self-aware.

The following story illustrates how neural imprints are created. A while back,

Suzy and I were out visiting friends. We were sitting around a table on a patio

discussing human potential when Suzy, who was in mid-sentence, got up and

began to walk away. Looking where she was headed, I saw an 18 month-old boy

trying to climb a gas grill that was turned off but had started to wobble.

Without fanfare, Suzy gently scooped him up and carried him towards his

play area, all the while whispering in his ear. She then gently put him down and

sent him off to the sandbox, laughing all the way. Having already forgotten the

object of his first attention, the toddler was off on another adventure. By simply

redirecting his interest, he was led out of danger with no distressing effects.

I used the event to relate how another imprint could have been created if

Suzy had started screaming frantically, "Watch out! You're going to hurt

yourself!"

That morpheme – the tone, the voice, its volume, how urgently it carried

fear, anger or impatience – might have shocked the little boy into recording a

negative emgram. And for the rest of his life, without quite knowing why, his

reaction (conscious fear for an instant, then quickly buried in his subconscious

mind) could have adversely influenced him. Traumatized whenever he'd see a

BBQ pit, his hands might sweat or his heart might start beating with a mild

anxiety!

My example may seem a little extreme, but I'm sure that many parents are

squirming a bit, realizing that they might have over-reacted to their kids in many

instances.

Our physiological and survival imprints


Our genetic code hardwires physical or survival circuits in our brain. Imagine

that the genes you inherited from your father and mother are like two decks of

playing cards that are marked with your parents' whole history. At the moment

of your conception, those two decks were shuffled into a single new one: you.

Your DNA code is a brand new deck made from old cards that will largely

determine your physical characteristics, intellectual attributes, health and

organic strengths and weaknesses.

Our genetic baggage is also composed of metaphysical traits. Studies

suggest that we inherit nearly 70% of ancestral qualities, like an aptitude for

leadership or a particular talent. Maternal and paternal characteristics or even

more distant ancestors can be manifested in traits that mold our character. That

doesn't stop anyone from indeed becoming a leader, but for certain individuals

the leadership pathways that have to be traced will seem less than natural.

By studying a person's family tree, science can determine the prevalence of

a particular trait and predict its dominance in that person's children. We all

come into this world weighed down with our ancestral baggage. I'm 6'4" tall, my

younger brother is the same height and we had a great-grandfather even taller

than that. So I prepared my daughter by telling her that she was growing up to

become a beautiful, tall girl and steering her towards that positive image. She

stopped growing at 5'9" but likes to stretch it when asked how tall she is by

replying, "Almost 6' in my heels!"

Are you aware of your genetic history? Do diseases like cancers or

cardiovascular illnesses run in your family? What is your state of health?

What character traits have you inherited, and which ones do you find difficult to

develop? What gifts did life give you?

Our environmental and emotional imprints

Our environment helps fashion our emotional circuits and responses. We

learned about good and bad, what to think, say and do. Most of us were probably

subjected to a multitude of taboos and bans that reflected the beliefs of the time,

our ancestral paradigms. Some kids are told they are handsome or pretty, that

they are skilled or talented or that they have worth and great expectations.

Others are abused or learn they have little to offer, that they are stupid or bad.

Most of us were shaped by a rather significant degree of negative

conditioning, and told, "Don't do that! Don't touch that!" as if we secretly knew

how to act and react properly but were purposely refusing to do be good. How

many of us actually had someone to guide us for an extended time so that we

could develop our highest potential – our creative intelligence, our capacity to

love and our personal power?


The home environment can break your spirit. This is not a moral

judgment but a simple observation. Children don't come into the world with an

instruction manual, and parents learn parenting through trial and error. Children

who constantly hear that they are no good, that they can't succeed, or other such

negative comments, will incorporate them into their self-talk. Self-talk is how we

re-view our perceptions to create our self-image and to assess our potential, our

options and our direction. Studies repeatedly show how negative expectations

contribute to negative results.

On the other hand, when children are encouraged to try, persevere and put

their best effort into every task, you can rest assured they'll successfully complete

any project they undertake when they become adults. This is neither prophecy

nor miracle. It is neuro-logical!

What were you told by your loved ones? What emotional mirror did you see as

a child? What emgrams created in your past dictate your reactions today? Are

they still appropriate? Did your emotional apprenticeship nourish you and

boost your self-esteem?

Social and semantic imprints

We also form social and semantic imprints that become our intellectual

pathways. We humans are largely tribal; we are very dependent on others for a

long time, learn through mimicry by copying others, and are cued and corrected

by our significant relationships. Since time immemorial, we've been brought into

line by the threat of social rejection. "Conform or be ostracized from the tribe"

triggers our deepest fears and influences the way we participate in the social

paradigm.

Our semantic neural circuits register and recall the value we give to words,

ideas and concepts. Conscious of an alphabet effect on the brain, linguists have

long known that reading and writing are not the only consequences of learning a

language. By mastering syntax, our relationship to words changes by allowing us

to code and decode thoughts, to transform auditory stimuli into visual concepts,

to reason in a deductive way, to sort and classify information, and to give a

semblance of order and priority to our ideas.

Have you ever conversed with someone only to find that the meaning and

emotional charge they gave your words differed from what you intended?

Because I'm fluently bilingual – I was raised in both the French and English

languages – I'll sometimes challenge someone with this idea by stating, "I love

fish. Do you love fish?" If the person answers yes, I push the idea until they

reveal why they love fish. Some will answer, "It's delicious with garlic butter," or

some such, and then I'll spin my pun. I'll act horrified and explain that I have an

aquarium at home worth a small fortune and that I love fish so much I'd never eat


them. My point is that even though we trade words that have a meaning we know,

agree to and understand, it doesn't mean we are trading ideas.

Large numbers of people have inherited a vision of the world that is

reactive and that suggests life just happens to them. They are victims, whether

they like it or not, or they have little or no control over the events in their life.

Other people are fortunate enough to have learned that they are completely

responsible for their life – and their after-life.

You can use language, but are you trading ideas? Does your conditioning

encourage you to fully participate in the creation of your life? Is your destiny

your own, or have you surrendered to a life that's dictated by external

circumstances? Are you a leader or a follower? Is that your own mind you are

making up?

Moral and spiritual imprints

Formed by what we believe is the ideal, our moral imprints form our spiritual

circuits. To some, the spiritual circuits link beliefs, others have business ethics

and others still live with God or with Nature. Some people experience life as if it

they get a practice period, and this existence is not so very important. Some

believe they'll reincarnate later and experience an ultimate life in another cycle.

Some folks believe we die and then experience heaven; their religions

promise people a sort of pie-in-the-sky-after-you-die reward for suffering now.

Still other people think we're entering a New Age and that angels, spirits or aliens

will soon come to save us from ourselves. Some think life a long, thankless

struggle and then we die. The End.

Beliefs, from the traditional and fundamental to the latest trends, suggest

that a kingdom of good is at hand. But first we need a behavioral change. In fact,

few of us experience our religious truths or our moral ideals, and few of us realize

our spiritual or magical potential.

A significantly more empowering view can explain how human life is part

of universal order. We participate in life and evolve over time, creatively or not.

As we keep doing the same old thing, the same old way, we'll keep getting the

same old results. If we have a new experience, we trace new neural pathways and

gain choice - between the old and the new - for a first time. Experiencing choice

is the beginning of the creative process.

Morality doesn't have universal agreement. A primitive shaman from deep

in the Amazon jungle might consider our modern funeral rites to be rather

immoral. He believes that putting a body in a hole in the ground and visiting it

once in awhile shows absolutely no respect for the individual soul we profess to

love and cherish. His custom is completely different: he'll burn the body, blend


its ashes with plantain banana and eat the mixture. This, according to his

spiritual imprints, allows him to keep his friends and family members with him

forever.

What protocol is most acceptable to the universe of energy and molecule?

Who decides the morals or other matters of spirit for whom? Who is the arbiter

of what's right and wrong?

The only real answers are the ones that satisfy the subjective paradigm.

Many people are discovering that love really does have all the answers but,

without judging their belief, one thing that's certain is that anyone not actively

loving can't possibly assemble their reality.

What do you believe? Do you have spiritual circuits that ease your passage

through life and help you overcome its obstacles and meet its challenges? Is your

personal worldview expansive or is it restrictive? Does the creating Spirit bring

you joy or confusion? Do you walk the talk with regards to your own belief

structures and their ethical requirements?

Experimental imprints

How do you experience life? Do you react to the rules imposed by out there, or

do you react to your own in here? Do you know that you can transform your life

by becoming more self-aware, by being conscious of your limits and then

challenging those limits? A person who is afraid should first develop courage, for

example, and then experience the profoundly different paradigm that exists

beyond that limit. The future of someone who is stopped by fear isn't the same

future as the one of a liberated person.

There's an ordered universe and a whole other view just beyond limits like

anger, hatred or doubt too. We don't have to keep using the same neural

pathways. We can and do affect them throughout our life with positive and

negative experiences anyway. Now we can do it consciously.

Certain people inherited heart problems, for example, others have a body

that's more susceptible to cancer or to getting fat. They can avoid the many

health problems that are waiting for them by adopting preventative measures

now.

By examining our genetic baggage to establish a profile of our physical

strengths and weaknesses, we can, to a large extent, prevent potential harm

and/or otherwise strongly influence our life in very positive ways. We can trace

new emotional and intellectual pathways and change moral and spiritual values.

Prisoners of our intellectual limits, most of us aren't very aware of the real

power embracing change can bring. Every day, without even thinking about it,


we create new neural-pathways; we'll complete a new chore or try a unique

culinary experience or visit a far-off country, even if it's only on TV! Each of the

new neural pathways contributes to our transformation.

We choose what to be when we grow up, and then we invest time to etch

the neural links that can make our wish come true. Similarly, we can add any

kind of neural links we want - physical, emotional, intellectual and spiritual - by

structuring an experience that will supply them.

As long as you are changing, why not do it consciously, by choosing what you

want to change into? Do you have physical changes to consider? Do you have

moods that need adjusting? What about any old ideas? How will you choose to

experience tomorrow?

The language of paradigms

Molded by our neural imprints, our minds form visions of the world. We then act

on those visions. This amazing discovery has caused researchers and therapists

of every stripe to meet and discuss its consequences. A language is evolving to

help us understand the paradigmatic principles and behaviors related to, and

associated with, those imprints.

Synthesis # 6 - Rules of paradigm

How our personal paradigms limit perception

• Our personal paradigms describe how our brain's neurons are assembled in

patterns.

• Neural paradigms behave like self-organizing and closed loop systems.

• Paradigms are templates for manifestations of our subconscious mind.

• Neural paradigms use language, syntax and imagery to describe a personal

reality.

• Our neural paradigms determine our mind's authorities and beliefs.

• Our neural paradigms are reflected in our behavior.

• Differences in paradigms make communication between persons difficult.

• Our paradigms influence our reaction to outside stimulus.


• Creative thinkers set aside personal paradigms, to assemble new neural links.

We have a tendency to think that nothing exists outside of what we perceive.

Nothing could be more wrong; what we perceive is a function of how we are doing

it. In one mindset, it's difficult to imagine that other ways of perceiving might

exist. When we are totally focused on using a red crayon, for example, that doing

will prevent us from considering a blue, a green or a yellow one.

Married couples are sometimes shocked to realize that a mood can totally

affect the mind. Feelings like jealousy, anger or hurt will cause the mind to

entertain the most negatively biased view of their mate – and in another mood,

their lover.

The effect of paradigm

One day Suzy and I were asked by officials at a Provincial Park to help them solve

a problem. Listening to them discuss it, we were struck by two opposing points of

view. The managers were at loggerheads over their dilemma. Divided, one side

perceived a need to purchase new canoes in order to meet increases in visitor

demand. The other side maintained a notion that their budget could not afford

the expenditure. One side focused on the unbudgeted costs while the other saw

an investment that would earn increased revenue. The two perceptions came

from two logical but paradigmatically opposite sources.

Sometimes our way of seeing is so powerful that it pushes us to reject new

data, or label it impossible or inadequate. Since our pathways are neurological,

any mind that refuses to adjust has logical reasons for doing so.

The effect of paradigm explains that it's impossible for us to consider

something that's not part of our conscious mind.

Curiously, when we experience new information, the mind becomes much

more alert to anything associated with that information. Consider purchasing a

new car. Settle on a model that you consider unique, and you'll find yourself

surrounded by the identical model as soon as you drive yours off the lot.

Similarly, I never noticed so many disabled people around until I was

disabled myself, and my daughter, who just made me a proud grandfather, told

me she never noticed that so many women in her small town were pregnant until

she was.

An experiment in Germany at the end of the nineteenth century gives us a

glimpse of the power of the effect of paradigm to delude us. Sometimes our

paradigms filter information so well that, instead of opening and adjusting to


include it, we manipulate it so it conforms to expectations. Paradigms can

provoke mind tricks.

In the experiment, several subjects were asked to wear special glasses

designed to invert their perception, causing them to see the world upside down.

None were given any warning, nor were allowed to adjust their vision. Strangely

though, everyone reported that they could see the world normally, or right side

up! The brain unconsciously modifies data it receives so it conforms to expected

patterns.

Are you open to new ideas? Do you realize how your old ideas are influencing

you? When was the last time an event met your expectation? How do your

assumptions affect data that's coming from others?

The paradigmatic complex

Language and syntax are related to how they connect in our brain. A

paradigmatic complex, for examples, describes the way we often generalize and

project our feelings on a situation. When we are frustrated, we punctuate a

conversation with absolutes, as in "You're always too busy when I ask", or "You'll

never change", or "Everybody says so", and manifest a paradigmatic complex.

This tendency allows us to avoid taking personal responsibility for the

moment. If it's always or never, then that's where any discussion ends. If it's

everybody or nobody, your majority position is justified. You are right. You win.

The problem with that kind of thinking is that, in order for the mind to

maintain an absolute position, it must cut off its own access to any part of the

brain that might point to another realization. While we are busy reacting to a

situation, there's no energy to expand beyond our limits to be creative.

Do you tend to paint everything with the same brush? Do you have to be right?

Do you feel a need to share popular opinions? Do you keep having the same

kinds of arguments with others?

Paradigmatic authority

The Pope's supposed infallibility is a classic example of this. A billion Catholics

purport to believe that he is God's sole authority on Earth, that he is God’s

temporal head of state.

In order to hold fast to that belief, they are expected to obey papal

proclamations on a lot of significant ideas. They are to surrender their reason to

his. A billion people would rather surrender theirs to Buddhism. A billion more


will do it for Islam. The terrorists from 9-11 believed a radical thought that

assured them paradise was just beyond their deadly mission. And what about:

“Thou shall NOT kill.”

Everywhere, in daily life, great numbers of people are weighed down by

the absolute and ultimate rules or laws they believe should never be questioned.

Consider how often their creative spirit is stifled because, "The boss said you

can't", or "The marketing department indicates that . . ." or "The way we always

do things around here is . . ."

History is filled with tales of new thinkers who bucked against the local

authority and were crucified for their effort. As long as a great majority of folks

think death and high taxes are unavoidable, we'll never question them, we won't

rebel against them and we quietly accept their authority, paying through the nose

and dying at the end of the script.

An American yogi named Da Free John believes that we can become

enlightened and shake off the shackles of our karma in short order, by constantly

asking ourselves the following question: "Who is the master (authority, belief or

habit, etc.) I am serving now?"

On whose authority do you endorse the paradigms you apply to your life?

What absolute truths dictate your choices, and to whom are you surrendering

your spirit? Is your moral sense dictated by what they say out there or by what

you feel in here?

Paradigm paralysis

This phenomenon describes the bottleneck caused by too narrow a vision of the

world. Author Joel Barker adds that it's the mortal disease caused by certainty.

Paradigm paralysis pushes an individual or a group to believe that their way is

the only way - the one correct and true way - to see an event, a situation, a

problem or a circumstance.

Cults and sects of every description have a field day with this phenomenon

but they don't have exclusivity on it. The certainty of having the ultimate answers

has provoked holy wars, destroyed corporations and halted personal evolution.

The aforementioned madmen were flagrant examples.

Having the answer is convenient because it requires no further thinking,

but it causes an incredible variety of neuroses, psychoses and unhappiness. You

might know some people who can't get over their version of a past event and

insist on their way of remembering it, even if evidence suggests otherwise. Their

paradigm paralysis causes delusions.


One form to that kind of mental paralysis is people who have what I call a

victim's paradigm. Sympathize for them when they say “You make me mad!”

because if we see ourselves as victims condemned to feel bad by others, rather

than as the authors of our emotions, then there's no possibility of self-adjustment

and correction. Others will control theirs moods – and mind.

Is your mind the only one to see correctly? Is there is only one real direction,

one true answer, only one way of expressing truth? When was the last time you

were sure about something?

Paradigmatic behavior

A person who adopts a look – be it macho, preppy, hip-hop, princess, rocker or

other – is using paradigmatic behavior. We learn through mimicry, or copying

what seems to work, and we act out according to a given paradigm's rules of

engagement. Teens, for example, might rebel to assert their own style and values.

Remember beatniks and hippies? How about grunge, or Goth?

I remember being clued-in by an executive at a company where I worked,

when I was just starting out. Newly promoted, I attended a social function and

when I ordered a beer, was told that I should drink something more adult now

that I was management.

Business types learn to behave like business types, doctors learn to act like

doctors and police officers become police officers by mimicking significant other

police officers. Watch politicians for examples of paradigmatic behavior. You can

see them think, say, promise and do pretty much whatever it takes to get

reelected. I know a couple of them who have proudly worn just about every

political stripe. So many sell out the constituency’s trust along with their quest

for individuality, and surrender to the party line.

A paradigm's rules demands behavior. So, what look are you going for?

Do you ever feel obliged to act or to react in a certain way? Do you enjoy being

unique or do you tend to adopt trendy attitudes? What rules of behavior do you

impose on others? What kind of examples are you getting your behavior from?

Can you distinguish you from your beliefs?

Paradigmatic exchanges

You'll notice that a group of computer geeks can trade great amounts of data in a

short amount of time by using the code particular to their field of interest, while

the rest of us neophytes won't have a clue as to what they are talking about. Jocks

do they same thing with their sport gab, and gardeners talk about flowers and


shrubs with words we know little about. If we share a paradigm, we exchange

values, depositing and drawing worth where others will not.

Observe how people with opposing points of view trade information, and

you'll note that some try to impose their perceptual limits on others. Notice how

communication tends to break down when people hold fast to their ideas, not

opening their mind to others. Also note how debate loses all coherence when

sides have a hidden agenda. Even if we know the words and procedures, it's

difficult to have meaningful exchanges with someone whose mind is closed.

On the other hand, the skillful use of communication tools lets people

from a wide variety of backgrounds trade information and prosper from their

exchanges.

There's a funny scene in a Simpson episode that illustrates a paradigmatic

exchange. Marge is visiting a tavern in Australia and she wants something to

drink.

The bartender asks what she'll have, and she answers, "A coffee please."

To which he replies, "Right-o . . . a beer."

Marge replies - no, no, she wants a coffee.

He says, "O.K. then, a beer."

She stands up to him and repeats, "I want cof-fee."

And he says, "You want a bee-er."

Nose to nose with him, she says, "Coff . . . Fee."

And he answers, "Right beee . . . Urr."

Their paradigms were trading words but not a shred of understanding.

Do you have tools to help you see inside worldviews other than your habitual

ones? Do you use jargon from a particular paradigm? Can you exchange with

other ways of seeing?

Paradigm flexibility

Paradigm flexibility refers to an ability to examine new and different ways of

thinking, to examine a whole thought as well as its component parts, to evaluate

both sides of an argument, and to draw creative or expansive syntheses from

scant information. Imagine the CEO of a major corporation who changes his

mind as the result of a comment made by a janitor. Such paradigm flexibility is


indispensable in order to develop more creative intelligence. It requires high

self-esteem and the ability to grow and to transform oneself.

Do you change your mind easily? Do you find it a challenge to adapt to new

situations? Do you think your paradigm is rigid or flexible? What do others

think of it?

Paradigm pioneers

Pioneers are those persons who, against all odds, explore and define the rules of a

new paradigm. Steven Jobs, founder of Apple, reduced the corporate computer

to personal size and invented the new paradigm of personal computers. Bill

Gates thinks everyone should have an operating system to run a business from a

PC, and is revolutionizing ways of conducting commercial exchanges.

Pioneers extend the boundaries of the known. They ask, "Why not?" and

are not satisfied with the status quo. They create new paradigms by disrupting

comfort zones and old thinking habits, and in some cases they may even

revolutionize the world. Paradigm pioneers believe in the power of one, the

power of the individual. Mickael Gorbachev initiated the collapse of communism

with his book Perestroika, for example, and Nelson Mandela became South

Africa's first black President in spite of having been imprisoned for 27 years.

Limits are waiting to be broken. A few years ago I had a jungle wheelchair

made with an innovative design. It was completely anti-rust, built of stainless

steel with mountain bike wheels and many other rainforest features. Soon after it

was ready, the builder was swamped with orders. I may have been the first

paralyzed jungle trekker, but I'm no longer the only one!

Are you a prisoner of your habits? Are beliefs limiting your development? Are

you a pioneer, accepting new ideas? Or are you a protector of the past, one of

the old guard?

The paradigm paradox

A paradox resolves a seeming contradiction by obliging the perceiver to shift

paradigms. Because an unknown is, of course, unknown, anyone choosing

change must paradigm-shift with no guarantee that the new paradigm will be any

better than the old one.

Change that is provoked by an unexpected situation, like my car accident,

or that is demanded by a sudden input of new data, should fundamentally alter

your way of seeing. The only requirement to a paradigm-shift is the realization


that your old way of being/seeing/doing just isn't good enough. If your mindset

isn't serving you anymore, change it.

Suzy came home from a panel discussion on the escalation in high school

drop out rates one night and told me about a student who spoke about his own

experience. At the age of 16, under the impression he was going nowhere, he quit

high school and spent the next two years doing whatever he wanted, namely

nothing much. His worldview was limited by his lack of experience and his life

offered nothing to inspire him so he just quit on it.

One day a friend invited him to a conference on anthropology. The

profession and its aims were a revelation to him. Fascinated by what he learned,

he decided to do everything in his power to get a high school diploma and to work

towards a Master's degree in anthropology.

A single thing had changed in his paradigm: he now knew what he wanted

to do. But that realization propelled him into an evolutionary shift, from being a

reactive thinker to a proactive one. His options now included, "I want to and I

will," and that triggered in him the desire to change and the motivation to acquire

the discipline to accomplish his goals.

Can you list the neural paradigms that are affecting you? Are you satisfied with

all your paradigms? Are you realizing your dreams? Paradigm shifting is an

answer to Nature's call. The wisdom book might suggest- " Many are called and

a few are chosen." - but paradigmatic thinking asks - “Who chooses whom?”


Chapter 4

ON CREATIVE INTELLIGENCE

Eight kinds of intelligence

The creative mind

An empowered and magical mind

The attributes of a creator

Intelligence from beyond human limits

"If a man's eye is on the Eternal, his intellect will grow."

Ralph Waldo Emerson


Chapter 4

CREATIVE INTELLIGENCE

For years now most people believed that creativity belonged to children, artists

and eccentrics. We assumed the DaVincis, Einsteins and Picassos of the world

were blessed with exceptional and privileged gifts of intelligence compared to the

rest of us. Times change and so must beliefs.

There are new paradigms. It is now generally recognized that creative

intelligence, as a potential, is an integral part of our heritage. Psychiatrist

Thomas Armstrong describes creativity as the capacity to materialize something

new. He sees intelligence as “the ability to respond successfully to new situations

and the capacity to learn from past experiences.” 19

We've found that there is something unique about each human being, and

so it’s not difficult to imagine that everyone has the potential to be creative in that

objective way. Armstrong's definition makes good sense when we consider what

other experts say about the creative process.

For Rollo May, being creative is more of an attitude, a higher, spiritual

state of consciousness. He suggests that this higher state of mind can motivate us

to make all the efforts needed to fashion our life in a way that will allow us to

fulfill our deepest aspirations.

Zen master Shunryu Suzuki believes that this particular state of mind

springs from the void, an inner state of emptiness that allows the materialization

of ideas to happen. He writes, “When your mind is empty, it is always ready for

something; it is open to everything. In the mind of a beginner there are a lot of

possibilities; in the mind of an expert, there are very few." 20

Roger Von Oech says that when we are creative we are powerful enough to

transform one thing into another. He suggests that by "changing perspective and

playing with our knowledge and experience, we can make the ordinary

extraordinary and the unusual commonplace." 21 He, too, sees creativity as part of

a process.

Creativity can be seen in many ways, but science generally agrees that it’s

much less a mystical gift than a series of operations that disarrange or upset the

habitual workings of our mind. Science also describes a process.


I like the following definition: Being creative means having the ability to

alter your perception in order to materialize an idea.

The creative process shakes up our sphere of consciousness, our personal

collection knowledge, experience and desire. As our brain's neurons align with

new patterns of information, new syntheses of ideas form and become available

to us. The subjective ego will then “aha!” new ideas, classify and store them in

the noosphere where they are available for recall.

Because we often learn that entertaining different ideas puts us at risk with

others, anything that is not already part of familiar territory may be perceived as

a threat. Some people are so threatened by new ideas that they successfully block

themselves from their own creative potential. That probably also explains why a

great many creative breakthroughs emerge after the conscious mind is either

asleep, put on hold or somehow tricked into losing its resistance. An empowered

user can provoke the mind into breaking through its limits.

Many people might have a creative burst every once in awhile, but unless

you know how to consciously provoke a breakthrough, you'll remain reactive to

the muses that mystically bring ideas. Without understanding the process, you

can’t command it, control it or even rely on its output. But be warned:

philosopher Aldous Huxley cautioned that when we open the doors of our

perception they’ll never be closed again.

Empowered thinking means taking a journey into the unknown and

causing your mind to expand. In order to have power, you must free your mind

of its restrictions and embrace Infinity.

Convinced that we can’t be creative in an abstract sense, psychologist

Howard Gardner says we humans need a “domain” in which to express our

intelligence. He explains how we must see any creative contribution in terms of

specific expertise and the various skills required to produce it.

He also states that we must understand these skills in relation to the levels

of knowledge available at the time, and of the accepted practices. For example,

he says it’s important that Einstein's work be viewed in terms of what was known

in mathematics and physics at the end of the nineteenth century, or that Gandhi’s

negotiation skills be compared to the colonial attitudes of the day.

One thing that’s certain is that by venturing into the unknown, the creative

person pushes the limits of the known into new territory. Regardless of its

expression, the creative mind is visionary within the limits imposed by time,

space and condition. Where many see limits, creative people succeed in

actualizing their will.


The 8 kinds of intelligence

Studying children and people who had suffered brain damage, Dr. Gardner

discovered that the mind uses a whole series of independent abilities to make up

what we call human intelligence. He found that the creative individuals he

studied in history demonstrated their intelligence in eight different areas of

expertise, and used a wide range of skills to actualize their will.

Synthesis # 7 - Kinds of intelligence

Linguistic (verbal) intelligence – Someone who can effectively use words -

oral, prose, poetry or marketing copy - is said to have verbal skills. People with

linguistic intelligence appreciate the value of language and its power. They are

authors, lawyers, journalists, storytellers, etc., and they use words to amuse,

persuade, teach, lead, etc.

Logical-mathematical intelligence – People with this kind of smarts see life

as it unfolds, step after step. They have a need to understand things rationally,

logically and therefore sequentially. They enjoy making hypotheses on universal

principles, seeking causal relationships and looking for order in how things work.

They are often drawn to problem solving, science, accounting, engineering,

finance, etc. They are computer geeks.

Musical intelligence – People who develop a musical ability perceive

differences in tone, rhythm, harmony, sonic vibration, beat, etc., that others

might not. Anybody with a good ear or who can keep a tune has the potential

talent of a Beethoven, Bach or the Beatles. Musical people are composers, singers

or fans, producers and sound engineers.

Visual (spatial) intelligence – People who appreciate style, form, design,

color and graphic detail possess this kind of intelligence. They might consider

becoming artists, decorators or architects. They also make good photographers,

fashion or display designers, marketers and even pilots!

Kinesthetic intelligence – If you like physical movement, you’ll have an

affinity with this kind of intelligence. This is the domain of the body, of athletes,

dancers, surgeons and mechanics, and it is concerned with sensation, with how

things feel. How about the intelligence of a massage therapist or a pastry chef?

Naturalist intelligence – People who have developed their naturalist

intelligence can recognize, understand and organize the patterns in Nature into

wholeness. They see the creative order in the chaos that's produced by the tens of

thousands of co-existing species. These folks study flora or fauna, protect the

ecology, design eco-adventures, explore environmental cause and effect

relationships, or discover the secrets of life.


Intrapersonal intelligence – Individuals who have a sense of their inner self

and who can examine the human condition to find objective lessons have this

skill. Empathetic, they can sense how others feel. They make good leaders,

counselors, theologians, actors and entrepreneurs. Social workers or teachers

might also have this kind of intelligence.

Interpersonal intelligence – People who develop this kind of smarts are

excellent team players and understand how to relate to others. Psychologists

certainly need this ability to recognize and respond to various human emotions.

So do negotiators, politicians, salespeople and TV talks show hosts.

Take a few moments to study the different kinds of intelligence, and identify

those you’ve developed and those you are familiar with. Which do you use

most? Which would like to develop?

Thomas Armstrong, an expert on Multiple Intelligence Theory at UCLA,

emphasizes that creative intelligence is not a measure of intellectual quotient

(IQ), but rather depends on a context defined by the tasks and needs that we

encounter in daily life. He suggests that real intelligence consists of a wide range

of skills, and that there are many ways of making the neural links that will

develop creative capital.

Armstrong says that we generally have an affinity with a few kinds of

intelligence, but also have the potential to develop them all. He says some people

develop as many as five or six of these capacities to a high degree. The German

philosopher-scientist Rudolph Steiner is a good example. Raymond, the

character in the hit movie Rain Man who could calculate things at great speed

but couldn’t take care of his daily needs, is an example of someone with one

highly refined skill who's dysfunctional in all the others. Most of us fall

somewhere between a jack-of-all-trades and a master of one.

Using one kind of intelligence doesn’t mean that our thinking will

automatically be creative or innovative in that domain. As you know, it’s possible

to copy a painting or transcribe a text, perform a dance by imitating the correct

steps, or mimic the notes composed by another. But creativity at any level

requires something else, something special: a unique personal touch.

The creative mind

Every mind reacts to stimuli in its own unique ways. Self-aware, we learn to react

in ways that are more favored. The reactive mind has a basic functioning called

the stimulus/reaction mode that is defined by personal habits, which means we

react to specific stimulus in habitual ways. An image, a comment, an opinion, a

scene, a scenario or a person will all trigger a usual reaction wherein I will


instantly verify its perceptual input against a personal inventory of reactions and

determines an adequate response. In that same instant I discards all of them

except that reaction which is most deeply etched into the brain. Habits are

assembled from neural pathways of least resistance.

Any new response requires conscious effort. We do this with such

astonishing speeds that neuroscientists have found that we in fact prejudge most

of our input, and habitually react before we are fully aware of what we are

reacting to. We recoil or are receptive to stimulus based on expectations built

from previous perceptions.

I verify input against its existing neural pathways for emotional clues.

Appropriate feelings are triggered, instantly opening and closing ion gates linking

neurons in the brain. The gates are opened and closed by near-chemicals

selected by our hormones, our moods. Some of our reactions are so emotional, so

predictable, we can even classify them as Pavlovian.

Recent research has determined that many people are largely hardwired

with all kinds of emotional responses that, in fact, are self-sabotaging. We are

creatures of habit, and when a challenging situation arises, you can count on

angry people to react with anger, on courageous individuals to reach courage, and

on kind folks to be kind.

You might feel that you are free to respond any way you want. Why would

you consciously self-sabotage? The most recent research confirms that reacting

with fear harms the physical body by releasing toxic chemicals (aggressors like

steroids and corticoids, etc.) into the bloodstream. Some scientists have labeled

corticoids "the death hormones" so you can imagine the harm we do ourselves

whenever we feel anger and release it into our system. Unless these stress

chemicals are quickly spent, they harm the body, and have serious effects on the

body-mind connection.

Science has also found that when a mind reacts with love and joy, the body

is inundated with all kinds of beneficial chemicals that actually soothe it while

expanding the mind.

Still, a mind that reacts to fear or to danger with joyous abandon is still

being reactive, not empowered. People who aren't aware of their reactive habits

aren't able to help themselves in any way. Prisoners of real metaphysical

boundaries in time/space and perception, they are condemned to react, and

continue to self-sabotage.

Self-empowerment, as an alternative, implies making a choice. I can react

in my habitual way or choose a more appropriate and creative response. Like

magic, as soon as I choose, I stop being reactive and enter a new paradigm, a selfaware

proactive one. The creative process therefore requires that a reactive mind

expand by adding self-awareness into its perceptual mix.


The proactive mind: Stimulus/Choice -> Self-awareness

“I think, therefore I have potential!" Self-awareness is your first step to

empowering your mind and generating creative perceptions. To become more

self-aware, observe the effect stimulus has on your thinking. Whatever your

normal reactions, you can adjust your perception by using appropriate creative

thinking tools.

I'll introduce several excellent ones that I've used with success over the

years to alter my own perception later, but the principle I'd like you to

understand here is that attitude affects mood, which then affects mind and its

output.

If you recognize that you experience fear whenever you anticipate change,

for example, you'd benefit from adjusting your attitude to experience courage or

abandon in those circumstances where fear might tend to overwhelm you. People

who have trouble making decisions or folks who don't know how visualize a

project or have difficulty adapting would similarly benefit from creative thinking

tools to help them change their mind.

Consciously taking corrective measures to break through your own limits

will have another positive effect. Not only will you experience the fruit of the

creative breakthrough you chose in that instant, but every time you experience a

consciously self-empowered attitude, you trace neural pathways that make being

creative even easier to express next time around.

As your mind participates in a proactive paradigm, it evolves selfconsciousness

and choice. Then it expands to take advantage of the creative

process and become self-empowered.

Synthesis # 8 - Self-empowered thinking

The conscious thinking process

Stimulus -> Choice

Perception

Imagination

Intent

Action


The empowered mind works in this way: Stimulus/Choice –> Perception-

Imagination-Intent > Action. Contrary to popular expectation, creative thinking

is real work. Self-aware, you can benefit from creative thinking by engaging in a

simple five-step process. The light-bulb moment is the result of the process. I'll

explain what I mean.

Step 1 - Stimulus/Choice

Self-empowerment begins with making conscious choices. Our perceptions are

stimulated from outside and inside our mind, and we make choices. I has to

decide what to eat, drink, wear, say and do, where to go, with whom, how and

why, and all the rest. We are constantly invited to make choices that can

empower us. Self-conscious, you can be more creative by choosing the

perceptual filter that will affect your worldview. In fact, you can select from a

whole assortment of possible filters.

One of the most rewarding aspects of teaching creative thinking

techniques is seeing people discover how quickly their mind will generate a wide

range of viable options. Well stimulated, the creative mind can entertain many

possibilities before selecting the best answers and solutions for a situation. Suzy

and I have facilitated brainstorming sessions for many groups that generated

great concepts in a couple of hours’ work. There's real pleasure in hearing

someone say, "I didn't realize I was so smart."

We have to learn to think creatively. We like to believe that we have free

will and always have real choices when we make decisions. I often challenge that

notion with an audience and can raise real doubts in their mind. It's not a real

debate. We are, in fact, prisoners of our neural mindsets. I win every argument

because my trap is to use the word always. Do we always have free will and real

choice? Sometimes we have no real choice because there are no feasible options,

or because options that do exist have unpleasant consequences, as in out of the

frying pan and into the fire.

Having said that, even if we might not always have viable choices in terms

of the events or circumstances in our life, we can nonetheless choose how to

perceive those events or circumstances. I didn’t consciously choose to hit a pole

with my car, for example, and I haven't had much choice about being paralyzed

over the last quarter century, but I do choose how to view that nasty event and

the circumstances that surrounded it.

Making that choice had an added benefit. It made a huge difference in my

quality of life. I could choose to see the event as a tragedy and a burden, or as a

lesson and a real challenge. I chose to focus on the latter perception, and to

accept the challenge. My decision might not have made a difference to the world

outside of me, but it changed everything in my inside world.


I remember the exact minute I chose to see the cards life dealt me like a

challenge I was equal to. Soon after being released from the hospital, I was

feeling rather depressed and was lying in bed, thinking, moping. My thought

process was negatively hashing out every reason why life as a disabled man was a

dismal fate.

At one point, strangely, I felt as if I was collapsing into myself, like water

being flushed down a drain. I felt like I wasn't my body, and then remembered

feeling that way when I'd been out of my body before. As I-the-spirit collapsed

inwards, I felt an increasing and then near-overwhelming depression. I

remember realizing that I had to move my spirit, that I couldn't let myself fall any

farther.

And then I sat up, instantly deciding to act, and jumped into my

wheelchair. I made a phone call and arranged to have dinner with a highly

amusing friend who I knew would help shift my mood.

I remember the surge of energy that followed that simple act of will and

how my thinking changed as I focused on actualizing that intent. I felt as if all the

creative intelligence in the universe supported my decision to save myself from

that depressive collapse.

I chose to take up life's challenge. That night, while listening to a hilarious

account of the advantages of being crippled in modern times, I realized that both

my list of negatives and this list of positive ideas were just lists, but that thinking

about the positive, funny and even quite silly things made my body feel better. I

chose to feel positive about my future. I have great expectations.

I've made that choice thousands of times since, and have gotten rather

good at it. To focus on the disadvantages of my situation was sabotage, and it

tilted my mind's balance into depression. On the other hand, pretending that all

is well and seeing things as all good and positive when they aren't is being rather

delusional. In my case, I realized neither view will heal paralysis but with more

power I'm better able to compensate for the load.

Our perceptions – how we think – can be self-sabotaging or selfempowering.

Seeing my situation as it was, difficult, and then focusing on what I

could do to make it better allowed me to develop personal power.

Step 2 - Stimulus/Choice/Perception

Even if our mind generally reacts within the brain's neural paradigms, being

proactive and self-conscious nevertheless means we can choose which of our

perceptions we want to rely on. For instance, I do wheelchair jogging in the

streets around my home to keep in shape when there's no snow on the ground.


When I start up again after a prolonged snow period, I know my body will

ache until it’s fit enough. I can listen to those messages my body is giving off as if

they are telling me to quit, or, with a little more effort, telling me that I'll soon be

as fit as a fiddle.

A creative mind can even choose to add new perceptions to its arsenal to

rely on later. As mind is a result of the neurological pathway we've etched so far,

many people have made fundamental life changes as a result of perceiving in new

ways.

People who don't feel love, passion or courage, for example, don't have

those feelings to factor into their decision-making. But once they learn to

generate those emotions, they can resource them in future situations. As with the

often-repeated expression, is the glass half full or is it half empty, how you see it

won’t change the glass, but perception does shape the perceiver. One might share

a half-full glass, while a half-empty one might need protecting.

Choosing how to perceive is a creative act because making a conscious

choice allows you to control the impact it will have on your body/mind, and its

consequent thinking. In my case, once I decided to see the rest of my life as a

challenge, I now could choose how and when, and where and why, to interact

with it. Largely, I could deal with it on my terms.

The capacity to choose how to perceive will give you great flexibility of

mind that can be translated into creative power. Prepare for success by learning

a few thinking techniques. As you become more easily able to change your way of

perceiving, you'll quickly begin reaping the results.

A more flexible way of seeing can improve your judgment as well as your

communications skills. A flexible mind will enhance your ability to solve

problems and to find innovative approaches to actualizing your will. It can boost

your confidence and increase your self-esteem and passion for life. A flexible

mind is an empowered mind.

Step 3 - Stimulus/Choice/Perception/Imagination

Imagination is a critically important part of the creative process. Einstein

asserted that it is even more important than facts. Imagination is the ability to

call forth images from both your known and from the unknown, and to assemble

and reassemble them in your mind's eye to get different results.

Using the mind to consciously view images is a skill that should be

developed, but let's see how our mood figures into it.

Our reaction to the world out there is profoundly influenced by our

perceptual mood. I can list countless more from my experience where I could see


the downside, the upturns and the overlap in a situation. Left to its own devices,

my imagination is like a plane without a pilot or a flight plan. Added to a

consciously creative process, it can be a sophisticated tool that will lead me to my

goals.

We can stimulate the imagination with all kinds tools and techniques.

Brainstorming is a well-known way a group can quickly generate variations on a

theme. How do we get a good idea? Get a lot of them and throw out the bad ones!

Imaginative thinking lets us play with concepts, ideas and projects, to

make new links between problems and solutions, between needs and resources.

Imagination lets us explore uncharted territory, seek out new data and interpret

old results in innovative and empowering ways.

Step 4 - Stimulus/Choice/Perception/Imagination/Intent

Creative intent has to do with eliminating the bad ideas. Your intent flavors your

perceptions of your options and the synthesis of your thinking. The way to

convince others is to first be convinced yourself. An idea honed in creative fire

has a power of its own. Your intent will lead you to appropriate avenues for

exploration. It will point out allies and foes or roadblocks and alternatives.

Maintaining a creative intent lets you channel your and others' imaginative

energy into specific goals. Creative intent sees how things can be done rather

than how they cannot.

Having a creative purpose will make your life easier. If your intent is clear,

it’s easy to adjust your behavior to attain desired goals. You can more easily pass

on what seems like a good opportunity if it risks making it harder to achieve your

primary goal, your creative intent.

A technique in the Toolbox called Critical Thinking can guide you to

consider the consequences of an idea or the impact a decision will have on others

before you even commit to it. By examining your creative intent, or what you

want to accomplish, through “eight rays of awareness”, you can identify needed

adjustments and improve the idea to assure its success.

Step 5 - Stimulus/Choice/Perception/Imagination/Intent/Action

An old proverb reminds us that the road to hell is paved with good intentions. A

creative intent is a potential, but action unleashes its energy. I define being

creative as having the capacity to alter our perceptions so we can actualize our

ideas. Action is the transformational force that makes things happen. Like

magic, action can make your metaphysical intent physically real. Without a


creating intent, action wastes energy. Without action, an intent is just wishful

thinking and not at all creative.

Action triggers behind-the-scenes work in cosmos that result in one being

lucky in life. Benjamin Franklin wrote to remind us, "It's easy to make a good

and hardy resolution, but much harder to execute it."

Action demands a certain strategy to guide the creative process towards a

successful outcome. Practice Strategic Thinking described in the Toolbox and

learn to play the five roles of a strategic thinker. You can trace neural pathways

and then assemble their intelligence so that it contributes to a successful life.

At first thought, the creative process - Stimulus -> Choice-Perception-

Imagination-Intent -> Action – might seem like it requires more time and effort

than reacting with your gut instinct. It can appear more complicated than

habitual Stimulus/Reaction programming, but you’ll find that using powerful

thinking tools and techniques will liberate your mind from paradigm paralysis

and other reactive and self-sabotaging habits. Using creative thinking templates

assembles intelligence in ways that allow a more empowered way of thinking to

emerge.

An empowered and magical mind

Dr. Morton Smith, a scholar with doctorates in Philosophy and Theology and a

professor at Harvard University, Hebrew University and Colombia University,

writes about a cosmogony that is suppressed by history but which gives evidence

to suggest mind expansion is part of our spiritual heritage. Challenging the

generally accepted interpretations of the New Testament, he offers a much

different view of the biblical times when many of our current beliefs were

structured. .

In Jesus The Magician, he describes ancient schools of mystic thought

who taught the spiritual secrets that Moses learned from the Pharaohs. Ancient

texts such as the Sefer Ha-Razim (The Book Of Secrets) explain how we can

communicate with the Infinite, that place where discarnate intelligences reside.

Morton writes, “Such private dealings with supernatural beings make up most of

what we call ‘magic’ as well as what we call ‘private religion’ ”. 22

Back then people were aware of the Morphic energy that is also part of the

space/time continuum. I'll let quantum physics explain how subtle energy like

thought being been released by a thinker continues to exist as a ghostly form. At

the time of Christ, adepts using ritual practices were able to open their spheres of

consciousness and communicate with these forms of spiritual energy. Their

conscious mind could slip past subconscious limits into a universal stream of

consciousness. Housing all thoughts, that collective consciousness is the energy


band that holds memories from primordial times, from angels and demons and

much, much more.

Our ancestors communicated with their ancestors, it seems, with greater

ease and regularity than we do now. These subtle energies continue to exist, of

course, even if ignored. Some are so foreign to human perception that we can't

even conceive of their existence. The collected unconscious must also contain

dinosaur and carnivore thinking, and the fruit of every other predatory mind and

scary idea. If we consider Infinity, it may also contain the thinking of alienminds

from elsewhere in Cosmos. A lot of people seem to think so.

Beyond that collection, there is also a Super-conscious mind that is within

people’s reach. There is a creating consciousness, a Pure Light, which has been

called God by perceivers across the ages. Be it from death experiences such as

mine, from ritual practices, from hallucinogens or from outside intervention,

some people have seen the Light, related to it as a sacred energy and described its

creation as a unified whole, a oneness.

Imagine reaching that Super-conscious state of mind. Then imagine what

Jesus might have meant when he said, "My Father and I are One." Is that what

the Buddha referred to as reaching nirvana? Was expanding his mind to reach

Morphic energy and the Archangel Gabriel why Mohamed said he is God's

prophet?

The events of 9-11 in New York show how people can profess noble beliefs

and still be motivated by folly to commit awful deeds. Can inorganic and

predatory intelligence take possession of a weak mind? Imagine the

action/reaction law at work when a mind entertains negative thoughts. Does

conscious negative action cause a corresponding reaction that transcends the

personal noosphere to interact with consciousness-at-large?

Barbaric behavior for any cause can imply that a mind was given in service

to the demonic aspects of the collective consciousness, that place is where spent

energies like anger, hatred and revenge collect themselves. Do thoughts of

revenge, for instance, give off impulses sufficiently strong to attract

corresponding intelligence from the collective mind? By letting that

action/process degenerate into awful thoughts, won't deeds follow? It will be in

the interest of those negative forces to stimulate the craving so it becomes

conscious, stronger and completely takes over the personality.

Many scholarly texts explain how early Christian converts practiced magic

by evolving psychic power and attracting a holy guardian angel who would

manipulate those unconscious forces on their behalf, keeping them at bay so they

could perform miracles and magic. Early Christians were known as great healers

and mystics, but authorities of the day often suppressed that information and

anything else that was related to the empowerment of people, and the religious

leaders and politicians of the day fashioned the fire and brimstone

interpretations that many still adhere to in the third millennium since those days.


Other texts from all over the world – from Buddhist tracts to Islamic Sufi

writings to the Mesoamerican accounts of Quetzalcoalt, the man/god of sorcery –

all support the new physics view that we are more than we imagine. But the

paradigm is shifting as even the official Catholic New Testament is being

amended to reflect a more participatory view in our link to Divinity because of

the irrefutable proof being presented by translations of the Dead Sea Scrolls,

those ancient texts found some 50 years ago and describing many rites practiced

by the Essenes, said to be the sect that schooled Jesus, Joseph and many others.

Ancient wisdom and modern science have converged to agree that we have

an awesome potential. By intending it, we can be conduits for the creating spirit.

We can think creative thoughts and attract a higher intelligence.

Synthesis # 9 - How to be a creative thinker

HOW TO PARTICIPATE IN THE CREATIVE PROCESS

Increase your inventory of options and choices

Alter your perception with creative templates so as to explore many views

Stimulate your imagination with every view

Clarify your intent and eliminate ideas that are no longer valid

Actualize your best ideas and adjust

The attributes of a creator

Fascinated by self-actualized personalities, psychologist Abraham Maslow

outlined their common characteristics. In large measure, he found that people

who realize their potential tend to have a more realistic worldview than others.

They generally focus on solving problems rather than on seeing themselves as

victims. Resisting social conformity, they tend to accept themselves and others as

they are, not for who they should or could be.

In general, the appreciation of creative thinkers for other views is

spontaneous, fresh, liberal and personal, and not at all stereotypical. They share

a common interest in humanity and a democratic vision of how to manage it.

They prefer to lead a quiet and private lifestyle. They have a sense of humor that

is usually more philosophical than hostile. They are autonomous, independent

and self-sufficient. They tend to be unique in their approach and more


hardworking than many. Several have had spiritual or mystical experiences (but

not necessarily religious ones) and most demonstrate a strong sense of

detachment.

In an independent study, French author Luc Brabandère found that

creative people have several of the following personality traits: they are

independent; highly motivated; they have a tendency to be disorganized, and

share both an aversion to schedules and a good sense of humor; they hold very

few prejudices, take their emotions seriously and follow their intuitions; they

trade ideas freely, can be painfully honest critics and have high integrity.

They are curious, open and sensitive, amusing, warm, rather ambiguous

and flexible over philosophical issues; they have the ability to come up with great

ideas; they are ready to take on challenges; they are patient and steadfast and

maintain a global overall vision. Brabandère concludes that creative people are

devoted to something outside themselves, be it a Supreme Being, universal

values, a muse, the needs of others or just a better future.

Psychologists and researchers J.P. Guilford and E. Paul Torrance affirm

that creative thinking is an ability that can be learned and developed. Dr. Edward

de Bono believes that creative breakthroughs only require practice and patience,

and that then will come the lightbulb moment in our thinking that he refers to as

enlightenment or Satori, the Japanese word for Illumination.

The concept of creative intelligence seems paradoxical. Being creative

implies dealing with both complexity and simplicity, with analysis and intuition,

with order and chaos, and with judgment and the absence of judgment. In fact it

first means separating the known from the unknown.

Intelligence comes from generating thought and wild imaginings, and

these require both abandon and courage. Above all though, after resolving every

contradiction we begin to recognize that creativity is first and foremost

intellectual freedom, that higher intelligence is the result of a mind that's been

liberated by a force much more powerful than subjective negativity like doubt,

fear, fatalism or other bad habits. Creative intelligence is universally inspired.

Intelligence from beyond human limits

If we humans are potentially creative and even magical at birth, why aren’t we

more aware of it? According to Tibetan lama Tarthang Tulku, we learned to

resist creative thinking when we were children. He points out that children faced

with something they don't want to do will resort to all kinds of tactics to avoid

doing it, such as crying, hiding or fighting. If the tactic has a successful outcome

– if their negative reaction works – it is reinforced and soon becomes habitual. 23


And, of course, while we practice being reactive, we are not learning to be

creative. Unless we are taught to confront and resolve our problems head on, our

avoidance and evasion patterns are repeated as if they are successful coping

mechanism, and they become our natural way of seeing.

We have to be taught how our thinking has a direct effect on our lives. Our

limits prevent us from accepting challenges and using our talents, skills, ideas

and hopes in empowering ways. They encourage us to choose comfort over risk,

familiarity over change, and the known over the unknown. In our professional

and personal arenas, our limits can compel us to react in habitual ways if given an

opportunity. Some folks resist meeting new people, some shy away from taking a

stand on controversial issues, some fail to prepare for leadership responsibilities

or avoid taking full responsibility for their life, happiness and creative growth. Is

the way you think self-sabotage or self-empowering?

There are so many limits on developing a creative mind, it's a wonder we

ever have any breakthrough thoughts. Many things, like having a critical nature,

a poor diet or an unproductive conflict resolution style, are ways to self-sabotage.

But all our limits can be grouped into four categories that are interconnected and

yet quite separate.

Synthesis # 10 - The limits to creative self-empowerment

4 LIMITS TO SELF-EMPOWERMENT

A non-relaxed response negatively affects physical health;

Fear negatively affects emotional health;

Fatalistic thinking negatively affects intellectual health;

A lack of intent negatively affects spiritual health.

The non-relaxed response

I’ve purposefully avoided using the word stress here because that word is already

pregnant with meaning. Many people believe that they are stressed because of

their work, their personal responsibilities or because of a difficult situation they

are going through. The fact of the matter is that outer influences do not cause

stress. Our inner way of reacting to those outside influences can be stressful,

though.

I use the expression the non-relaxed response to put responsibility

squarely where it belongs - within individual perception. That offers power and


control to whomever wants it. Stress has little to do with what you perceive and

everything to do with how you perceive it.

Psychological research has determined that an apprenticeship to develops

strategies that deal with situations known to cause stress-reactions can have huge

benefits. Test pilots and astronauts, for example, undergo G-force testing to

learn how to withstand gravitational pressures that are much beyond the limits of

the rest of us normals. By learning to identify and understand the physiological

workings of stress on your body/mind, you can learn to control your own

perceptions and then be able to substantially reduce the devastating effects stress

can produce.

In the year 2000, workforce stress in the United States cost a staggering

$300+ billion. Consider how that amount can only increase unless we empower

ourselves and manage ourselves differently. Stressed thinkers have adopted a

management system that, habits and neurons being what they are, they now

think they must subscribe to. They can change, except that they may be too

stressed to see it.

Way back in the 1930's, Canadian researcher Hans Selye discovered that

the physical body reacts to fear and stress automatically, without seeking our

approval, by shutting down our thinking process. He named this reaction the

Fight or Flight defense and said it was one of the most severe and frequent

sources of disease in modern life.

In its perception of danger, the body instantly prepares for an assault by

secreting stress-inducing chemicals; when experienced for prolonged periods,

these chemicals markedly weaken the immune system and unleash a general

breakdown. The body's defenses fail and the body/mind equilibrium is disrupted.

Fight and flight are both considered naturally reactive and thereby harmful

states.

The emotional response to danger provokes a general lowering of

motivation, depression in the face of challenge and an inability to see beyond

obstacles. Some research has also identified a tend and befriend reaction as part

of our general coping mechanism. Nonetheless, fight, flight, tend or befriend as

reactive obligations are all a result of feeling powerless.

In The Joy of Stress, Dr. Peter G. Hanson maintains that we must learn to

manage and moderate our responses to life’s stressors. His says most of what

we’ve come to accept as the normal aging process is really a breakdown, the result

of an unhealthy lifestyle and the body’s lack of use. His research also shows that

poor self-management is the primary cause of poor health and the ultimate cause

of death. 24

But what is stress? Try the following experiment. Take one of those small

plastic sticks you get to stir your coffee with and hold its ends between your


thumb and your index finger. As you hold it there for a moment, recognize that it

is actualizing its intent, which is to be rigid and straight.

Now get it to change. Apply pressure with your fingers that cause the stick

to bend. Do you feel its increased resistance? Now gently bring your fingers even

closer and feel more force in the resistance. The stick doesn't want to lose its

original intent to be rigid and straight. If you apply a little more pressure, you’ll

notice that the stick will get whitish at the junctions where it bends. Engineers

will refer to that place as the stress point. If you bring your fingers any closer,

forcing it to change more, the stick will break.

Stress is a measure of the stick’s resistance to change. Stress to the human

body is caused by its non-relaxed response to the demands of change. Even if

danger does exist, a calm, more creative and empowered course of action profits

us more.

The stress reaction disrupts our cognitive processes and adversely affects

our intelligence. The origins of stress can be physical, emotional, intellectual or

spiritual. Consider an illness, accident, bad diet, or negative emotions like fear,

hate or aggression. Anything that forces the mind to react by secreting stress

always has a reason behind it, such as unresolved inadequacy, ignorance, or

neurosis. There can also be spiritual causes, like a difficulty expressing or

receiving love, exaggerated self-importance, indolence, and so on.

In all cases, if an individual feels threatened or powerless, the central

nervous system may activate a protective shield by gradually shutting down its

activity centers and diminishing its psychic power. Stressful events and conflicts

require us to adjust our perceptions and behavior.

We can better manage ourselves and successfully resolve any situation

from a more creative mindset. The person who gets angry and violent when a can

of soda doesn't drop out of the machine is sabotaging his own health. Because he

can't accept that the machine doesn't work, feeling powerless even while insisting

that he's been cheated, he responds with anger, releasing corticoids that

immediately cause him internal damage. If he does that often enough, he'll

develop health problems ranging from ulcers to stroke to cardiac arrest. I even

read about people who beat up an inanimate machine only to have it seek

revenge, topple over and crush them to death.

On the other hand, by remaining calm when faced with a nasty situation,

he'll soon realize that he does have options and choices. A creative mind sees a

lot of options. He can claim his money from the party who owns the machine,

purchase something else somewhere else, drink water, or simply walk away.

There are a thousand other options.

Looking for strategies with therapeutic application, science researched the

role of relaxation in reducing stress. Dr. Herbert Besson of Harvard Medical

School, a cardiologist and the director of the Hypertension Unit at Boston's


Israeli Hospital, discovered metabolic, respiratory and glandular processes that

not only counteract the negative effects of stress, but that favor an optimum state

of health even beyond what humans normally enjoy.

Benson found that even if certain perceptions triggered the flight or fright

syndrome and all its negative effects, appropriate relaxed responses could be

chosen that had very beneficial effects. This choice allows us to transform a

negative event into an opportunity, and is the first phase in the creative process.

Stress and self-empowerment are antipodes. Creative self-empowerment

gives us the ability to change perceptions, while stress is manifested as resistance

to change. In fact, the more empowered we are, the less stressed we’ll be.

Unfortunately, the opposite is also true; the more stressed you are, the less

creatively intelligent you've become. To overcome the devastating effects

of stress, learn relaxation techniques like biofeedback, visualization, guided

imagery, yoga, etc.

Are you aware of your stress levels? Can you relax and detach yourself from

situations you cannot change? Do you habitually resist innovation and change?

Have you mastered tools, techniques and exercises that enhance your coping

skills? Are you physically fit?

Fear as a limiting emotion

Throughout history, we’ve created elaborate systems of irrational belief and ritual

to help alleviate our apprehensions and anxieties. The 19th century Danish

philosopher Kierkegaard linked them to fear, explaining that, "Anxiety makes the

individual impotent. Anxiety is an alien power that lays hold of one so that one

does not have the willpower to tear oneself away, because one ultimately desires

to face what one fears." 25

Two human fears have been found to be the root cause of most of our

anxieties. Nicolas Wright reports the first to be the fear of change. He says this is

often felt at various stages or crises in life. The second is the fear of presuming

upon the future, of disturbing the unknown, of incurring the wrath of the gods. 26

Psychology has long studied the subject of human fear and phobia. J.A.C.

Brown thought that all fear does is lead to "a regression to a more primitive form

of behavior, to a form of neurotic submissiveness.” 27

Otto Frank and Erich Fromm suggest that we are all neurotic to some

lesser or greater extent and neuroses are, in fact, "a fear of freedom.” 28 Both

argue that we humans find it difficult to come to terms with our individuality and

identity, preferring to submerge our inner self in some sort of mass behavior and

ritual.


Fear is our emotional limit. It's a feeling of apprehension in the face of

presumed and real dangers, and is translated into a multitude of ways: shyness,

timidity, refusal, anxiety, anger, paranoia, and passive-aggression. Fear is at the

root of problems like a lack of confidence, worry about being judged by others,

pessimism, the anticipation of failure or the avoidance of success.

Fear also comes from threats that are imagined rather than real dangers.

A person who dreads something might happen often avoids life because of

confusion between fear, an in-here emotion, and the object of fear, an out-there

possibility. Believing ourselves to be too shy, we’ll refuse to try public speaking

and thus avoid situations that might call for it. Afraid of being judged by others,

we avoid expressing opinions that risk being criticized.

By addressing the object of our fears we avoid looking at the actual cause

of that fear: our reacting limbic system. According to research, fear is the label

most people give to their flight or flight response. Fear obliges us to believe the

object of our fear must be vanquished or changed in some sense, rather than the

fear feeling itself understood.

Fear is a necessary emotion, a completely wholesome and natural

phenomenon in a healthy person. Psychoanalyst Donald Lee Williams says that,

"Fear informs us of danger and possible consequences of action when we might

otherwise go blindly and foolishly forward. Without fear there is no humanity." 29

We can regard fear as an ally as well as an obstacle to be overcome.

Williams points out that we should resist the temptation to succumb to fear or to

identify with it. As fear involves a state of tension, managing to rise above it will

trigger a relaxation response and that will result in our being more open to the

possibilities of a creative perception.

Courage is not an absence of fear. Courage is the ability to act creatively in

spite of being afraid. According to psychologist Joan Borysenko of the Harvard

Medical School, "Fears that are faced, even if the act is difficult, lead to

transformation of attitudes, leaving you with an increased sense of self-worth,

control, and inner strength." 30

Courage training and practice in normally high-risk situations is an

important part of preparing people like firefighters and smoke jumpers to

perform their jobs. This kind of training is similar to clinical methods like

desensitization, which lets people reduce their fears and phobias of things like

flying in decreasing gradations. Remember though, jumping an inch twelve

times isn’t the same as jumping a foot.

To rise above our emotional limits, we must develop courage. Whether it’s

doing something physically risky or taking a public stance on an issue, any act

that requires courage is a step in the right direction towards freedom.


Have you identified fears that limit your life, your happiness and your creative

potential? Are you ready to become courageous? What can you do to rise

above your petty fears? Can you tell the difference between fear and danger?

A fatalistic perception

Fatalism is a way of seeing the world that suggests the future is already

determined, that the course of things cannot be altered. Because the noosphere is

a closed loop, we maintain the illusion of having control over life by being

fatalistic.

Intellectual expression is severely limited by a fatalistic mindset because it

supposes that nothing can alter the course of events that are pre-ordained.

Misinterpreted karma concepts become an excuse to do nothing. People would

rather resign themselves to the horrors of a holy war than risk trying to alter its

course and creating Paradise now.

Fatalism is expressed as feelings of powerlessness in the face of events or

circumstances in our life. It imposes thought patterns and behavior that, in fact,

become self-fulfilling prophecies.

For thousands of years, reacting with an-eye-for-an-eye revenge because of

a covenant interpreted as being from God, humankind sanctioned the

perpetuation of countless atrocities. Then, that God and fate showed us an

alternative, a new covenant of unconditional love and justice. Since then we've at

least had choice, as well as reactive limits.

When body/mind perceives a situation for the first time, many possible

interpretations present themselves. But as the situation is experienced, it is

registered as memory. If subjected to the same stimulus, most brains exercise the

tendency to use the same neural pathways again.

Amit Goswami, Professor of Physics at the Institute of Theoretical Science

in Oregon, says that, “if the same or similar stimulus is presented again, the

brain's classical record replays the old memory; this replay becomes a secondary

stimulus to the quantum system, which then responds. This repeated

measurement interaction leads to a fundamental change in the brain-mind's

quantum system; it is no longer regenerative." 31

Repeating its choice of perception a few times, the brain no longer

considers other possibilities. Unless an individual makes the conscious effort to

understand this, and then learns how to change perceptual behavior, he or she

has, in fact, no choice.


Inversely, when we develop new abilities, try new resources or adopt a

different attitude for the first time, we influence our brain, which in turn

produces neural links that support our resolve.

Fatalism keeps us prisoner of our limiting discomfort zones. We learn to

make do with very little and have an immense capacity for tolerating mediocrity.

When faced with the unknown, human beings tend to interpret it as a negative

value and project negativity onto their expectations.

In order to rise above our intellectual limits and prevent the weight of the

past from imposing itself on the future, we must develop a vision of an emerging

better world and then contribute to it by taking creative responsibility for our life.

Have you got a defeatist attitude that makes you powerless in the face of the

events in your life? Do you believe you can influence your future?

A lack of creative intent

Describing a specific outcome or an objective goal for yourself, a creative intent

gives life a sense of direction; it implies having willpower and the ability to

choose. In his book Man's Search for Meaning, Viktor E. Frankl writes that,

"Man's search for meaning is the primary motivation in his life and not a

secondary rationalization' of instinctual drives. This meaning is unique and

specific in that it must and can be fulfilled by him alone; only then does it achieve

a significance which will satisfy his own will." 32

Dr. Frankl, psychiatrist, author, survivor of the Auschwitz concentration

camp, discovered that having a reason to live, a vision of the future, an

unshakable conviction of having a mission to accomplish or an important job to

do, helped people survive inhuman conditions. Not only did they have will, they

had a spiritual direction that reached beyond them and urged them to continue to

live.

In the direst of circumstances, in spite of the incredible indignities they

were subjected to, holocaust survivors assumed complete responsibility for their

existence and lived with purpose.

Nietzsche agreed that a person with a reason to live can endure almost

anything. He thought that lack of creative intent is, in fact, a limitation on

personal growth. It stems from a spiritual void, an existential emptiness that

limits us to egotistical considerations. People who suffer from this void tend to

be followers rather than leaders, and they more easily turn their will over to

others. Their apathy can be experienced as boredom, laziness, procrastination,

and a lack of motivation or drive.

Swami Prajnananda, a famed yoga teacher, tells us, "An action performed

with intention or emotion creates a Samskara (impressions stored in the subconscious

mind). These impressions impel a person to perform actions that bring


experiences of pain or pleasure. They are like grooves in a record, waiting to be

played back." 33

Indeed, having a creative intent frees us from obstacles by transforming

them into challenges, and helps drive us toward a future filled with joy, passion

and power by adjusting our mind to its participatory potential. Every empowered

life began with a dream. Martin Luther King changed the destiny of America with

his dream. Its spiritual power was enough to light the way for many thousands of

people who needed guidance.

Abraham Maslow divided people into groups he called Winners and

Losers. He said Losers are people with no dreams or dreams so small they are

easily attained, or people with such huge dreams they’re impossible to attain.

Winners have dreams large enough to empower them but that are fully realizable.

But it’s not enough to have a dream; we also need vision. Vision is seeing

yourself participate in making your dreams come true. It’s the ability to assemble

ideas, images and concepts into a cohesive plan and then figure out how to realize

that plan.

When you have a vision, goals will come to life. Goal setting is an

important aspect of empowered thinking because it lets us move beyond our

limits in manageable stages. Goals help us reach for new horizons to manifest

what doesn’t yet exist. They allow us to be what we’ve not yet become and to do

what has not yet been done.

Goals affect the way we choose our activities and prioritize them. If they

are realistic or doable, they’ll determine what we should do, how and when to do

it and with whom. Since goals represent consequences and results, they must be

defined in very specific terms, and strategically spread out over a period of time.

In order to realize goals, we need discipline. Rules of engagement and

disciplined execution ultimately are what actualize dream-sized ideas. These

allow us to channel our energies in the right direction. A dream will light up our

creative intent and give meaning to daily existence. Then a vision will help us

plan tasks and objectives.

Goal setting divides the vision into manageable pieces and adds timelines.

Spiritual discipline, far from being an imposition, is a magician's best tool. It can

be found wielding the artist's brush, honing the musician's ear and adding the

glissade to the dancer’s step.

To rise above our limits, we must appropriate the right to dream, adopt a

spiritual discipline and seek out joy.

Do you have a dream? Do you see yourself actively participating in this dream?

Does it have realistic and achievable goals? Are you self- disciplined? Do you


want to create links new to a better life? Are you willing to give yourself over to

new experiences?


Chapter 5

ON MOTIVATION AND WILL

Human motivation

The six principles of motivated creativity

The hierarchy of need in human nature

Our physiological needs

Security needs

Social needs

Ego needs

Quality of life needs

"Whether you 'have it' or not, you still have to work your butt off."

Tiger Woods


Chapter 5

MOTIVATION AND WILL

During the months that followed my accident, I re-experienced my death at every

level of understanding. I saw my body from a vantage point outside of it. I lost

its use from my armpits down. I lost my career and capacity to earn my living, I

lost my sexual identity, and much more.

I survived an incredible ordeal but still had lessons to learn about courage

and will power. As a result of my trials, my sphere of awareness opened and my

way of seeing life was profoundly altered. I was left with little choice but to

adapt, to think more creatively and come to know myself.

As you can imagine, I no longer sweated the small stuff. When I left rehab,

I began to examine both my past and my priorities. I was totally unprepared for

my life as a disabled Canadian man, except that I knew Abraham Maslow's

theories of motivation. I decided to start there. I would use his ladder to rebuild

myself on a solid basis. I'd climb back up to where I enjoyed my whole life.

My energy increased and I focused my priorities on a quest to understand

the big questions - like my out-of-body and Pure Light experiences, my accident,

and how to meet my needs as a handicapped person. I divided my daily activities

into participation in the world, and an inner journey. I wanted to find answers to

the thousands of questions my OOBE (out of body experience) had raised.

My religious and philosophical roots were shaken by a reality that is much

larger than anything I'd imagined. I saw an infinite dream world overlapping the

physical world. I saw the creating Intelligence - God -emerge from a pinpoint in

nothingness to manifest as everything. I saw God become this whole world, not

apart from it. I needed to define myself according to my new reality.

In my teen years, I attended a monastic school to see if I had the calling for

the cloistered life. I found that I did not, but the time allowed me to make my

peace with spiritual values that endured. Now I had to re-question most of them,

and this time my quest was based on what I'd gone through, not what I was

taught.

I had to find real answers to practical things like why I was thought dead

by learned people and sophisticated machinery and yet I continued to exist. I

saw my own physical body from a position outside of it when dials signaled a flatline,

and I felt the appalling realization that my life had just ended even if I was

clearly aware.

On day 3 of my ordeal, I saw the divine Light become everything. I

experienced its infinite love and felt myself explode into a billion discarnate


pieces. I was one with God. I was everywhere and everything. Then, in an

instant, I was back in my body, alive and aware. I made an appointment with

destiny by asking, praying, that I never forget the awe and joy I felt. If you’ll

imagine joy, I was then in a completely broken body and on a respirator where I

remained for weeks.

My mind raced for hours and wondered. I could not move. My wonder

was only interrupted by pain. Then, from within, I felt an urge, almost a

command to understand why I wasn’t dead. My mind suddenly stopped racing to

instead focus on getting well. Months later I left the rehab with so many

questions I had to answer. I had a lot of figuring out to do but I was motivated to

learn about myself like never before.

Thirty-five years have now followed those first days and I've spent most of

that time contemplating Nature's creative way. I arranged my conclusions in a

mathematical synthesis named the unified field formula. I used it to explore the

« Theophysics » of universe. The formula is an absolute that describes how Godconsciousness

is the world and how we can benefit from that awareness.

In that one instant where I saw beyond my memory, I understood how

human motivation is a reaction to six principles that govern a hierarchy of need.

These are arranged as reactive desire that can be conscious motivators, or a selfactualizing

vision.

Our needs become apparent to us as our mind expands from the reactive

into the proactive and creative paradigms. Since creativity - consciously willed -

is magic, that state of mind is at the top of the ladder. We can actualize twelve

levels of need, and attain a state of perceptual fusion with Pure Light.

At that highest level, we understand the need expressed by My Father And

I Are One and the biblical promise for the 2nd coming of God-the-Son. The 10th

level of motivation a self-actualized rapture that is also called Ananda in

Sanskrit, or attaining God-consciousness.

I climbed the ladder. I encountered needs at every level and filled them.

My mind expanded. I discovered 4 levels of needs for the reactive mind, 4 levels

of need for proactive thinkers and 4 levels of need for creative people. My

accident awakened a realization of my higher level needs, and I answered the call

and worked at them.

Through my experiences, I saw how the mind reaches higher states of

consciousness by detaching itself from the more mundane and adding psychic,

spiritual and creative powers to itself. And once I discovered that by actualizing

my higher level needs I could more easily recognize and fill the lower level ones,

there was no looking back. The idea is not to ignore the needs of the flesh but to

fill the needs of mind and spirit too. Creative order includes equilibrium, and

that discovery contributed to my becoming lucky.


Human motivation

A lot of people suppose that most of their acts are justified by the circumstances

of their lives, and that they have good reasons for behaving as they do. If asked,

many would probably say that they have free will and that, by and large, they are

choosing to live the life they do.

In fact, argue the philosophers, most people live quiet lives of desperation,

because their will isn't free at all. Research agrees. If we were in any way free to

act like we wanted to, would we self-sabotage so readily in the awful ways that we

do? Would we work so hard to resist the greatness of our potential?

Where I live, in the free and democratic world, people treat glitz and

glamour as if these had real value, pursuing fame and other folly. Many mask

their delusion by acquiring consumer goods, learning psychobabble, adopting

religiosity or feeling guilt. We ignore our own best intent in exchange for

immediately gratifying a need to feel good that's triggered by our habits.

Consider how today, all over this planet, millions of people suffer

miserably because we, the citizens of the free and democratic world, are able to

tune out their lament and satiate our own habitual needs.

There is a correlation between human need and human “will”, so an

ultimate question might be - what is the nature of human motivation?

I'll give you both the nature and the nurture perspectives. First,

motivation is hardwired as the instinct to survive in every self-organizing system.

The word motivation shares its origin with words like motor and motive.

Understanding human motivation is important because it is the basis for our

behavior. It's what stimulates, drives and restricts us.

As such, human motivation explains each of us. It determines all that we

are and can be, and it directs everything we do. It influences our capacity to

perceive, to learn and to grow, and it shapes our mind, its expectations and

desires.

Your level of motivation tells you how to experience your life.

The primary reasoning that underlies human behavior is our hardwiring to

satisfy immediate needs and those that occur over time. Because our needs are

constantly changing, they direct us toward different reactions at different times.

Psychologist Clark Hull defines the reactive movement as the need to fill a void, a

deficiency or a biological lack, that is crucial to survival. 34

No matter what the behavior, we are always filling needs. If we stop

feeding our body, it will start to feed on itself. An example of how needs compel

is dehydration. From the body's need for water comes that desire (nature) that is

now influenced by the experience and knowledge of the particular mind


(nurture). Need is thus translated into emotion (e-motion as energy-in-motion)

and I sorts through its subjective noosphere as the mind is motivated to find a

glass of water, soda or juice. Mind can now steer the body towards liquid

fulfillment.

Abraham Maslow built on Hull's theory, adding that human reaction is not

only motivated by physiological needs, but that we also have the need to enhance

our psychological worth and esteem. 35

Motivation can be

defined as the instinct

to satisfy our needs.

We are motivated to satisfy a hierarchy of need as it appears during our lifetime

and we must fill every level in order to become aware of our full potential.

Creativity, passion and personal power come as rewards for those persons

who effectively run up their entire ladder and get passed more material

considerations. Those who remain oblivious to their higher potential suffer from

dissatisfaction and lack. This because filling our needs engages the creative

process, and acquiring power is a result of that process.

Motivation has little to do with the enthusiastic rah-rah that's pumped-up

by an impassioned motivator. Enthusiasm is contagious, and because

enthusiastic people certainly may seem motivated, it's easy to confuse the two.

In fact, the word enthusiasm comes from Greek en theos, and means with

God, as in filled with passion or creative intent. Being enthusiastic is to be filled

with the sacred fire and comes from being a vehicle for the primal energy. In

order to have enthusiasm, one has to freely and good-naturedly spend his or her

energy. The more we give away the energy we have, the more Infinity replaces

what we spend. When the exchange happens quickly, the feeling is experienced

as enthusiasm.

I discovered that everyone is motivated all of the time. That’s a

controversial statement, unless you realize that being motivated doesn't

necessarily mean being enthusiastic or positive. A person can be motivated to

stay in bed all day, to do nothing of any worth at all or to negatively disrupt the

neighborhood. We can also be motivated, or moved, to learn, to share or to turn

something ordinary into something great.

People are motivated by and for different reasons but always in answer to

a need. Even if our reactions seem determined by unique circumstances, they're

always an answer to something on the universal hierarchy of need. When a

suicidal person chooses to end his life, when an alcoholic forces down bad wine

and when a battered woman remains with her batterer, it's because they are

motivated to.


The six principles of motivated creativity

Before my accident and hospitalization, I knew Maslow's motivational guiding

principles for ascending the hierarchy: 1) A need satisfied is no longer a

motivator, and 2) A need unsatisfied is a negative motivator.

The trauma gave me a second chance, and so I put my knowledge into

practice. The first thing I did was to expand on Maslow's perspective, adding four

additional ideas to the two he described. I realized how important they were

during my ordeal when, instant following instant, I had no idea what was

happening. There are forces at play that are greater than any personal view.

When I was so low that I wanted to die, I couldn't. And when I was free

from pain and hoped to be fine, I found myself in crisis. I recognized how limited

my perspective was. The four other principles served me so well after I realized

them that I never suffered from the usual negative psychological reactions that

are usually part and parcel of traumas like mine.

I never went into denial over my disabilities, nor did I suffer periods of

depression or anxiety, because I understood how these principles link me to a

larger creative force. Before a negative perception could get a hold of me, I'd act

on one of those principles.

Synthesis # 19 - The 6 principles of creative self-motivation

CREATIVE MOTIVATION

1. The sphere of awareness is a self-organized and closed loop system. It is

impossible to arrive at a conclusion about something outside the sphere

by the reasoning process inside the sphere.

2. The solution to a problem cannot be found at the same level of realization

as the problem. If the solution to a problem is where the problem is,

the problem cannot be. [(+1) + (-1) = 0].

3. We have a psychological need to solve all our problems.

4. Motivation is the inner drive to satisfy all our needs.

5. A need satisfied is no longer a motivator.

6. A need unsatisfied is a negative motivator.


I was passionate about being alive and determined to be happy above all other

things. As an indication of my mood, the day before I left rehab, I gave the staff a

seminar on the principles of motivation as described in the above box.

The sphere of awareness is a self-organized and closed loop system.

It is impossible to arrive at a conclusion about something

outside the loop by the reasoning process inside of it.

I recognized this first principle early on, in hospital. It helped me avoid being

discouraged or depressed. I remember the exact event. When I had enough

strength to sit up in bed, my physical therapist brought an enormous wheelchair -

like a giant Lazy-boy - into my room and told me that I was going to learn how to

sit vertically that day. Two orderlies picked up my body and placed it in a

wheelchair.

For the first time in months, I was actually sitting vertically. I experienced

such a flood of strange sensations that I didn't even realize I was losing

consciousness. I woke in my bed, confused. The staff explained that my blood

had trouble circulating when I was in the vertical position, that my feet had

become as red as wine and my face as white as milk and that I'd passed out.

"We'll try again tomorrow!" they promised hopefully.

It took a painful two weeks before I reached the point where I was able to

sit comfortably for a short while without becoming distressed. I didn't know what

to expect and I treated each day as a complete unknown. Try again? Sure. What

could I lose?

I did everything I could and let Infinity take care of the details. I truly

believed this played in my favor because if, at any point, I had decided that I

could not endure sitting up, I'd either still be abed in an institution today, or

dead.

Most people like to think they have an open mind. We tend to forget, if we

ever realized it, that is, that the brain is a closed-loop and self-organizing system.

If we walked about with an open mind, we'd be bombarded by so much

information coming at us from all sides that we'd literally overload and lose our

marbles.

Dr. Edward de Bono did a lot of work on self-organizing systems and he’s

written books on creative strategies to disarm our brain’s tendency to sabotage

our efforts. Aware of it or not, each of us will select what enters our sphere of

consciousness and disregard the rest. Because we can't bear to be without

answers, though, we also have a tendency to take random elements from our past

and project them onto our present.


Some people will impose their ignorance on others rather than open their

mind to any facts that might ask it to change.

In order to integrate

the first principle, you learn

to open your mind.

The solution to a problem cannot be found at

the same level of realization as the problem.

The second principle suggests that an individual must become more flexible with

his thinking if he wants to find solutions to problems. Rules that stem from

reliable logic in one paradigm can seem irrational in another.

Without denying the existence of situations that must be managed or

challenges that must be met, problems only exist in the eye of the beholder. Since

a solution and its problem cannot coexist in the same space, we must change our

way of perceiving if we want to solve things.

This realization suggests that we must first somehow detach ourselves

from our problems in order to see them objectively. This is why it is so easy to

give other people advice. When we are not personally involved in a situation we

can see more clearly the solutions to problems, while those who are affected by

the problems are rather oblivious to their solution because they are emotionally

attached to them.

In fact, whenever you perceive a problem, give it the numerical value (+1),

and you'll understand that the solution is part of the unknown, the (-1).

A problem as seen by one person is not necessarily a problem for another.

No problem is objective or neutral, common to all, without any exception. War

and violence may well be disastrous to the general public, but they are without a

doubt, good opportunities for arms merchants to sell off their inventory and

realize huge profits.

If we see a situation as problematic, the equation [(+1) + (-1) = 0] can help

us find the solution. For example, if you want to eliminate war, as (+1), you have

to add its opposite value, peace as (-1) to it. This may seem like a simplistic

exercise, but consider how the actions needed to end a war are not the same as

those required to start a peace.

In order for a solution to work, it has to be more intelligent than its

problem. For example, it's only by pursuing health, a concept that encompasses

life and all the needs of a physical organism, that we can efficiently eliminate

disease.

A flexible paradigm invites the unknown to become known and opens

itself to a multitude of solutions that might be totally invisible to the inflexible


paradigm. For a brilliant piece of work that can help you solve all your problems,

try the dictionary of antonyms. By reducing a problematic situation to a word or

an expression, antonyms give us a choice that will lead to solutions.

In order to integrate this second

principle, you must develop

a flexible way of thinking.

We have an evolutionary need

to solve all our problems.

Most people's lives are filled with a variety of problems that are very often the

result of how they were taught to be human beings. Some of these problems are

simple and/or trivial, while others are quite complex and can have major

importance for the person who experiences them.

Our sphere of awareness is filled with remembrances of things past and

any unprofitable life-lessons or bad programming of any kind we received are in

it, possibly affecting our potential happiness.

Many people believe they've put all their negative experiences behind them

because they've forgotten them or have chosen to ignore them. We'd like to

believe that we are free from the negative effects of our bad conditioning, but

nothing can be further from the truth. Even our genetic baggage can come back

to haunt us.

Everything that isn't confronted and exorcised out of our noosphere will

continue to affect us, even on a daily basis. And because we may have learned

incorrect responses to life, we may not know the correct ones. Then comes a

vicious cycle, in which ignorance is not bliss. For example, a child raised with

little or no nurturing and praise will not inherit a very positive self-image, and

will not have much experience of the nurturing process.

This person will become an adult who does not know how to nurture, and

that adult's own kids will see their own self-image sabotaged. As the wisdom

books say, the sins of the father are passed on to the sons (and moms and

daughters, too). These continued cycles of negativity demand that each of us take

our personal limits very seriously and address them, so we no longer pass them

on.

We each have a personal mix of problems that require our attention. Even

the most basic definitions of what constitutes a problem will find argument, but

I'll suggest that problems can be found wherever we notice differences between a

situation we find ourselves in and our perceived ideal of that situation, or when

the path to our objectives gets difficult or confusing.


We have the need, the potential and the capacity for a more creative way of

perceiving. This need is not always apparent, as more basic needs tend to

overpower us.

According to psychologists, finding solutions to a problem requires

analyzing three vital aspects of it: a) the situation as you perceive it, b) the

intended objective or the desired situation, and, c) the strategies that will allow

you to move from a to b. They also stress the importance of defining the

problems and intended objectives accurately so as to be able to determine the

correct plan of action.

Later, I'll explain how the two hemispheres in the brain rule our

perception of problems and solutions, and how they do this separately. But for

now, recognize that problems that aren't resolved consume an extraordinary

amount of energy. Focusing on problems tends to lock us in our left-brain mode,

far from where solutions are assembled by the right side of the brain. It also

increases the amount of inner dialogue.

The hemispheres are constantly communicating, but problematic

situations need a breakout action plan. Just thinking about acting will feed the

left-brain with all kinds of awareness about the problem, but it moves

consciousness away from the right brain and the possibility of any action leading

to solutions.

Sometimes, the hold our inner dialogue has on us is so powerful that we

hardly remember the road we took to get home, or where we left our car keys

when we got there.

We may start the day off with resolve, but preoccupations can take over

and control our mind until late in the evening, at which time we add those

problems to the ones we've already stored up. Stress is the result of those

thoughts going round and round in your mind in the futile hope that the

solutions might just happen on their own, and the problems can solve

themselves. Stress is born in the resistance to act.

Don't forget that creativity is 2% inspiration and 98% perspiration! The

most creative people are those who have no resistance to doing all the work,

taking care of all the details and settling any situation that needs it. Winners get

to be that way by doing the things losers won't do. It is only once you've managed

to solve all your problems and reconcile your thoughts and actions that you'll

actually hear the roar of silence as your inner dialogue stops and you are free to

access power.

People who are overpowered by their inner dialogue will greatly benefit

from using a small notebook, a magician's notebook, to record their thoughts.

Take ten minutes when you wake up in the morning to write down what's on your

mind. This will create a void, a space that will allow you to free your spirit from


those looped thoughts that would imprison you. Try it. As your inner world is

being taken seriously, your outer view will expand, magically.

To integrate the third principle, take

responsibility for your life and commit

to actions that can make it better.

Motivation is the drive to satisfy all our needs.

Motivation does not come from outside forces in the environment or elsewhere.

Enthusiasm and a dynamic persona are not necessarily part of it. The process of

being motivated is rather simple. With a need comes a desire to satisfy it.

Motivation is movement with a motive, or behavior with creative intent.

The motivational drive is first and foremost a survival instinct, then a

genetic and tribal conditioning, and then a conscious decision born in selfesteem,

followed by willful acts with a creative purpose. And when creativity is

applied consciously and with the intent to improve the world, the result is selfempowered

magic.

Integrating this 4th principle means

you must satisfy all of your needs.

Maslow first identified the next two principles in his theory of self-actualization

by ascending a hierarchy of need. 36 The ascension expands the sphere of

consciousness.

A need satisfied is no longer a motivator.

As a pressing need is filled, our attention is drawn to another which, when

satisfied, gives way to yet another. The idea of ascending a hierarchy makes

sense when you realize that it's only on a full stomach that you have the energy to

protect yourself from the dangers that can arise in the environment. It's only

when your physical needs are appeased that the metaphysical ones appear. We

concern ourselves with tomorrow only after our immediate needs have been met.

I can vouch for it. When I was lying flat on my back unable to move

anything and relying on machines to help me breathe, on orderlies to turn me

over every two hours, and on nurses' aides to feed me and just about everything


else, I wasn't concerned by anything intellectual or spiritual. I was just holding

on.

When a need is satisfied, it ceases to compel. If it's ignored, however, it

will return again and again, becoming more and more demanding, and may end

up controlling our life. For example, when not satisfied, the need to feel secure in

a relationship is projected outward as jealousy. When jealousy and its need to

control “out there” replaces the self-esteem “in here”, obsessive-compulsive

disorders generally follow. Fetishes are examples of needs that are not satisfied

at one level, compelled by some unknown neurosis but not satiated, that alter our

behavior to seek fulfillment.

You are not likely to obsess on lunch if you've had a good breakfast, but

skip a meal or two and tell me what you’re thinking about.

The integration of the 5 th principle means that

you must paradigm-shift to a higher level of

concerns as you satisfy more basic needs.

A need unsatisfied is a negative motivator.

Needs that are not satisfied can tend to dominate a person's behavior and halt

progress. This sixth principle suggests that if our body's needs are not met, for

example, it's probable we’ll not have the energy to reach for other needs - like

friendship, partnership, creative self-expression, self-actualization and more.

When a need has to be ignored due to situations beyond our control, it can

cause such a state of dissatisfaction that it risks diminishing our life. Think of

self-esteem issues and how they've ruined relationships, or other sabotaging

habits that affect your overall sense of well-being.

We human beings have a need to feel we are in control of our lives, and

when that is put at risk, we will go to war. That war will be waged out there with

others where it risks destroying us, or in here where it will sabotage and destroy

us for sure. If the truth were to be told in a single sentence, it is that repression is

the only sin. Not filling our needs makes us negative and miserable, and misery,

loving company, will seek to control others.

To integrate the 6 th principle,

recognize that negative perceptions

are the result of a failure to satisfy

higher levels of need.


The hierarchy of need in human nature

My shift from a reactive paradigm to an expansive and magical mindset required

me to better understand my inner dialogue, or what kinds of thoughts tended to

empower or sabotage me. I determined how my hierarchy of needs should be

satisfied, the way I would fill them and the ideal that I aspired to. And then I

worked at it, and consciously ascended.

The hierarchy is transpersonal. How we choose to answer the need, with

either a strong or a weak interaction, can define the differences between us. The

way we realize our goals will distinguish us from one another by determining our

degree of inner strength, characterized by our attainment.

In Physics, strong interaction is described as a binding force that causes

forms and structures to come together. It is responsible for individuation. Weak

interactions are called the radioactive force that is linked to entropy and death.

How do we satisfy our needs? Either by binding to them and, in so doing,

contributing to being more powerful, or by avoiding them and weakening

ourselves.

Answering each level of need with a strong interaction gives power. Not

doing that weakens us, and the weakness contributes to the radioactive noise of

our inner dialogue, which acts as the entropy that drags us down into death.

Let's take look at the first five levels of need before we examine the higher ones

that pertain to magic and the spiritual dimensions. Start at the bottom of the

following box and work your way up.

Synthesis # 20 - How to actualize a quality of life.

The hierarchy of need in human nature

Level of need How to fill it Ideal

5. Need for quality of life Tithing culture Altruistic self-interest

4. Need for ego/esteem Will culture True will

3. Social need Ethical culture Integrity

2. Need for security Energy culture Vitality

1. Physiological needs Physical culture Physical health


We are first and foremost physical organisms in constant need of the essentials

required to survive.

Our physiological needs

We need air, water, food, clothing and shelter. Depending on how well we

actualize these basics, we can even thrive. We each practice some sort of physical

culture that describes how we meet these basic requirements for life. In order to

fill our physiological needs, we learn how to breathe, what to drink and eat in

hopefully a healthy way, to dress comfortably and to acquire a safe haven where

our body and spirit can be rejuvenated and entertained and where we have peace

of mind.

How we fill our needs affects the vitality, strength, endurance and general

wellbeing of our physical organism, and it influences our emotional, intellectual

and spiritual wellbeing too.

Are you healthy? Do you feed your body in order to satisfy a lifestyle or to

nourish it for optimum performance? Do you have the power to successfully

navigate your day? Do you dress for comfort or for style? Is your environment

conducive to peace of mind?

Security needs

We have physiological needs and our security needs refer to their long-term

fulfillment. The need to feel secure can dominate our mind and become a

controlling force in our behavior to the same degree as filling physiological needs.

We particularly notice how fragile our continuity can be during times of

threat.

People tend to focus a good portion of their mind on the pursuit of

security. Even folks who appear to have everything will fret about loss or changes

that can affect their sense of continuity and wellbeing. Security needs also

represent an indivisible link between who we are and who we would like to be.

People who feel insecure in the company of luminaries are comparing themselves

and feeling inadequate. The social pecking order preys on this so the slaves will

serve.

That search is part of our need to procreate and ensure the survival of the

species. The sexual instinct wants to attract others, coexisting with our desire to

protect ourselves from danger or from anything that jeopardizes our perception

of the quality of life. The need to attract out there and to protect ourselves is the


terrain of our subconscious emotional conflict. Most of us are insecure coming

out of the shoot.

Far from being limited to a paycheck or having a secure job, money or

property, the concept of security is about a state of mind that has to do with

feeling confident while considering our future. Security needs are about the

attitude that accompanies the actualization of our physical needs. Feeling secure

has to do with whether we are assembling a fear-based worldview or a love-based

worldview. And assembling a love-based worldview is subject to the expansion

factor from selfish love, to symbiotic (or relationship) love, to self-esteem, to

unconditional l.o.v.e. (limitless oscillations of vibrating energy).

People who feel secure give off an aura of assurance that they'll have no

problem satisfying their own needs over the long haul. This feeling is put to the

test whenever they are forced to face the unknown or to deal with sudden change,

so it had better be real. Nurturing a preference for the known - for the status quo,

for the habitual or for familiarity and stability - weakens us by default. Change is

the only constant and it is waiting for us at every turn. Without learning to deal

with it, we can't develop successful coping and resolution methods that build

confidence and contribute to genuine feelings of love that is security.

The rapidly changing world and all its problems, from its fragile ecology to

its unstable economy, can undermine your sense of security. To compensate,

invest in your own emotional strength and develop your potential, your abilities

and your creativity. Rather than be a victim of how you feel, understand how

emotion is an empowerment process.

Researchers have determined that emotions have their origins in a five-step

process in which energy is put in motion to reach a goal. They say human

emotional response stems from:

1) An event - Something happens that triggers a reaction in consciousness

that moves to identify a potential threat or a personal enhancement.

2) The perception of the event - We become aware of the event in a large

experiential sense (we physically sense it via seeing, hearing or reading

about it, etc.) and add stored input from previous neural patterns into a

new whole perception.

3) The appraisal of the new whole perception - We refer to our memories

to assess whether or not an event can satisfy a goal - or move away from

one - and we give it a value. That value will directly affect the strength

of our emotional response or whether it is a strong or weak interaction.

4) The filter on the appraisal - We choose an appropriate response from a

personal inventory that we believe is the appropriate one for achieving

our goal.


5) The reaction to our filtered appraisal - We then transform our

emotional response into a coping mechanism.

How we put our energy-in-motion dictates how secure we are likely to feel. If we

get trapped in emotional reactions that weaken us, we get tired, sick or in many

ways distressed; our energy levels are lessened, and so is our ability to respond

positively to everyday situations. With lowered emotional output, our mood is

considerably affected and that sends a negative signal out there, attracting bad

luck. But by mainlining universal l.o.v.e., the limitless oscillations of vibrating

energy, we get magic.

Feeling secure means having a lifestyle that increases our vital energy.

Good nutritional habits, being in good physical shape and having a well-rested

body and mind all contribute to reaching high levels of energy, as does having a

more trusting and worry-free attitude. With more vital energy (devoted to life)

we can more easily and more effectively handle life's challenges and obstacles.

So, to be secure, practice an energy culture and learn to manage your e-motion.

We can also improve vital energy levels by engaging in activities that give

us a sense of personal wellbeing and satisfaction. Helping others, laughing,

playing, cuddling, relaxing, sharing a warm bath or great sex - all these things can

increase vital energy and redirect it away from stress. Meditation, a hike in the

woods, playing music or having a creative, animated and fun discussion with

friends can also contribute to increasing vital energy.

Anything that wastes, lowers or depresses our energy levels compromises

our ability to satisfy our needs. Not solving our problems, avoiding important

decisions (indecision is a real energy vampire) are as toxic as a bad diet, lack of

exercise and an apathetic outlook at draining energy reserves and sapping

vitality. Do you find yourself unable to generate positive enthusiasm when

thinking about your future prospects? Then you are insecure, and

overcompensation, exhaustion, depression and burnout will follow.

Do you use your energy effectively? Do your personal prospects worry you to

excess? Do you find it hard to relax? Are you aware of the link between your

moods and the quality of your energy? Are you a positive energy source or a

drain? Do you have the vitality needed to enjoy life?

Social needs

By practicing both a physical culture and an energy culture, you'll feel healthier,

more energetic and self-confident, and begin to notice that how you see your

options evolves. Then your choices and direction will improve.

We coexist, billions of us, each pursuing the same basic needs, and yet

each us will have relationships with life and luck based on feelings. Emotions


determine our perception of security, and that determines our place in the tribal

pecking order.

We interact with others based on how we feel. Therefore our negative

energy states limit us while positive energy-in-motion opens the way for

empowering feelings like belonging, affection and love.

Our social needs reflect the human desire to live in community. The social

fabric is a complex phenomenon, encompassing all the interactions that connect

individuals, from language to customs, from family structure to tribal tradition.

Our limbic brain system is hardwired and its subconscious message is quite clear:

there can be no greater threat to personal survival than to be rejected by the tribe.

Our social links - who's who in the pecking order - are often invisible but

always quite powerful, notably for those who believe in the importance of stable

relationships. Those links contribute to our sense of continuity, and influence

how we pursue goals and how we participate in the development of the

collectivity.

Social needs are also manifested as intellectual and creative pursuits,

leadership, management and empowerment. We input information from others.

We imprint values for our words, ideas, and concepts. Our mind thirsts for

stimulation and challenge and, in order to live successfully, we must understand

those who surround us and learn from the events in our lives.

"No man is an island onto himself," wrote John Donne, the English poet. I

hope you never find yourself in an ICU depending on a medical team to bring you

back from death to figure out just how true that is. Healthy and secure, we are

social creatures, dependent on others.

We humans profit from a wide variety of relationships, from a broad

spectrum of ideas. We also profit from a great diversity of experience from

recreation and fun. We need to express our thoughts openly and honestly, and to

accept the honest and valid opinions of others. In this interchange, we grow and

then capitalize on our knowledge and our experience.

In a global village, concepts like ethics or a just social code of conduct will

shape and shade the rapport that will be developed between us. Our personal

values, however, must reflect universal law; the golden rule is a code that must

apply to everyone. Man's laws must be subservient to Nature's laws, which are

subservient to the law of One, as I'll explain in chapter 7.

Even if all that exists is created with the same energy, and energy as mass

is subject to the physical laws of movement as action/reaction, love cannot be

imposed. If we are to live in a rational and harmonious way so as to avoid further

conflict between individuals and between nations, the golden rule of positive e-

motion must apply. We cannot break the law; we can only break ourselves

against it.


In fact, to be a real leader, you should develop an intuitive sense of what's

true, just and loving, and seek to project those values in altruistic self-interest.

Consequently, you will then easily recognize the ethics of the people who

surround you, making it easier to make selective and strategic choices in terms of

the relationships you develop with them.

There is great wisdom in the adage that says birds of a feather flock

together. It tells how our own ethics determine our world, the game we'll play in

it and the players who'll play with us.

A person who cultivates a sense of personal ethics and morality will be free

from social conventions and will then answer to the highest levels of integrity.

The opposite is also true. People who rely on others to know what's right are

weakening their integrity and their sense of what is ethical. Removed from

developing those deeper values, we lose the ability to acquire inner strength. I

recently saw a reality show that demonstrated this. One contestant was earnestly

avowing her relationship to the Lord, experiencing it in a rather sad way.

Scheming and plotting negatively with the best of them, she was boastfully

confident that the Lord would later forgive her cheating ways.

Carl Jung thought that one of the best ways to discern between individuals

is that some people put a much higher value on ethics and integrity than others.

A lack of ethics really means a lack of respect and consideration for yourself, for

others and for your place in the creative overall plan.

Do you integrate the lessons from the negative things that occur in your life?

Are you a loving person? Are you lovable? Do you have friends that would be

happy to have you show up to spend time with them on their vacation? Are you

involved in community projects or a charity? Are you able to seek out any help

you might need? Do you have ethics?

Ego needs

First coined by Freud, and then by Jung, and then by an army of psychologists

and therapists, the term ego is commonly used to describe the image we have of

our self. I define my own ego as my integral being, as my body linked to my

brain/mind and memory, or to my knowledge, experience and desires all in one

whole package I call me.

How ego is perceived is very important. Consider that we have the

capacity to form an image of ourselves and then decide if we like that image or

not. Establishing a sense of self and giving that self esteem are ego needs.

Confused? Self is a quality given to our ego to fill our body/mind's need

for survival. A healthy ego is so essential to one's development that, without it,

other fundamental needs are seriously jeopardized, even sabotaged. Consider


how every human breakdown or suicide begins with an ego that no longer invests

in his or her self.

Paradoxically, regardless of a person's amount of ego, it is only by

becoming more aware of inner dimensions like will that we develop a valued

identity, a sense of higher self. In this sense, the ego is defined by personal

memory - even if every person has a creative potential that transcends memory -

while the concept of self includes a link to the larger whole. Ego is who I am and

all I was, while self is that – plus all I can be.

Ego defines who we are. We can then decide to esteem that identity, or not

to. Choosing to esteem our self gives us real power. The wise ego practices a will

culture; with discipline, we can assure that our ego carries out certain doings and

certain not-doings that allow us to feel good about ourselves.

We have a need to feel good about ourselves, to stand apart from the tribe

as esteemed individuals, and to claim a separate and unique identity. Our ego

should feel that we contribute positively to life, and therefore merit success and

happiness. People who esteem themselves will work to actualize the idea of good

and thus feel good about their acts.

Ego determines our personality, our place in society, our relationships

with others, and our ability to express ourselves in spite of our fears of criticism

and rejection. It dictates our belief about our right to a satisfying and meaningful

life. Genuine self-esteem will be felt in direct proportion to the quality of our

deeds and acts.

This is not a moral judgment. Rather, it's a self-evident truth that can only

be resolved with personal experience. I am reminded that when I changed from

being an up-and-coming executive in a fast-moving company to being an

unemployed disabled man in the flick of an eyelash, I felt my status change.

Since then, I've seen how my own self-esteem directly influences how others

respond to me.

A strategic will culture suggests that any action that brings me closer to

creativity, personal power and feelings of wellbeing and joy, is good. Easy

enough to see how anything that distances me from that state of health is bad.

Short of that, reacting to desire is not in our best interest. The wise

sorcerer Don Juan Matus, in anthropologist Carlos Castaneda's books, says selfempowerment

is the true path. He reminds us that, "What makes us unhappy is

to want; yet if we would cut our wants to nothing, the smallest thing we'd get

would be a true gift. To be poor or wanting is only a thought, and so is to hate, or

to be hungry, or to be in pain. Only a warrior can survive want. A warrior knows

that he is waiting and he knows what he is waiting for, and while he waits he

wants nothing and thus whatever little he gets is more than he can take." 37


Quality of life needs

By increasing our will, we can turn to actualizing higher needs like those

pertaining to quality of life. It is in our self-interest to discover what exactly

quality of life really means so that we can discipline our ego to help us reach it.

What about you? How do you see your ego? Are you creative, and using your

will to cultivate your physical being as well as your energy and ethics? Do you

think that your personality has evolved in the last five years? Have you taken

complete responsibility for your personal happiness? What would you rather

be, right or happy?


Chapter 6

ON META-MOTIVATION AND THE SOUL

Beyond our ego-centric limits

The need for quality of life

The need for personal growth

The need for self-actualization

The need to paradigm-shift into a more creative worldview

The need for joy and a passion for life

The need for a creative Super-consciousness

The 11 th level of need is whole-brain seeing

Understanding the 12 th level of need, where all is One

Altruistic self-interest: filling organizational needs

"Everything in the universe has a purpose. Indeed, the invisible intelligence that

flows through everything in a purposeful fashion is also flowing through you."

Dr. Wayne Dyer


Chapter 6

META-MOTIVATION

Our self-image affects the way we understand and satisfy our needs. At any given

moment, some needs tend to dominate our mind, requiring us to make decisions

and take actions. We must satisfy our needs or remain unsatisfied.

Linked to our overall development, the pursuit of needs is organized

naturally as a hierarchy. When one level is filled, it makes way for another, which

then holds our attention and so on, in continuum. Sometimes our reactions to

these needs are conscious and sometimes they're not, but they are the motive that

drives the motor that compels our motivation. Filling our needs occupies our

behavior.

Wisdom offers us two great lessons. If you want be happy, learn how to

satisfy all your needs. If you want to be prosperous, help others satisfy theirs.

How we satisfy our needs is a private and personal thing. It's what

differentiates us, what makes every one of us unique. In that sense we are the

same. According to Abraham Maslow, the average person is always partly

satisfied and partly dissatisfied with the fulfillment of their needs. One level is

not necessarily satisfied before another level requires attention - so unless you

know about the whole hierarchy, you're condemned to remain in a reactive state

of growing chaos and dissatisfaction.

Self-actualizers, or creative people, devote themselves to the process of

filling their needs by concluding - "As long as filling my needs is a

predetermined, natural and continuous activity, I might as well be good at it."

Discovering how to fill all your needs isn't a sudden knowing, but rather a

gradual thing. The apprenticeship should continue as we realize that we have

higher needs like passion and personal power. Maslow said that even if we are

unaware of them, our needs unsatisfied are a negative force. He says not

actualizing needs that we aren't aware we have yet, allows us to suffer negatively

as surely as if essential nutrients were missing in our diet.

The creative strategy is to bring even the subconscious needs to the

conscious light of day. Only then can we fill them to satisfaction and be joyful.

Beyond our ego-centric limits

In his studies of human motivation, Maslow recognized how certain aspects of

human nature influence motivation and satisfaction. Humans appreciate and


tend to seek out those ideas, services and things that give them pleasure and that

promise to make life easier and more enjoyable. We try to avoid pain. It's not

really that complicated: if we esteem ourselves more, we will give more value to

our experience of life. And then we’ll tend to give more quality to it.

So, strategically, proactive thinking begins with the premise I can give

quality to my life.

Synthesis # 20 - The hierarchy of personal need, 1-12

Level of need How to fill it Ideal

12. Self-understanding Self-actualize Oneness

11. The pursuit of ideal Whole-brain seeing Personal power

10. Creativeconsciousness

Stop inner dialogue

Ømega point fusion

9. Joy/Passion Transcend limits “Suchness”

8. Old/new paradigm Conscious choice Here/Now I am creative

7. Need to self-realize Spiritual culture Unconditional love

6. Need for personal

growth

Psychic development

Self-awareness: “I am”

5. Need for quality of life Tithing culture Altruistic self-interest

4. Need for ego/esteem Will culture True will

3. Social need Ethical culture Integrity

2. Need for security Energy culture Vitality

1. Physiological needs Physical culture Physical health

Humans with a healthy ego and self-esteem can cut to the quick and start

pursuing their self-defined quality of life. Ego's evolutionary thrust, their true

will, is directed by Nature's creative imperative to seek out quality. Values like

quality remain self-defined, though. Let's agree that personal growth should be

factored into any understanding of it.


Some people will consider material things before spiritual development or

the more altruistic pursuits. In order of subjective perception, we encounter

physical, security and social needs before the ego is fully formed. An ego that is

shaped under dire conditions will have a different perception of quality than one

raised with that silver spoon we’ll read about.

Ego is shaped by how we answer genetic signals that are determined by

Nature's bio-clock. Leadership qualities that are not developed as a young adult,

for example, will be more difficult to integrate by older managers. Bad attitudes

developed when young can follow people throughout their lives, and may

interfere with other, more profitable, attitudes.

The benefits of experiencing a general attitude related to love, joy, passion,

etc., are beyond any intellectual debate. The hormones, neural-receptors and

other chemical mixes physically present in our body when we entertain a positive

attitude are measurably real. Before an ego can begin to esteem itself sufficiently

to release those chemicals though, its “I am” has to figure out that the quest for

quality depends on first shifting paradigms, from a reactive to a proactive state of

mind. In other words, even wanting a quality life depends on personal growth.

The quality of life is part of a hierarchy of need that includes personal

growth, spiritual empowerment, self-actualization and more, may be foreign to

your reactive ego. Proactive people will want to learn all about it to satisfy their

needs so they’ll consciously seek out the facts. They get how needs are actualized

with a strong interaction (self-empowerment) or with a weak interaction (selfsabotage).

Actualizing your first 4 levels of need with a strong interaction produces a

healthy body, emotional strength and maturity, ethical relationships and an

esteemed sense of self.

The quality of energy produced by filling the first 5 levels in the hierarchy

liberates ego's subjective will so it can further develop personal power. This will

be defined as the freedom to pursue your own definition of a quality life. Now

you don't have to think about it… there is no resistance, you just to do it. You

determine the quality of your life.

Focused on a quality life, the ego will determine how to satisfy the next

eight levels of need and reach those higher realms. Subjective ego dictates how to

benefit from the needs attained and how to participate in the pursuit of a higher

evolution.

The need for quality of life

Ego reacts to its personal inventory of knowledge, experience and desire. People

trade ideas, interacting through time and space, and so how we react and with


whom can bring us closer to our goals, or farther away from them. How we react

to life circumstances and events makes a huge difference because it helps

determine who we are.

For most of us, the quality of life is a rather vague concept that resists

definition except from a perspective of immediate desires. “If I had that, I’d be

happy!”

Interesting questions have been answered about the links between

physical health and wealth, and between social condition and personal wellbeing

and attitude. The answers tell us that our way of seeing - how we perceive – is

the most significant factor in determining whether or not we enjoy life.

Some studies suggest things like salary, housing, good transportation,

health and higher education are not real indicators of how the of life is perceived

by the members of a community. 38 Experts say that a quality life depends on

personal power - which is available to any person facing everyday challenges.

Quality describes whether we enjoy our life, or not. Our attainment of a

quality life is largely dependent on whether we can transform life's challenges

into opportunities.

The idea of personal power also has no objective definition. Rather than a

mere term used by sociologists and sorcerers, it should explain how well we adapt

to life's demands. Do you feel lonely or loved, confident or unsure, strong or

weak? A self-sabotaging ego reacts to what life throws its way, while selfempowered

people link their quality of life to their accomplishments, to their own

doings and not-doings.

In order to add quality to life, the wisdom books suggest that we practice a

tithing culture. Give quality to life. This takes quality and makes it personal. An

action brings a reaction; we get what we give, what goes around comes around,

and all the rest. Tithing means more than the amount of money we should give a

church, even though it may certainly mean that too.

Tithing in a larger context means giving to life. What are you contributing

to your life and to the lives of people around you? Think of tithing in terms of

applying Nature's management rule: altruistic self-interest.

I've met several people who were disappointed with what life gave them

without ever caring to consider what they were giving life. So many folks impose

their bad attitude on a given situation, to then insist that the situation itself was

bad, or that they were ill treated or unlucky.

People who give love and joy to life can expect to reap those qualities in the

sense that they are flooding their own body-mind with the hormones and

neurotransmitters that do the most good and feel the best. Pure life! People who


only give out the tired somebody-done-me-wrong song are so busy pointing their

finger at others they can't begin to know about the self they should be esteeming.

And they won't hear the alarm bells sound until it's too late. To enjoy a

quality life, increase the quality you give your life. Do more. Give more freely the

best of you, and let Infinity take care of the details. If you take a serious look

around, you'll find that the quality of life is poorest where people are far removed

from the Golden Rule.

If you want physical health, give yourself quality air, food, water, exercise,

clothing, and shelter. Take care of your body. If you want a long, secure, happy

and exciting life, develop stores of courage. Form the habit of doing things with

enthusiasm. Put your enthusiastic energy-in-motion until you realize that it fuels

passion. Then, love is magic, and personal power.

Any harmonious social interaction requires work; so choose to give your

relationships the best of your work by subscribing to the idea of good. If

everyone gave quality to life, this planet would be transformed into Paradise on

Earth. Well, don't wait for the others. Realize that it's in your own best interest

to create your own piece of paradise, and to feel those hormones.

Personal power starts to accumulate as soon as you stop waiting for

somebody else to give you permission. Imagine your corner of paradise and then

give yourself joyfully to the task of making it real, or actualizing it.

You can suppose that other pieces of paradise are also being put into place,

and so a whole-Earthly paradise is being born of the effort. In the least of your

efforts, you will realize that joyful doing is its own reward.

The opposite also occurs, of course, when people meet their life with an

attitude that stops any creative flow: egoism, ignorance, mean-spiritedness,

greed, anger, pettiness, revenge, and all the rest of those bad feelings are antievolutionary.

Anyone banking on material goods for happiness and not giving

their inner needs any consideration is truly sabotaging his or her quality of life.

It takes an awful lot of material wealth to compensate for an unbalanced

ego. Don't expect fulfillment to come from things, because joy is an emotional

state that has little to do with stuff and instead the most to do with how you are

participating in life.

People who are not giving quality to the physical, emotional, intellectual,

spiritual and transactional dimensions of their life can't hope to be satisfied. We

will be dissatisfied if we don't take responsibility for giving the best of ourselves

to our own wellbeing.

So what about you? Are you giving “quality” to your life? Are you shaping

the inner qualities that are top priority in the pursuit of happiness? Can you see


how your will determines your levels of satisfaction and your capacity to actualize

yourself?

The need for personal growth

In psychology, «I am» is described as an actor, a processor of information and a

integrator of experience within a human body. Ego embodies the soul. The soul

is said to be our universal identity or our true self, while our mind is ego's

mediating agent, author of our thoughts, emotions and actions.

That part of me who saw my body from an out-of-body perspective when I

was dead is the real me. I am soul, while ego is my body's view, its memory.

Ego chooses what information to pursue and process, and how to integrate

ideas into a whole view. Let me summarize some of the current options. We can

expand our worldview by shifting through four paradigms of thought. We can

change from being relatively reactive to our life's circumstances, to being

proactive and then becoming creative and self-empowered. With personal power

comes spiritual magic.

The magical paradigm includes a new attitude that is motivated by, a)

mind expansion, b) life extension, and c) self-actualization.

Nearly 100 years ago, William James, one of the pioneers of modern

psychological research, urged us to open ourselves to the infinite possibilities that

are a part and parcel of our human heritage. He said, "I speak not merely of

savage priests and prophets whose followers regard automatic utterances and

actions as by itself tantamount to inspiration. I speak of leaders of thought: the

whole array of Christian saints and heresiarchs, including the greatest - the

Bernards, the Loyolas, the Luthers, the Foxes, the Wesleys. Each had their

visions, voices, rapt conditions, guiding impressions and 'openings'." 39

Abraham Maslow added to that theme, suggesting that we can realize our

potential if we listen to our inner voice. He said that while our ego can't

recognize its own potential, it does intuit that, “I could become my true, better,

happier and empowered self if only I invested in my self and seriously worked

at it.”

He also suggested that anyone who undertakes this serious work has to

first do away with the need to bask in the good opinion of others. Resist the urge

to measure yourself in the eyes of other people. Actualizing your true and

empowered self has nothing to do with the opinions of others. Each of us must

tame our own demons.

Philosophies and religions have offered many descriptions of this true self.

However they see it, most agree that our inner sense of self is distinct from our


physical body and its ego/mind. Our true nature, or soul, is a link to our creative

origin; it is ultimate spirit – energy – and most often described as our universal

or divine identity.

Ancient sages suggested that we are aspects of the Creator and modern

physics proves it. While the whole is greater than the sum of its parts, it is

nonetheless indivisibly bound to and part of them.

Buckminster Fuller, the author of so much breakthrough thinking on

universal principles of synergy, believed that a creative intelligence – the

consciousness that permeates all of existence – should be seen as a gift that links

us directly to God. Describing the Creator as a Great Architect, he believed that

Infinity includes an intent that ensures that every life can be crowned with

success and happiness. If he's right, the price we are paying for our self-sabotage

is awesome.

If you do not enjoy the quality of life that you believe you deserve, open

yourself to the unknown. Personal growth involves determining the quality of life

you want, devising a strategic plan to realize it, and then developing the qualities

you need to work it through. Personal growth refers to our psychic development.

The notion that we only use 10% of our brain isn't that far off. We use all of our

brain, but only a small portion of our mind.

In my seminars and conferences, I describe the psyche as that part of the

mind that links ego to the true self. I am universal energy, consciousness. I

suggest various ways to practice a psychic culture to help focus attention on our

creative nature. I explain how a psychic culture consists of practicing who we'd

like to become. It’s easy enough to realize that you'll improve your tennis game by

hitting balls, so if you need better communication skills, for example, learn and

practice better ways to communicate. It's that simple.

Any person who wants to be a great musician must practice linking up the

neural pathways in his or her brain that will reflex and replay great music. The

brain is a self-organizing system, and practice soon becomes habit, music. As ego

becomes more conscious of music's codes and language, it can think and the body

will answer the mind precisely. There are no quick fixes, no free lunches and no

head transplants.

What you don't image in here won't automatically appear out there. Magic

is defined as causing change to occur in conjunction with your will. Causing it,

not hoping for it.

The reactive mind can't imagine the possibilities that will present

themselves as it is transformed into a proactive force and then a creative thinking

tool. Personal growth can transform an ordinary existence into a magical one.

The creative mind can easily see the possibilities that exist by living in harmony

with the Infinite. It is that change, the paradigm-shift from one way of seeing to

another, which will empower your life.


The Bhagavad-Gita suggests that personal growth strategies or

transformational strategies require the novice to respect three conditions. The

first is to act without focusing on the results of our actions. Doing something

while focused on its result limits the intellectual energy needed to give what we

are doing the full attention it merits. If fully given to the process in the joy of

doing, then the act itself will teach us something. It will sharpen our judgment

and increase our self-esteem. By becoming more aware, we notice the causes that

precede results and then can exercise greater influence over events in our life,

acting on causes rather than reacting to results.

The second condition is to act in the name of SPIRIT. In other words, to

surrender to the idea of good that is generated by unconditional love. Loving

without condition lets us identify with the creative process as it works through us.

En theos, the extra energy and feeling of connectivity, builds into

enthusiasm that allows us to be ready for anything the world can throw at us.

Unconditional love, of course, includes self-love, so the feedback we receive from

our inner dimensions advises us on any adjustment that might be needed. One of

the great advantages to acting out of unconditional love is that it makes it easy to

spot those who aren’t, and allow for that in our strategic plans.

After we embrace the process of personal growth, the third condition is

that we act with our impeccable best at all times. In this way, the ancient sages

thought, we'll have no regrets when looking back. Even if the results of our

doings are not what we expected or even particularly wanted, there'll be an

outcome, a lesson, and satisfaction to be had. Impeccable behavior lets us see

how and why events unfolded around us as they did, how and why those less than

positive outcomes came about. Then any adjustment that's needed can be made

with confidence and, over time, shaped into a more desirable result.

Those 3 conditions should be our guidelines when facing life. They should

figure in every phase of our creative development as they assure essential

progress. A good number of people, prisoners of their reactive mind, stopped

dreaming about what they'd like to be when they grow up. Soon after accepting a

first paycheck, many people sell out their potential for a pot of beans.

Consequently, people resist further growth and self-empowerment,

imposing their right to remain petty, childish and reactive and to impose on

others. They cannot break evolution's law; they can merely break themselves

against it. They are asserting their right to self-destruct because ignorance of the

law is no excuse. But what about you - are you becoming all that you can be? Or

did you sell your soul to satisfy a need for security, for friends or for ego strokes?

Who are you growing into? Do you adhere to the golden rule or to the rule of

gold?

Lack of motivation and refusal to grow are the principal ways in which we

self-sabotage. We reap what we sow, the wise sayings warn. We need a more

expansive set of values. The turbulent job market of the last several years forced


many people out of their comfort zones and onto a path of re-questioning and

personal growth.

Are your spiritual beliefs helping you rise above your limits? Are you growing

into a happier, more powerful person? Are you awakened to your creativity,

and do you realize that creativity consciously and willfully applied is magic?

The need to self-actualize

William James believed that our most important transformation comes from

discovering that a change of attitude can transform the whole of our life. That

change of attitude is a paradigm-shift that comes about from taking complete

responsibility for our life. From the recognition that we do have a spiritual

potential, we must pursue self-actualization.

Self-actualizing human beings are persons on a quest to make their

creative potential actual or real. They are doers. In fact, at this level, a happy of

life is simplified as merely being a list of doings and of not-doings.

You are the only one who can give yourself physical health and more vital

energy, who can maintain the personal relationships that enrich you, who can

esteem yourself enough to commit your will to the changes that you know can

improve your life. As you are the author of your life, you must create your own

version of paradise on Earth. It takes the same amount of time and the same

amount of energy to experience a most glorious life as it does to experience hell

on Earth.

Our life-experience takes all our time and all our energy. So why not

invest in glory? Why not invest in your own creative capital?

Each of us alive on Earth is sharing a global experience in some real sense,

and we must manage ourselves as if we are affecting the WHOLE. If you haven't

yet adopted an attitude or a mindset with that degree of responsibility for your

existence, take it to be your first challenge. Be proactive about saving the Earth

because even if you choose to believe that you don't have any control over your

life, that choice will contradict the notion. But if you act on your belief, it shows

that you are, in fact, creating your destiny.

Beliefs compel doings and not-doings. If you believe you can you can and

if you believe you can't, well, you can't... so why even try? Just believing you can

doesn't mean that you can, but it does mean you should try, to see what result

you obtain, and then to adjust. And with sufficient adjustment, you probably

can! With sufficient time, you probably will.

To fill our self-actualization needs, we have to practice a spiritual culture.

By this I mean that we must develop our inner spirit. The spirit is willing but the


flesh is weak, wisdom teaches. By developing a greater spiritual strength, we can

get the body-mind to respond in wondrous ways. Then we adjust and make the

choices that can benefit us.

If your inner spirit won't actualize what's best for you, then it needs

discipline so that it will. The spiritual culture of a person who is habitually

aggressive is to do what’s necessary to gain personal power and control his or her

anger. Increasing personal power is the only sure way to attract success and

wellbeing. Self-empowerment tools and techniques and body-mind disciplines

like yoga or Tai Chi are great ways to build a creative, powerful and magical

mind. They'll hone your subjective will and align it with creative intent.

If you refuse to take responsibility for your life, you cannot hope to

manage or control it. Some people may believe they found spiritual truth because

they are familiar with the words, concepts or philosophies, but that's not the way.

There are no exemptions to the need to take actions that improve your life.

Praying or meditating that a personal God or universe bends the law to

solve their problems, people wait, only to discover that yes, indeed, things can get

worse. Prayer is a poor substitute for action. Besides that, considering that

wisdom asserts that Heaven will only help those who help themselves, it's

spiritually lazy.

Based on some of the questions I've asked you so far, have you recognized

any kind of resistance that might be sabotaging you? A learned rabbi once

suggested we ask ourselves a couple of serious questions when we examine the

need for concrete action in our life. "If not me, who? If not now, when?"

The need to paradigm-shift into a more creative worldview

In large measure, our beliefs are shaping how we think and how we can think. If

your own beliefs aren't really contributing to your self-empowerment, change

them. I'm willing to bet that they were force-fed to you before you even knew

what side was up. Paradigm-shift.

The words, concepts and ideas we use to describe our relationship to the

world significantly contribute to how we are likely perceive the quality of our life,

how we'll view our responsibilities and how we'll respond to our need for

evolutionary growth.

Helen Keller, the famous author who spent all but the first eighteen

months of her life without her sight and hearing, wrote about having no way to

connect her inner reality to the outside world until she had language. Before, she

was lost in her own mind. Exchanging ideas with others helped her develop her

cognitive abilities and her sense of self. And then self-esteem, self-adjustment

and personal growth became possible.


The decision to believe in God or not is tantamount to an act of great

power, and so is deciding how to believe it. We can choose to explore the insight

and wisdom of an expansive philosophy, or the half-truths and repressive

poppycock that promise pie-in-the-sky after we die. We can actualize ourselves

or obey others, lead or follow, learn from the forces in Nature or from a Ouija

board. Whatever you decide, the universe doesn't care.

What does matter is that we choose to believe something. If we choose to

disbelieve, we court disaster. The old sorcerer Don Juan Matus tells

anthropologist Carlos Castaneda that if we choose to believe nothing, we are

playing Russian roulette. He explains that it's important to put our beliefs about

life first and foremost in our mind, so that we can make the most of our decisions

and our efforts. He says there's power in making sure we enjoy everything to the

fullest degree because we are alive on this Earth for such a short time.

Bringing conscious choice to what you believe is a strategy aimed at

silencing your inner dialogue, those thoughts that are describing the world to

you, you can seize any moment and choose to offset the reactions imposed by a

self-sabotaging inner voice by challenging them.

Self-actualizing people structure and contemplate every decision. They

consciously choose how to invest their energy, and then will those actions that fill

their needs. In so doing, they gradually break away from the world of routine

and reaction, and participate in a world of creation and magic.

The reactive mind will continue to believe it has little choice about how it

sees the world if it does not recognize that most of its choices are habitual

reactions. Reactive people don't believe that they in large part actually create

their life. It doesn't figure that they will suddenly start considering a life that

would see them change and prosper. Often believing the end justifies the means,

reactive minds tend to be less concerned about the consequences of actions and

more about their perception of success or defeat.

People react because they want to remain unaware that participation in

life gives us a large part of responsibility for our every choice. People with

creative minds focus on the process, the very way that they perceive, think and

behave.

In the universal action/reaction law, an impeccable process yields

impeccable results.

Are you aware that you need to change your mind in order to improve your

life? Are you aware of the power your subconscious mind and your habits have

over you? What sort of behavior must you adopt to achieve your goals and

objectives?


The need for joy and a passion for life

In the process of photosynthesis, life depends on light from the sun. Unresisting,

plants naturally turn towards our sun, which radiates much more than light and

heat.

That star – a sol G-type – responds to Galactic intelligence and sends a

complex electromagnetic field of intelligence to Earth in both continuing waves of

cosmic frequencies and regulating bursts of solar energy. In creation's galactic

Order, life on this planet is responding to a spectrum of Light frequencies,

causing biology to evolve in all its complexity.

The planet's biological intelligence, including its human component, is

directed to take its fill of that life energy, to be over-flowingly healthy with it. The

state in which human beings are overflowing with vitality and health in ex stasis,

we call joyful. Joy is a measure of emotional energy, an intensity of light that

humans are naturally programmed to seek out at birth. We also call the

experience bliss, satori, rapture and other words.

The movement that is propelled by our motivation to be happy triggers a

transformation. Our reactive ego becomes more self-conscious, and then chooses

to evolve a proactive attitude. Thus begins personal growth wherefrom a creative

paradigm can emerge. The creative emergence is accompanied by the capacity to

“aha!” or reach for bursts of joy. And when joy is claimed as personal power, we

call it passion.

Since joy is the barometer in the quest for creative self-actualization, the

more joyful and passionate about life we are, the more we participate with

creative intelligence. To integrate joy at every level of need, we have to acquire all

the skill, the will and the practice we can. Wanting to live blissfully is an

important decision in developing our creative potential. “Do what you love and

money will follow”, many people discover.

Think outside the box for a moment: To let joy and passion rule your life,

you must detach yourself from everything that will prevent joy from ruling it.

Such is the path.

Contrary to popular myth, being detached doesn't mean leaving everything

behind for the life of an unfeeling recluse. Over the course of our life, we'll

acquire habits that define our behavior and determine our lot. Detaching

ourselves from whatever habits limit our experience of joy means that we no

longer give our attention and will to those things that are hindering our creative

expression.

Habits can thus be replaced by an unconditional focus on the pursuit of

happiness. And how do you know what will make you happy? Well, it’s like

finding Prince Charming. You have to kiss all those frogs and toads.


Just as heavy curtains will prevent light from entering a room, our

personal limits are what prevent joy and passion from being the focus of our life.

To be detached doesn’t mean to reattach to some sort of new religion or forget

material comfort. Rather, its just letting go of whatever is stopping us from

enjoying life and experiencing joy right here, right now and in continuum.

Consider joy as a feeling that comes with an empowered mind. Limits on

our creative potential are the problem, what we must detach from. Ancient

seekers referred to breaking through the Veil of Maya, the world of illusion and

material focus. In a final paradox, one learns that detachment does not mean less

– it means more. In the self-organizing, creative and infinite universe, limits are

perceptual.

The law suggests that when a close-loop system opens up, even though the

fear is that some things will escape and be lost, other things in fact manage to get

in and expand the limit.

In order to be happy you are going to have to change. So where do you

start? Start with an activity that can break the limits of your perception. Try new

beliefs, traditions, habits and rules. For example, let's agree to rise above fear

and its derivatives (pettiness, hostility, shyness, anger, etc.) and embrace love so

we move closer to joy and passion. So what's the change process? Try new loving

behaviors, ignore resistance and fear, and shop around for exciting rewards to

make the discovery process as pleasant as possible.

What about changing ideals? Integrate all those ideas that give you the

greatest joy, because if you know how to reach joy, then the petty stuff really

doesn't matter.

By proactively using the creative self-empowerment tools and techniques

in the Toolbox and by adopting a body/mind discipline that's aimed at increasing

your vital energy, you can deliberately bring order into your life. Your ego then

will be more aware that a creative mind is an extension of itself and will be more

apt to let this mind lead. The creative mind will figure out how its potential is

infinitely more magical than the ego ever gives it credit for.

Reactive paradigms draw on beliefs limiting the in here and project them

on the larger reality out there. Reactive minds’ limited view of reality most

probably seems so real to them that they may believe it's the one true reality.

Attached to a personal past, with all its exhausting emotional games, fear,

pettiness and self-importance, reactive minds struggle in a world where they have

no clear grip on the events that unfold in their lives.

The creative mind pursues joy and passion as the result of the choices

produced in its own integrity. I've integrated joy and passion to my experience of

life and I'm actualizing quality in my life. A magical mind experiences joy and

passion no matter what circumstances may surround it. Joy and passion are its

reason for being, its driving force.


Do you experience a need for more joy and passion in your life? Are you

living in the past, are you co-creating the present or are you just wishing for a

better future? Are you focused on changing the habits that are limiting your

enjoyment of life? Ask yourself this: what habit, if you changed it right now,

would give you the most joy?

The need to reach creative Super-consciousness

Since we are indeed using our mind – at least in some part – to create the

circumstances of our lives, being more conscious of our power to do it represents

what Nature considers to be an evolutionary advantage. The philosopher's quest

to “know thyself” refers to our larger, transpersonal self and recognizes our

transcendental need to experience creative order. The chaos in universe is not

“out there”, it is “in here”.

There is a creating intelligence. Light is contained in four fundamental

forces that fashion the universe. Beyond that, everything has to do with one's

personal perception. There is a state of consciousness, an experience of joy and

passion beyond time and space that exists independently of any one person's

temporal and local brain hemispheres.

In other words, the experience of joy is available at every given moment as

a universal potential, but individual brain/minds have to tune into to it.

As this is difficult to prove without sounding like some sort of mystic, I can

only offer my own testimony and, in the following chapter, show how it is

supported by recent science. Because it refers to a subjective state of mind, the

enlightened perception of the universe cannot in fact be fully understood unless it

is experienced.

From the moment it is subjectively experienced, though, we are indivisibly

linked to a super conscious reality, a perception of universal order that allows us

to see with a master-Mind.

I was transformed in terms of my perceptual context (I see the energy

fields that radiate from people, their aura) and my content (in my life, I

experience God with a certainty most people don't have). Except by sharing the

syntheses in this book, I don't know how my relationship to the universe's

creative intent can help you and your life. Enlightenment is a personal thing. So

is joy.

When I was clinging to life (try weeks in an ICU to see how the minutes

inching by allow for intense consideration) I vowed that, if given another chance,

I'd experience life as fully as I could. Knowing what's waiting for me at death, I

shudder to waste a moment's time, and I've used my second chance with as much

gusto as I could.


It's a long story and worthy of another book, so I won't describe all that led

to my becoming aware of Super-consciousness without dying. Simply, months

after leaving the hospital, while meditating, I quieted my inner dialog and found

myself standing outside my body.

At that moment, I totally remembered my previous encounter and was

filled with joy in the realization. Then I remembered being filled with love and

joy as I expanded when I was out of my body before, and that filled me with more

joy, so I surrendered to the experience. And Pure Light once again overwhelmed

me. I was in a state of complete bliss, ecstasy and rapture. I understood in one

instant that every answer to every question I'd asked myself about life's mysteries

was this: oneness.

The creative order of the universe can be understood when we base our

thinking on the idea of oneness. Creation is a single continuous outpouring of

limitless oscillating vibration energy, l.o.v.e. which then organizes itself into

diversity. Seeing that diversification as Pure Light will naturally and

spontaneously occur if brain/mind stops its chatter. When your brain/mind is

not busy describing what it thinks of the world, it can open up to the possibilities

that it can't yet describe. The essence of all of life is universal energy and Light.

This is its soul.

Stopping one's inner dialogue produces a state of mind called Ømegapoint

fusion, in which the usual interpretations of reality disappear to give way to

a new and whole perceptual order. Dr. Joseph Campbell explains that stilling our

inner voice causes the end of the world because our old way of seeing stops. "The

old way of living is annihilated. That is the end of the world. The end of the

world is not an event to come; it is an event of transformation, of visionary

transformation. You see not only the world of solid things, but the world of

radiance." 40

Personally experiencing the creative order in the world comes from

removing a barrier that separates the left side of the brain, or ego, knowledge and

reason, and the right side, where self, experience and intuition resides. Dr

Stanislav Grof, a medical doctor, consciousness researcher and founder of the

Transpersonal Institute, says that Super-consciousness offers us both a dramatic

event and an all-encompassing change of mind. He describes it by saying that

every barrier perceived a moment before it is permanently dissolved in the fusion

of consciousness and brain, and every distinction between a separate ego and

others, or any other object, disappears in the realization that energy is oneness. 41

People who meditate can experience this state of enlightenment and

actually come into contact with the Creator of the universe. Once you experience

this level of mind, there is no doubt it will nourish your soul and transform you.

The fusion of personal ego and the transpersonal and Super-conscious energy of

the universe liberates the ego and lifts it into a state of enlightenment, were it has

access to creative intelligence, joy, passion and personal power.


Any technique that quiets the inner dialog can give us access to greater

intelligence and the power to rise above our limitations. When we meditate,

whether by sitting quietly some place or mindfully going about our business, we

are training ourselves not to react to our conditioned reflexes in our old habitual

ways. This kind of discipline creates a space between action and reaction where

we can choose. And making choices is a magic power.

We should think of meditation as part of our normal lifestyle. Connecting

with a higher mind should be an integral part of life because it has the added

value of enhancing our creative capital and can help us change our behavior. The

practice of stilling our inner dialog lets us reach an absolute silence. And the

action willing a void has its corresponding reaction of Light: enlightenment.

While the reactive mind identifies with beliefs and disbeliefs, the creative

mind relies on whole-brain realizations. Believing becomes self-sabotage when it

reduces our chances for joy and happiness. It weakens us and sabotages our

potential by offering views, behaviors and habits that may be less than profitable

and preventing us from finding our own links to joy and passion. Fusion, or

oneness, comes from bold and empowering actions.

Are you limited by your beliefs? Have you ever tried a technique or substance

that altered your thinking processes? Do you suspect a larger reality might

exist beyond your own perceptions? Have you ever felt a connection to a larger

whole? Are you pursuing a link with creative order?

The 11 th level of need is whole-brain seeing

Enlightenment means having an indivisible view of the link between in here and

out there. Quantum. Once your brain is enlightened, your mind can access a

super-conscious state of intuitive Intelligence. Western minds have called this

state of being reaching the Godhead or the Higher Self and many other names

explained in the Eastern concept of Atma, or ONE soul or God essence. It is

Christ consciousness, Krishna consciousness and Rapture.

If you reach that exalted state of mind, resistance from friends and

neighbors being what it is, you may have to cleverly mask it lest you be crucified.

After a brief apprenticeship which is often accompanied by an incredible burst of

creative productivity and a wish to convert the world, the magic settles in and life

start to get real interesting. There are people who get and people who don’t. And

you see how there are predators and prey.

In whole-brain seeing, pragmatic realizations are important. Only you can

define your own state of physical ideal wellbeing, that's evident, but unless your

definition reflects the realization that perfect health is more than a concept, you

are self-sabotaging. Health is more than the absence of sickness. With clear


seeing and a creative intent, it's indeed possible to reach levels of energy and

vitality that dispel any doubt about our ability to satisfy all our physical needs.

Choose your emotional ideal. See the universal law in “love is magic”.

There's also universal law, or the universe and all things therein as limitless

oscillating vibration energy, l.o.v.e. You and I are that energy. If we dedicate our

energy to living life to the fullest, there'll be no energy wasted on fear, old

baggage or whatever emotional preoccupation can weaken our resistance and

lead us into stress, illness or premature death.

For we humans, the most significant changes needed are the ones that lead

us to participate in what Teilhard de Chardin called "acquiring selfconsciousness".

More self aware, we'll want to develop the ability to shift

paradigms from a reactive to a proactive one, and then a creative consciousness.

Then we take our place as empowered and magical beings. Embracing mind

expansion, we'll humbly note, "Today, I am much more creative than I was

yesterday, but a great deal less so than I can be tomorrow."

More self-aware, we can more easily open ourselves to new perspectives

and express a greater part of our potential. This will allow us to develop notions

of self-interest and self-mastery that, in turn, will encourage us to become even

more aware of our creative self. Rather than a chore, inner development is a

spiritual power in itself that lets us immediately benefit from a blessed life.

Mind expansion to the creative and magical paradigms also enables us to

manage our psychic energy more efficiently. By distinguishing between reactive

desires and proactive motivation and creative will, we become free to pursue our

highest levels of wellbeing. We can add habits to lift the spirit, soothe the mind

and rejuvenate the body.

There is no healthier state of being to enjoy than having a body filled with

a passion for life. Trust me on this part. My own body is paralyzed from the

armpits down so you can rest assure it doesn't suggest I drag it off on adventures.

It's my passion that drags the body to the jungle. Once you understand

how your perception of the world is related to how you feel and vice versa, you'll

willfully develop that force and use it to enlighten the path of the heart, the path

that gives you the most joy, creative intelligence and personal power. Carlos

Castaneda's sorcerer simplifies the idea with his words. "For me there is only

walking on the path of the heart." 42

One of the great delights in reaching any destination is to look back on the

journey and feel a moment's sadness for its end. If your experience of life is in

any way less than heartfelt, you must use your available energy to change it. If

you no longer love what you are doing, rethink your direction. The experience of

love is more than a rule. It's the condition for connecting with creative intent and

magic. The sorcerer Don Juan Matus gives us a hint into that mind. "In terms of

his connection with 'intent', a warrior goes through four stages. The first is when


he has a rusty, untrustworthy link with 'intent". The second is when he succeeds

in cleaning it. The third is when he learns to manipulate it. And the fourth is

when he learns to accept the designs of the Abstract." 43

Are you a prisoner of previous decisions? Are you ready to strategically

liberate yourself of your bad habits so you can follow your heart? Do you know

what would give you most joy? Can you open yourself to the possibility of

universal power and magic in your life? Do you have a creative intent?

Understanding is the 12 th level of need, where all is ONE

Understanding follows experience. In order to explain the entire hierarchy of

need, I have divided it into twelve steps. Human beings are motivated by genetic

predisposition, instinct, desire, self-consciousness, and a will to understand how

we are indivisibly bound to a universal and creating Light, or what our ancestors

and our wisdom books have named God.

Indivisibly bound. This rather radical idea didn't alarm me when I first

came across it because my foray into the monastic brotherhood prepared me for

that radical Jesus declaration, "My Father and I are One."

Sharing that state of creative intelligence is the creative flow state when we

see that, no matter where we find ourselves in the hierarchy, or at what level need

we are assembling our perception, all our other needs also exist. As everything is

part of Oneness, no one thing can matter any more than any other thing.

Altruistic self-interest recognizes that each level has a significant impact on the

others.

At the top of the ladder we understand that by being a conduit for

universal force, we can cause change to occur when our will is aligned with

creative intent. Then, one step down, we see where and how to use that power.

We can stop time by stilling our inner dialog. From the quiet, joy from the next

good idea emerges.

My life's dramatic turn brought me back to square one. I had nothing but

the will to live happily. I was grasping for survival, unfulfilled at even my first

level needs. I was paralyzed, without a job, money or career. So I went within and

reached the source of Light. All I did have was a chance to get to know myself

and to understand the principles and procedures of creative motivation and

empowerment, so I took it. With nothing, I had nothing to lose. I decided to

learn about creative power and magic.

I made a list of all my needs. I knew what level I'd reached before the

accident. I'd enjoyed a promising career and had prosperous a future, fun

relationships, a relatively good dose of self-esteem, a seemingly enviable quality

of life, but also a bunch of emotional issues that were major contributors to my


accident. I adopted the rule to love God first so I'd find the power to love others

as myself.

And then I started getting real lucky.

At the bottom of the ladder, it was reasonably easy to see how to rebuild

my life to where it had been. I already had many positive neural pathways that

could lead me to happiness and I decided to ignore those that that led me to

unhappiness. I made a lot of changes, some of them radical. Instead of just

cutting things out of my life, I added those experiences I suspected might

increase my happiness. I tried all kinds of things.

Wisdom says the measure of a man is not how many times he fails, but

how many times he gets back up. How do you get a good idea? Get a lot of ideas

and throw out the bad ones. In short order, I was able to intuit next steps, put

together win-win-win scenarios and magically change things. For example, as a

wheelchair user, I often come into contact with architectural barriers. So I

learned all about practical, hands-on ways to adapt places and, with altruistic

self-interest, volunteered to work on universal access issues at several levels. So

I’ve managed to influence laws in local, national and international arenas and

help get things done.

Our insecurity causes us to react poorly to change. It makes us fail to

understand how change is the door to opportunity. Magical minds don't secondguess

themselves; they manage results. As you accept responsibility for your

inner life, recognize how the concept of oneness requires new ways of thinking

and different abilities than what is acceptable in a divisive and tribal worldview.

Human history is told in tales of broken friendships, ruptured alliances,

territorial lines drawn on a map, and savagery – both offensive and defensive.

The tribal mind is programmed to see the world in terms of “them and us” in

both geopolitics and love relationships, aligning values to exploit differences.

Politicians divide to conquer us. Depending on where we care to look,

they've successfully demonized races, colors, creeds, nations, cultures, languages

and genders that are different from their own. As a result, the whole Earth

system is struggling at the edge of chaos. Who will lead us to peace and

prosperity?

Unified minds concentrate on developing their higher intelligence and

personal power, investing all their energy with joy and compassion. Lifemanagement

at this level of realization is simple: creative self-empowerment is

all about choice. Everything that removes you from experiencing joy must be

questioned, and everything that brings you closer to participating in your life with

joy confirms that you're on the right track.

Are you aware that we are not all actualizing the same level of need as

yours? When you communicate with others, are you on the same


wavelength? What level of need does reading this book help you fill? Are

you aware of your soul's needs? Have you accepted that you must

actualize all your needs? Have you intuited your universal identity?

Altruistic self-interest: filling organizational needs

Every living being – whether a simple organism, a whole person, a family, a

company, a large community or a nation – has needs that it is motivated to

satisfy. Filling these needs is not only a personal matter; it is an organizational

thing as well.

Synthesis # 22 - The hierarchy of organizational need

Comparing personal and organizational needs

Personal need

Organizational need

7. Actualization needs Need for continuous improvement

6. Evolutionary needs Need for creativity and innovation

5. Quality of life needs Total Quality from empowerment

4. Ego needs Intra- or Entrepreneurship

3. Social needs Team building needs

2. Security needs Communication needs

1. Physical needs Health & Safety needs

In a workplace that several people must share, the organism's physical needs

relate to occupational health, safety, productivity and sustainability. Because we

cannot separate our quality of life from the quality of time we spend at work,

managing our professional needs has significant importance in the enjoyment of

our life.

We spend a major part of our lives working cooperatively with others in

some sense, so our security depends on efficient communication between

everyone involved in our work environment. A group's security needs are met by

forging strong and lasting communication bonds between the people performing

the tasks.

In order to answer the social needs of their workers, organizations will

encourage cooperation and teamwork. Invariably, a hierarchy and pecking order


appear. Instead of real collaboration, ego needs force people to play at petty and

political intrigue or other power games. Real teamwork comes from true

collaboration and sharing power.

The basis of participation in high performance teams is agreeing to let

your mind be influenced by the others. Anyone who refuses to change his or her

ideas can't possibly collaborate creatively, as that process demands exchange and

new synthesis.

Team members have a need for self-esteem, so that empowered leadership

and the sharing of responsibility can occur. This organizational need for

empowered people is also described to as intrapreneurship. An entrepreneur is

any dreamer who acts but an intrapreneur is someone who is self-empowered in

an enterprise that doesn't belong to him

Entrepreneurs see what needs have to be filled and, without asking

permission, offer to fill them. An intrapreneur is a dreamer with an

entrepreneurial attitude who works in an organization that doesn't belong to him

or her.

Intrapreneurs see the workplace in terms of "me and my company"

whereas many workers only stop at "me" and will consider the company to be

"them." Because the quality of life in the workplace is everyone's responsibility,

organizations must stimulate their workers so they'll improve their job function,

their workstation, their performance or their personal productivity.

As we become more creative and adept at making correct and successful

decisions, our personal options will broaden and so will our capacity to actualize

an organization's continuous need to adapt and improve. Then we'll be less likely

to follow the bush-league thinkers into failure destruction or folly. We'll be more

likely to organize ourselves for greatness. And we'll recognize our soul's oneness

with Infinity.

Have you accepted your potential for acquiring power? Are you benefiting

from your indivisible link to l.o.v.e., the universal and limitless oscillations of

vibrating energy? Do you participate in your professional and community life

with the realization that you are an equal part of a larger whole? Are you

consciously expanding your mind?


Chapter 7

WHEN POWER GETS PERSONAL

One Soul: Our ultimate identity

Absolute, relatively speaking

It all depends how you see it

Creative order includes a soul

Frequencies of soul: how the brain becomes mind

Magnitudes of soul: intensities of the Master Mind

Amplitudes of soul: ascension through the dimensions in mind

Of mind and mood

Your body's creative intelligence

"In the days of the 7 th angel, when he shall begin to speak, the mystery of God

should be finished, as He hath promised His servants, the prophets."

The Book Of Revelations


Chapter 7

THE SELF-EMPOWERED MIND

Human beings all over the world are actualizing a hierarchy of need. This quest

tends to dominate most of our lives because we are hardwired to satisfy those

needs in order to survive and even thrive. We must climb the evolutionary ladder

or die. In other words, self-actualization is a vertical zip, an ascent in spirit. To be

oppressed means to be somehow prevented from that ascension by outside

forces. Self-sabotage means the oppression comes from within.

In fact, human beings are programmed to pursue mind expansion, as in

survival of the wisest. Wise folks get that way by learning to adapt. From their

expanded mind perception, life extension seems to make good sense, as the

wisest generally live better and longer lives. As we mature, it becomes evident

that self-empowerment is the real key to a better life. Surviving and thriving

require degrees of personal power. There is, however, no place to suddenly buy it.

No one can give personal power away. Power must be claimed.

Given sufficient time to actualize our needs, we would eventually discover

our link to limitless power, but most of us break down along the way. We can

lament the fact that we don't come into the world with a set of instructions to

explain the care and repair of our body-mind but it won't help. If we did come

with a learner's manual, I most probably wouldn't be in a wheelchair now. I

didn't know that a stressed mind could attract disaster, but I became real

interested in the subject right after it happened to me.

Throughout our lives, we are urged from within to satisfy our pressing

needs and desires, and those that emerge as we progress, mature and grow.

Resistance to this pursuit stresses the whole body/mind system and determines

how we assemble our worldview, i.e., from a reactive, proactive, creative or

magical state of mind. This chapter looks at the whole

brain/mind/consciousness/universe as a unified system.

Our mindsets divide us socially, economically, and in every other way. So

we've got to learn to change our mind in some sense in order to become

empowered and to actualize our needs. Begin with a mindset that is accessible to

power. Then develop a dominant personality or a somewhat more forceful ego by

filling your needs. But hear the caution: even if people are attracted to the

dominant members of any group, they also fear them to some point.

In his book The Social Contract, anthropologist Robert Ardrey explains

how the pecking order is established in societies. "Dominance has long been

described as what happens when any two animals pursue the same goal - one

succeeds in establishing the dominant relation, the other becomes the


subordinate and that relationship will determine, without further quarrelling,

all other rivalries.” 44

This social contract allows us to follow strong leaders and to accept their

vision, actions, motivations and drives. We can thus avoid personal

responsibility for our excesses or failures in a self-sabotaging response to the

fight-or-flight syndrome. For many, this reaction is largely subconscious stress

that comes from genetic body/mind fears of tribal ostracism. Therefore

submissive personalities choose to let stronger tribe members have their way.

Submissiveness allows dominating behavior to lead, establish and

maintain the pecking order, and to officiate its rules. But, observing our leaders

over time, we come to doubt them and their vision, and so we regularly look for

paradigm-shifting change.

In animal packs, alpha males lead. In tribal societies, wise elders have the

most influence. But in modern times, it seems that only money talks. Even if

those elite members in any society often wield the illusion of power, real power

can only come from pursuing your own vision of a quality life, or your basic

survival needs plus those factors that relate to claiming your individuality, and

then reaching for joy and Infinity.

Abraham Maslow said that developing a more dominant personality

requires “…doing away with the need for the good opinion of others." 52

Actualizing one's own inner vision of quality of life propels the self-directed

movement that promotes the growth that can be translated into personal power.

And having a strong personality is important when individuals of unequal assets,

abilities and strengths must live together.

Leadership skills evolve from mimicry and practice. We learn to use

management tools by observing significant others and experiencing what works

for us. We are shown how we should relate to important people when we are

children and many of us never outgrow those early paradigms. How you relate to

authority tells a lot about how you will use authority yourself and if you even

consider concepts like strategy and personal power. Do you lead or follow? Do

you take what you need or must someone give you permission? Do you act

decisively or do you wait for instructions? What does power mean to you?

Why do some people thrive when so many others get stressed out? I

recently heard golfer Tiger Woods give the answer when he explained how he

feels about marching down the fairway over the last few holes in a tight match,

when all the pressure is on. He described every aspect of the human fight or

flight stress reaction, except for one. He smiled with a wide-eyed pleasure and

added, "I really love that feeling!"

Love really is the answer. The mood releases hormones that heal stress

but we can only discover it through experience. Reading about it doesn't do it.


People are fascinated by dominant personalities who seem to have found

their mythic identity. We both admire and resent leaders who shape our

opinions and our destinies. Witness the cult-like following of movie actors or

rock stars and measure the influence wielded by politicians; but also look at how

media-frenzy quickly feeds off of a fallen hero, or watch paranoia rise if you

describe them with the word cult to understand what I mean.

We tend to gravitate toward people who have personal power. Not

everyone is for the same reasons. Some want to bathe in the energy, other folks

are drawn to the dark side of powerful people. The admiration we give elite

members of society represents a desire to be like them. We want to do away with

the limits of our own tribal thinking and claim both our ego and our identity.

Even if only subconsciously, most of us do recognize that self-actualization

requires claiming the power that comes from having a creative spirit.

Ardrey explains that our fascination with powerful personalities is really a

longing for fulfillment by osmosis. We hope power has a trickle-down effect, or

that it might somehow be catching. But he also says that the mythic identity of

dominant people, like their charisma, is only the sense of mission that marks how

they pursue their own needs.

Dominant personalities have an unabashed preoccupation with

themselves and their own views and interests, and they possess the desire to

actualize their own will. They understand that we become powerful by taking

care of ourselves and that we become prosperous by helping others take care of

their self too.

Self-empowerment means claiming your individuality and taking care of

yourself. That may be a frightening prospect for many because it involves adding

an unknown (a rather metaphysical hope that an empowered identity can link

them to cosmos) to our known (the ego and its habitual thinking). Because it

resists what it perceives to be the price it must pay for claiming its true self (my

more spiritual state of mind means giving up), the reactive mind fights for

survival. "I must change to be a self-empowered leader but if I change will I still

be 'good old me'?"

This generic yet very personal question can only be resolved by honing our

will in the creative fire where we perceive and esteem our whole self (our bodymind-soul).

The search for cosmic identity is a quest that 's defined by how well

we understand the self that we are expected to esteem and actualize.

So how do you see your empowered self? Who are you really? Can you only

consider your physical body or do you have a more spiritual identity, an inner

life? Are you leading your own life or following someone else's dream? Are you

a dominant force in your environment or a submissive one? Have you

discovered passion yet?


One Soul: Your ultimate identity

Many psychologists believe that a neurosis is a form of fear of freedom, arguing

that we humans experience a lot of problems coming to grips with our

individuality. As such, we prefer to submerge ourselves in mass behavior, social

ritual, implausible beliefs and rather cavalier agreements about “us” and “them”,

and about what's right and wrong.

Fear-based thinking is where most of our social codes, ethics and laws

come from. Some of them are real doozies. Some are barbaric. Unfortunately,

most of us blindly accept the truths we were taught as children. These beliefs

have replaced the self-determining core values and guiding principles that can

transform us into empowered leaders. It stops us from getting what we really

need: an understanding of our sacred identity. We must grow from accepting I

am! to discovering Who am I, really?

Carl Jung believed that the cause of mental breakdown in the majority of

the people he treated had to do with their failure to connect with the inner

identity that could supply them with a sense of oneness with the whole of life.

While most of his later years were spent concerned with what his colleagues

dismissed as superstition, he was in fact looking into the roots of religious belief,

into alchemy, astrology, myth and magic. 45

Religion holds that man is linked to God, the Creator of universe, and that

we all share that soul. From the Latin “re legentia” - the word religion means to

link again. Empowering religious practices want to unite individual perception

and God, so that we find the creativity that links us to the creative Source. Jung

considered this quest for ONE to mean connecting with our universal identity,

our absolute and primal creating energy. He suggested this pursuit should lead

to our “true will” since it helps us discover the creative reason for being.

Enlightenment occurs when the personal mind and the God-mind are

ONE mind in an absolute “aha!” moment. Then the universe reveals its formulae

for success: Along with Survive & Prosper:

Energy contained = Force

Force focused = Power

Power - Obstruction = Vitality

In his own way, Jung was exploring the demands of the Absolute. He wanted to

experience the choices implied by identifying with the Sacred. He found that

every symbol and archetype from the dream world has value, and that we can


find guidance by relating universal meanings to our personal life. He was busy

filling his own need for identity when he stumbled into myth and magic. While at

death's door during a serious illness in 1944, he felt himself pulled out of his body

only to be called back by the voice of his doctor. And that was the beginning of

"…the second and most fruitful half of my long life." 46

Religious belief must be replaced by the direct experience of mystics so we

can be sure that our personal continuity, that universal Soul, really does exist.

The world's gods and demons haven't disappeared; they've merely acquired new

names. Today's god is more often money, and the world's demons are called

anxiety, phobia, stress and burnout. These are new names for the soul sicknesses

of old. The world’s breakdown comes as a direct result of overtaxing our tribal

brain and letting the limited ego rule.

Realizing how psychology concentrates more on symptoms than on the

metaphysical causes of disease, offering few real solutions, Jung suggested: "…we

turn away from ritual and therapy in order to embrace 'the art of living'." 47

He found that most people experience life in one of two ways: We either

behave as if pleasure might suddenly be taken away from us, or as if life is too

scary a process to fully engage ourselves in it with real abandon. We either

charge our way into opportunities and relationships, or we wait passively to be

rewarded by them; we enthuse or we doubt; we provoke or we question; we love

or we live with apathy; we achieve or we drift aimlessly, all in our quest for a life's

reward: connectivity.

Actualizing a superior quality of life is no longer a big mystery. Just climb

the ladder, giving superior quality thinking to every aspect of your life. Do this

and acquire the power needed to fill in the details. Simply stated, giving superior

thinking to your life means knowing what you want and letting others know it

with a certain degree of assertiveness.

As things can get a little testy when everyone is looking for the same

banana, making sure you are clearly understood by others will create a greater

likelihood that your own needs are met and that your place in the overall scheme

of things is respected.

Asserting oneself, in a certain sense, means communicating with sufficient

emotional force to establish order and negotiate outcomes. Then any

disagreement or dispute can be settled and any trespass amicably forgiven.

Communicating with power means having a creative intent and

maintaining the confidence that you will reach your goals while realizing that the

people you exchange with can help you do it.

Powerful people thus empower others to help them by encouraging them

to express themselves openly. In this way they can see who, where, when and


how others can help – or not. Acquiring personal power means developing five

important aspects in our selves.

Synthesis 22 - The 5 keys to communicating with power

To cultivate personal power, develop:

A strong physical presence

An emotional authority

An intellectual assertiveness

A spiritual accessibility

A creative force

A strong physical presence is an image that is consistent with having a healthy

body and healthy dose of self-esteem. Walk proud, stand tall with your shoulders

back and maintain a steady gaze (in my case I sit tall and preside). Self-esteem

has to do with the quality of your energy so you credibly project the message you

want communicated out there. The quality of your consciousness in here

becomes important as you realize how out there tends to react. If you don't

esteem yourself, why should I?

People are attracted to great personalities, with some reservation. Leaders

don't wait for others to come forward. When dealing with them, consider that

you have something of value to offer, look them in the eye, greet them with a firm

and friendly handshake and tell ’em. Use a sure, even tone to state who you are

and what you want of them; and use body language – movement and gesture – to

emphasize your point. Display passion but do it in a measured and focused way.

Then wait for them to give you some complete answers.

Emotional authority comes from calming your inner fire while you wait.

You achieve this by having confidence in your abilities, by recognizing that you

deserve to succeed and by knowing how to negotiate outcomes. Deal with any

answer that is given to you as if you expect the person you are addressing to find

creative solutions to any problem, and communicate your willingness to help

them find those solutions.


Suggest to them how your needs can best be served. Radiate warmth and

confidence and maintain an honest can do attitude, showing that you are ready to

patiently work out any and every detail.

Intellectual assertiveness means being honest, direct and tenacious

without anger or impatience. It means being proactive: creative process +

strategy + motivation. An assertive attitude works best in conjunction with

emotional maturity, self-respect and a respect for others. From this position

you'll see that your own needs, goals and desires are equal to those of any other.

Assert your inner self by wanting to cooperate, negotiate and influence.

Negotiation is not a race, so stick with it with unbending intent until you

have forged your desired outcomes. That old bit of strategy, keep your friends

close and your enemies closer, was probably thought up with this idea in mind.

The way that resolution can occur over the long haul has to do with a likeability

factor. We can't get into somebody's face with aggression and then expect

them to feel like sticking around and helping us. Help others make the needed

neurological links between their own acts and your instructions to help yourself

and practice magic. Radiate l.o.v.e. Use its conciliatory and win-win language

and see if you can cause their mind to change.

Spiritual accessibility means that you are available to other points of view

and you hear them with empathy. Powerful people try to understand what

others are thinking before trying to be understood by them. With this creative

strategy, they deliver the correct message in the correct way. Empowered

communicators, persuaders, realize that ideas are energy that can be contained

into a transactional force. Force focused is power. Give quality to your

communications and imbue them with the power to convince by first considering

who you'd like to convince and what convinces them.

Realizing how the mind responds to both positive and negative emotional

charges, magical people will encode their communications with appropriate

emotion in order to attract a resonant want to response from the people they are

exchanging with. Brain science and studies of hemispheres show how can do is

linked to want to, so a positive want to attract a positive can do. The lesson

learned by empowered individuals is that persuasiveness has less to do with

what's communicated and more to do with how their message is received.

Empowered people develop transactional force and maintain a network of

collaborators with whom they can positively and quickly exchange energy and

ideas. In this way they are assured support for their interests and an

environment where they can make lucky connections and join with like-minded

others in projects based on common interests and mutual gain.

Add the power l.o.v.e. to your transactions with others, and I guarantee it

will change your life. If the idea that love is magic is new to you, practice turning

it on a few times in an out of the way setting that won't matter much to your ego.


Experience how the world responds to you when you lead with love and go there

first with every response.

Actualizing a happy life is summarized this way: how you do it is what you

are doing! Realize that your ideas will continue to be communicated even if you

are no longer in physical contact with others; now they are a part of the Morphic

universe, competing with every other thought.

What do your ideas say about you after you've left? Did your behavior

seduce people to feel like helping you? Was your intent clear? Did you get

positive results? Generally speaking, are you communicating with sufficient

power to actualize your needs?

Don't muddy up your message – your instructions, request, desire, etc. –

with meaningless patter, non-descriptive words, slang or jargon. How

strategically you treat your every day communications can imbue them with force

and power, so get right to the point in a clear and concise way. Develop an

effective vocabulary to explain how others can help you.

Filling needs is hard work, so why do it alone? Take the lead by asking

others how you can be of help to them, and then teach them how to give you what

you require. Learn to profit from the golden rule. See it as a proactive force and a

license to act, and then watch magic happen.

Absolute, relatively speaking

Self-esteem involves surpassing ego limits to embrace our universal and sacred

identity. People who are truly empowered have transformed themselves into

their whole and creative self. Artist Pablo Picasso gives us a glimpse into this

transformation when he says, "I am always doing that which I cannot do in

order that I may learn how to do it."

Magical people unite their “I am a physical body” perception to a

metaphysical “I am universal energy” and experience the oneness perception: “I

am a co-creative being!” Having eliminated the fear that maintained ego in a

duality mode, their mind is now profoundly transformed. In recognition of their

universal identity, they are empowered to actualize higher needs. Then, as they

unite body and soul, a more enlightened mind results.

That famous Cartesian statement, I think therefore I am, points out the

perceptual separation that exists between mind and matter. It explains how we

don't see out there directly, but think it in here. The division distances us from

recognizing creative order since it obliges us to reason with a duality that isn't

real in the universe at large.


Over the last one hundred years, physicists have produced science that

determined how the physical universe is energy, and the energy contained by

sub-atomic particles that join together in atomic and molecular forms. At certain

levels of self-organization physics becomes biology, which evolves with

consciousness. The relative energy is a constant light frequency that's not only

creative - it is intelligent and influenced by the way we think, individually.

Energy is not immediately available in the sense of running down to an

ocean of energy and scooping some up. Most of the universal energy is occupied

being the world and everything in it, visible and invisible. Knowing how energy

is everything, though, gives us a glimpse into our own creative potential.

You can recognize that understanding your true will, your soul, will have

strategic importance when you want to develop your creative capital. Before

investing your time, energy and resources into anything, it's wise to know the

territory.

The universe may seem complex, but it is quickly demystified if you

understand its four fundamental forces. As mentioned above, a force is energy

contained, so think of the basic forces as what energy is doing. Universal energy

is occupied by four basic jobs.

Here's what I've seen: Existence is Creator’s INTENT - or Light - is

contained by two macrocosmic forces called gravity and electromagnetism, and

two microcosmic forces called the strong nuclear interaction and the weak

nuclear interaction. These forces can be broken down into secondary forces and

are indivisibly bound with quantum force. Those 4 fundamental forces are

complemented by their containment in a hyperspace, which is behaving as the

perfect contradiction to each force. Hyperspace is then a universal anti-force.

Gravity is energy as it’s contained in movement and direction. Its

direction comes from a secondary force called Spin force. Because the spin force

directs movement from here to there, gravity is being expressed as a time-wave.

Electromagnetism is universal energy contained in a field of transverse

wave-patterns that are displacing space. Space is not empty. It’s filled with fields

of electric, magnetic, non-electric and gravitational waves of energy. These

limitless oscillations of vibrating energy meet at right angles to each other.

Secondary forces are fashioning the electro-magnetic field into things we

recognize - like acoustics, optics, heat, light, cosmic rays, etc. The visible light

spectrum - from infra red to ultra violet - has a very minute range in that field, so

do consciousness and those things that go bump in the night: Think of radio

waves, x-rays, microwaves.

Think of energy as digital (+) and (-) and so then wireless phones,

magnetic imaging, ultra sound technology and PET scans are possible. So


Quantum, fusion, lasers, and satellites in Space give you a glimpse into the

possibilities. What about time travel and fusion potential?

Together, our perception, gravity and electromagnetism form the Time-

Space-Consciousness universe. In continuum, energy is contained as intelligence

and then transformed by the two microcosmic nuclear interactions into in a

sphere of awareness and all things intelligent.

The two forces co-create existence by constantly uniting tiny bits of energy

into larger forms and breaking them apart. In continuum, inside anything that

seem solid, the strong nuclear interaction (also known as the force of unification

or the binding force) joins together energy as it spins into bits of matter and then

organizes those into larger forms. Meanwhile the weak nuclear interaction is

looking to disorganize them and set them free.

From unity and self-organization came need and differentiation, and then

diversity, complexity, biology, and rules. Universal ONEness can be seen at work

in the laboratory. One reason stem-cell research is such an important field,

offering hope for so many people, is that these magical bits of biology are able to

become a working part of larger organisms, and a great variety of organisms. A

stem cell can become brain tissue or spinal tissue or part of an eye or anything,

depending on what's required. Molecules, tiny spheres of energy, bind together

in magical and mysterious ways. At that level, our races, colors and creeds, and

politics of the petty kind don't really have any place.

As part of this grand unification process, the strong nuclear interaction, a

non-electric force, glues bits of Time-Space-Consciousness into particles by

binding them with gluons. Unification is seen giving creative intent to gravity's

movement.

The 4 th force, the weak nuclear interaction, aka the radioactive force or the

force of entropy, imposes a life-limit on every different part because, when all the

forces come into play, that same one energy is contained and thus constricted by

all of them. Any bit that stubbornly insists on remaining apart is as good as dead.

Solid forms exist as a resistance to universal and formless energy; energy is

molded into matter countless times each instant.

Science has counted some of those tiny bits and physicists tell us that, at

subatomic levels [+W mesons], energy is being created and destroyed 180,000

times a second. The amazing thing about all this is that when I say a second, I'm

still referring to the timeless constant now.

Over limitless time, all things fade or break down to their essence, into

pure energy. As that Neil Young song reminds us, "Rust never sleeps." All goes

back into ONE. God is absolute Light as contained by hyperspace.

In human dynamics, energy-in-motion can be described as two forces we’ll

call the erotic drive (binding us to the l.o.v.e. of universe) and the aggressive drive


(entropy in reaction to fear). These two human forces contain our e-motional

polarities and thus dictate how we’ll react to our life and death scenarios.

Together, the 4 fundamental forces are containing primal energy, a

realization that is indivisibly greater than the sum of its parts. Concluding that

our emergence from the oneness was not as random an event as some would like

to believe, Albert Einstein intuited that a creative link is binding everything in

space/time transformations. He spent a great deal of his later years trying to find

a single mathematical equation that could explain all of creation and its Creator

in a unified field formula.

His modern idea of unifying all of the world's forces into oneness has

ancient roots. Metaphysicians, magicians and sorcerers have been doing it for

eons. At the dawn of history, the forces of the universe itself were known to be

aspects of one God. Early Christians described the one God as the force of

creation indivisibly manifest as three forms or persons: God as the Father, God as

the Holy Spirit and God as the Son.

In that worldview, God the Father says of Himself, "I am Alpha and

Omega…the beginning and the end." In this way, God the Father asserts that He

is all of TIME itself, the whole play.

God the Holy Spirit relates how "The Spirit (Energy) of God is

everywhere." Then God is the whole spirit of the limitless energy of SPACE itself,

the whole energy.

God the Son says of Himself, "I am the 'word' made flesh." Jesus the son

of man stated he is a resonating vibration of energy, bound in biological FORM, a

god-human evolving in time-space. With his declaration, "The Father and I are

one!" he was not the first nor will he be the last person to understand that

humans are Light-beings... God!

We are God's creative intent. Learning, actualizing, teaching and sharing

that degree of self-awareness is our human birthright. A magician, God the Son-

Jesus tells his followers, "What I have done, you will also do these things and

much more."

Uniting ancient wisdom and modern science, a Theophysics synthesis

concludes that God the Father is the absolute now time, and God the Holy Spirit

is the subjective here space. Space and Time here/now require God the Son – i.e.

each one of us – to paradigm-shift into responsibility. "I am a creative force

here/now awake. God’s creating INTENT is that I « Survive & Prosper ».”

God the Son - as idea meaning that you are the creator of your life

becomes your sacred identity. It is mine too and so many other leaders in

history. This is the meaning of the Second Coming of Christ. Now there's a

mathematical formula, an absolute, to back it up. So go for it. Take your creative

power!


Barely different from ancient metaphysics, Theophysics is gleaning some

very pragmatic rules from the mysticism that has guided humankind since the

beginning. Every one of us is attached to the unified whole. Each of us is linked to

an infinite creating Intelligence.

Imagine the potential! Imagine the genius! But first consider the rule: in

order to further understand our own existence, we must paradigm-shift into a

new way of seeing our mind, our place in the cosmic scheme of things and our

relationship to the greater whole.

We have to assemble with eyes that see harmony, beauty, love and joy. In

fact genius is as simple as feeling Nature's creative order and its self-organizing

principles.

It all depends how you see it

Everything is Light, a field of consciousness bound in Time-Space. And your

perception, how you think, is the relativity. Because this fact is a constant, being

alive offers a constant choice: Accept and explore the larger reality outside your

limiting sphere of consciousness - your link to its magical potential - or not.

Science and religion have already agreed that we are more than we think

we are. If we shift perceptual modes, we can see that we have both a physical

body and an energy body: matter and spirit. For a glimpse into your real

potential, you have to realize that we don't have two bodies. Rather, there are two

ways of seeing your one body. How you see it is part of the magic.

Prior to my accident I saw the world out there with my eyes and thought it

solid and real. Then I was dead and my out-of-body view saw a lot, lot more

wonder than that. I saw Light. I saw a creating Intelligence. In my mind, I saw

God directly, without the benefit of thinking Him. He isn't what I'd thought. It's

much more wondrous than that. It's indivisibly One. It's therefore constantly

creative and intelligent. And funny.

Imagine how I felt. At a specific moment, I felt myself fall within my body,

as if fainting but staying awake for the trip. Imagine that all of a sudden,

everything that you see out there has collapsed. You see it begin to dissolve as

you to fall into yourself, and then both you and out there spiral into collapse as if

water down drain.

Imagine suddenly seeing your own head as if it was a washbasin, your

mind as if it was water and the world out there as if images made of soap in the

basin. Imagine your mind like a whirling stream of fluid discarnate soapy images

(awareness) and suddenly, mind and out there are slipping down the drain.

Imagine your mind being sucked into a single point and then exploding into Pure


Light, or love, at the other end. Your imagining might give you a glimpse of what

I experienced at the moment of my death.

From the movement of falling inside, I found myself suddenly outside of

my body. That was during my second near-death experience, so I was less scared

of the collapsing inward feeling. When I fell out of my body again, I realized that

I wasn't really dying. I wasn't the body. Then I was suddenly filled with such joy

that I felt myself grow in, how to explain, anti-weight or having less gravity, and

suddenly being propelled through the hospital ceilings and pulled at increasing

and incredible speeds into space. I traveled across Infinity until I experienced

myself in total blackness. And I saw Pure Light.

As soon as I could, I wrote notes of my experience, explaining that I'd seen

God-intelligence emerge from a single point in an absolute void - a hyperspace -

and become the world and everything in it. I saw Pure Light - l.o.v.e. - the

limitless oscillating vibration energy of universe that is [e = mc 2 and e = hf] as

creative intelligence, and it organized itself into countless billion bits of world

and everything in it.

A phenomenon that quantum physicists call the observer effect explains

how waves of energy only collapse into points of potential matter when they are

observed. Only then are they solid in any real sense, or as conjunctions in timespace

that can be measured. Physicists know that when they aren't observed,

particles of solid matter are more properly viewed as intersecting waves of

energy, or as an electromagnetic field of oscillation. At higher magnitudes in the

field, energy is consciousness. That means that solid particles are really tiny

pieces of time-space-mind.

Neither my brain's organic memory nor my Judeo-Christian beliefs had

prepared me to experience myself out of my body, to experience myself as soul or

energy potential. Switch the language around to fit what you might want believe,

but for me, in that first instant, everything changed. I saw beyond the solid

world, I saw where all is Light. I was so exalted in the perception that I prayed I

would never forget. And I never have. I left the hospital with a new mind and

continue to see everything with its light aura extending from it.

Then, over years, I learned to focus on how the aura interacts within and

without its people, first in myself and then in others, and fills their sphere of

awareness.

When I wondered how to integrate the phenomenon of seeing people as

ceaselessly changing energy fields (or inside bubbles of light), fate interrupted in

my life again and introduced me to a Theophysics that explains the particles of

mass (including you and me) as being more than we think.

In a Theophysics worldview, molecules are more than countless billiard

balls bouncing back and forth in ceaseless reaction. Solid particles only represent

conjunctions where universal forces can be observed. To see all the forces in


action, we'd see limitless oscillations of vibrating filaments of Light - pure

Intelligence - at it assembles those countless bits of matter.

Theophysics describes a unified view of the universe in which time-spaceconsciousness

emerges from a hyperspace [e = mc 3 ] as a limitless outpouring of

creating intelligence, to then radiate outwards [4 p r 3 / 3] over a discrete distance

[4 p r 2 ] where it is limited into spheres of consciousness. Once it's out there,

consciousness behaves according to laws of matter and energy [e = mc 2 ] until it is

reclaimed into a hyperspace.

Whereas science recently informed us of discoveries that explain how

atomic particles have intelligence, paradigm-shift to understand that infinite

Intelligence is the particles that are forming us. You and I are "The Word Made

Flesh".

If you only see yourself as a physical body, your view is partial and

therefore somewhat chaotic. If you see how your solid body is also somehow

energy, you're in transition mode, or paradigm-shift. If you see energy as

filaments of Light resonating in an infinite potential – well, consider how that

potential reveals itself as we think, grow and make things happen, linking our

neurons.

As we allow the full measure of universal intelligence - consciousness - to

enlighten us, we are participating in creative order, in cosmos. Seeing how that

limitless energy is pure l.o.v.e. can make everything magical.

Creative order includes a soul

Quantum physics can explain how we are both matter and Light. Not either/or,

but both.

Theophysics can then tell us how we must expand our mind to overlap and

acquire this cosmic consciousness. First we must learn think of ourselves as both

a physical body and metaphysical soul. Try it this way. I am mind, a limited

sphere of consciousness. When I look out there, beyond my sphere, I see solid

things; but if I look in here, within my sphere of mind, I see awareness, energy

and Light.

Perception is the trick. The only thing preventing us from understanding

God and creative intent is how we perceive. Focus out there and think, and you'll

only see the illusion, the form created from formlessness. Focus in here and stop

thinking to see the formless creating intent, the unifying Light that is the soul of

things.

Don't think to the past because God didn't create the world a long time ago

in some storybook. Don't think future because God is not waiting somewhere to


judge us. Don't think, because as God is creating the world here/now in a

quantum way (that means He is indivisibly bound to creation), your thinking may

be interfering with your perception.

Months after I left the rehab hospital, I had another out-of-body

experience, this time without dying. In that experience I was bathed in Pure

Light once again, this time allowing me to understand something that's critically

important to my new worldview: we don't have to die to have a Pure Light

experience.

Those traumatic happenings were an indirect result of what occurred to

me. Death stopped my inner dialogue, my thinking. That's because my

consciousness was no longer interacting with my brain. And when my

consciousness was freed from my brain, I experienced the universe, the non-local

here/now and everywhere else universe, in a direct way, the way it really is, as

energy and potential.

Light emerges from hyperspace as a creative intent, and then it tones

down into the limitless oscillations of vibrating energy that's forced into form. I

had a direct experience of myself as a soul. While I was out-of-body, I saw the

Light, the creating word of God, become the all in all. I saw God become me. I

can't take myself that seriously because I saw God become you and everything

else too. I saw God's pure intelligence face to face, in here and out there, without

dying.

My paradigm shifted again. Before I thought of myself as a body and a

soul. Then I saw myself as a soul energizing a body. I saw my body being created

from soul. There's a subtle but very fundamental difference. Before, I thought I

was human and having a spiritual experience but now, I recognized that I'm a

spiritual being having a human experience.

Universal law allows for both, so the difference lies in which view we care

to experience, the spin we care to give it. Body and soul both exist, and mind is

the transition point between them. I always suggest identifying with the soul

because the body dies.

I'll dare to tell you that my own quality of life – and I've come a long way

back from being dead, having a paralyzed body and facing financial ruin – is

much better served because of my inner life. I understand myself as a soul

animating a body. I claimed my sacred identity and decided that Creator was

animating a broken body on wheels, acted according to what gave me and others

joy, and let Infinity take care of the details. And from my own actions, I began to

see that l.o.v.e. is magic.

We are beings of Light even if our tribal/social brains have trouble with

the concept. But I'll paraphrase the old wisdom question to highlight that

knowing how to see your soul is crucially important. How will you profit from all

the kingdoms of the material world if you lose your soul?


Understanding that I am a soul with a body attached required that I

develop a new syntax. I needed a new language and new neural connections with

a lot of my old data. It's important to know how this works because the way our

soul, or consciousness, is interacting with our brain and central nervous system is

what's creating our mind.

The mind can be understood in terms of the frequency, magnitude and

amplitude of the consciousness that is interacting with a subjective brain.

Understanding your mind implies knowing a little more about both its biological

mass – brain – and its quantum energy states – consciousness – as they assemble

your perceptions into logic. The biological mass is more than gray matter; it's a

mass of chemicals that interact electrically. Your brain and universal energy, or

consciousness, are interacting, and the result of that interaction is your mind.

Regardless of your mind's content, we can monitor the interaction.

Frequency is the measure of the number of interactions between your

consciousness and your brain. It counts those interactions over a specified

period of time. Magnitude is a measure of the intensity of light, the brightness,

reflected by your consciousness during those interactions. Amplitude measures

the force contained by consciousness when it is assembling your mind.

Frequencies of soul: how the brain becomes mind

I'll explain in chapter 10 how to master the frequency modulation between your

brain and consciousness so you can reach for more creative power whenever your

habitual thinking is intent on a little self-sabotage. Frequency measures how

universal consciousness, or your soul, is interacting with your brain in hertz or

cycles per second as registered by an EEG machine, an electroencephalograph.

Realizing how perception and creative self-empowerment depend on the

quality of your use of consciousness, you can manage your brain by becoming

more aware of the three variables in your states of awareness that experts call the

level of activation, the source and the mode.

J.A. Hobson, a researcher at Harvard University, reveals that the sources

of consciousness can be in here, or awareness generated by our instinct or will,

and out there, or awareness triggered by an external source like an image, music

or a conversation. Self-awareness comes in the mirror of those two sources of

influence.

In The Chemistry Of Conscious States, Hobson explains that our level of

activation refers to the frequency of brainwaves generated and recorded on an

EEG. The brain moves between different states of consciousness – from

conscious, subconscious, unconscious and even Super-conscious states – but we

only notice our level of activation in terms of the information that's available to

us. 48


He explains that because we retrieve information with our mind for our

ego perception, only two terms are required to describe their source: information

comes from conscious and non-conscious states of mind. The first describes the

data we access at a desired moment, and the other is what is not available at that

time. To a perceiver, what realm of the mind information is coming from doesn't

really matter. We act as if any information in our mind is our opinion, if not the

truth.

Mode is our degree of neural activity. Hobson refers to the brain's primary

chemical states as the wakeful state managed by one's own instinct and volition

and the creative states characterized by REM (rapid eye movement) sleep, by

dreams and by lucid dreaming. These altered brain states also include delusions

that are often characterized by visions, hallucination or unmanaged lucidity and

other mania.

These perceptual modes are what anthropologist Carlos Castaneda refers

to as states of ordinary and non-ordinary reality. An empowered mind manages

the flow of consciousness in its brain to magically conjure the most appropriate,

correct and viable information, as and when required.

Synthesis # 24 - The frequencies of soul in your state of mind

MEASURED ON AN EEG, CONSCIOUSNESS IS INTERACTING

WITH OUR BRAIN IN FIVE MAIN OPERATING MODES

In the +40 hertz down to 14 hertz or BETA brainwave states, we are conscious,

relatively self-aware and focused out there.

In the 14 hertz - 8 hertz ALPHA brainwave states, we are self-aware, focused in

here, contemplative, meditative and dreamy.

In the 8 hertz -4 hertz THETA brainwave states, we are less self-conscious, more

focused, and we are either visualizing our world or seeing our worldview dissolve

into dreaming.

In the 4 hertz to the edge of 0 hertz, in the DELTA brainwave state, we are lucid

and aware of a larger world of in-here-dream. We participate in a physical world

that extends into Morphic densities. There is an infinite creating Intelligence.

Inside the flat-line at 0 hertz, in the Ømega state, brain liberates subjective

consciousness so it becomes aware of the l.o.v.e - the limitless oscillations of

vibrating energy of universe. We participate with the Intent creating the whole.


In the Beta brainwave states, at 14 to more than 40 hertz, the brain's

consciousness is fractured into a multitude of distinct thoughts. Here we are

awake and aware. Mood can assemble many potential thoughts into a view that

will be projected out there, onto the world. Some people have sufficient force to

actually impose their views on others and cause them to conjure up the mood

that assembles the desired pictures in their own mind.

Relax and ride the Alpha waves, where cerebral activity diminishes into

the 14 to 8 hertz range and the flow of consciousness enters meditative states

where we can actually be aware of our awareness. Relax, close your eyes and

you'll soon see all kinds of random and general pictures from your life floating

past your mind's I. Relaxed meditation lets us sift through our sphere of

consciousness and recognize how much baggage we've actually stored there.

Mood decides which of those images from our past we'll later assemble

and project out there on our family, friends or colleagues, so making sure we sort

out our junk on a regular basis is an empowering strategy. After all, it isn’t really

the devil who makes us do bad things; it comes from our feeding our selfsabotaging

habits.

Then, into Theta waves from 8 to 4 hertz, consciousness moves around the

brain slowly enough so that I can control it at will. “aha!” We've crossed the

threshold. At 7.89 hertz, we feel life's pulse and see the larger dreamscape that

extends from it, the collective consciousness. Now we are awake in our dreaming

body. These energy states are also measures of electromagnetic fields and subatomic

waves, so we see from the perspective of our body of Light. Here we

assemble the magical universe.

We do it all the time when asleep and call it dreaming. Awake, with

creative visualization, we'll realize that we can assemble intelligence from

anywhere in mind.

A fluid mind can transform old thought-patterns into innovative

realizations, “aha!” new ideas and even create new neurons in the brain. We can

link information from a wide variety of pathways with conscious, creative and

empowering “inter legencia”. Relax and see the potential of your own Theta

brainwave state. Dream a better future and then awaken and make that dream

come true.

On Delta brainwaves, in the minus 4 to 0 hertz state of mind, in that

deeply relaxed brain where all is lucid and Light, our conscious thoughts are

barely audible, a murmur in a torrent of intelligence available. But our moods

exist and they, electric as they are, still have attractive power. This is where the

brain becomes aware that the inner world overlaps with out there and shares

filaments of consciousness. Here we'll see that matter is an extension of soul and

that the world is magic.


At these frequencies, matter provides very little interference to mind and

moods are the assemblers of creation. Here we can visit worlds beyond limit and

beyond ego with experiences of a lucid kind. In dreams, we can explore our

reason for being and learn how to express our unique creative identity. We can

dream any dream. We can dream that we are dreaming and then we can wake

elsewhere. Learn to master mood and you can open doorways across Infinity.

At the Ømega point frequency, when consciousness is no longer in contact

with the brain, you will perceive that all is energy, and that “One” energy is

Light/consciousness. You and I are more than organic lumps of meat. We are a

magnitude, amplitude and frequency of God's soul.

No longer hindered by a mass of meaty neurons separating thought into

countless parts, consciousness experiences pure Light, l.o.v.e., and magic.

After identifying yourself as a soul, or as light waves, and learning to set

aside your solid body view long enough to appreciate it, you'll realize that matter

– what you left behind – interfered with claiming your immortality.

The mind is empowered as you allow your higher nature to lead the way.

Maintaining a creative intent and identifying with Light, be it l.o.v.e., soul, true

will, holy spirit or whatever else you'd care to name it, will direct your attention

to those tools and resources that can empower you in physical, emotional,

intellectual and spiritual ways.

Magnitudes of soul: intensities of the Master Mind

To see the soul, you have to look at energy's degrees of brightness. Think of a

burst of energy, whether a tiny burst like proton or a giant one like a star. When

energy emerges from hyperspace, it radiates out in every direction to its

gravitational limit, which then describes a limited sphere of light. The intensity of

light, the magnitude of its brightness, allows the burst to reach much further.

When a burst of energy has sufficient brightness to overlap and combine

with other energies, creative and even magical things can happen.

The mind reaches five magnitudes of consciousness, from lower to higher

intensities of Light. A mind has to reach these higher levels of awareness in

order to acquire a dominant personality, so we can surmise that Nature's plan is

that we access these greater magnitudes of creative intelligence. Magic occurs

after we do. In my case, I can testify that my own capacity to link with awareness

that's not mine allows me to assemble a much larger view of the possible than I

would be able to alone. I believe in magic because it works whenever I do.

The following intensities of soul offer any subjective brain/mind a magical

perspective on the world. Each is a window through which the mind can receive,


synthesize and project information. The choices available to a mind that is

contemplating at magnitude five are not the same ones that are available at

magnitude one or two.

Synthesis # 25 - The magnitudes of soul in your state of mind

Magnitude as a measure of the consciousness in brain/mind

The fist magnitude in brain/mind is the state of being self-aware, or conscious.

The second magnitude in brain/mind is the state of being aware of

consciousness.

The third magnitude in brain/mind is subjective will at an intensity of seeing

consciousness as universal energy.

The fourth magnitude in brain/mind experiences universal consciousness as

l.o.v.e., or as a limitless oscillation of vibrating energy.

The fifth magnitude in brain/mind is experienced oneness with l.o.v.e. as the

force of creating Intent. This state of mind shares actualizes Superconsciousness,

aka Cosmic or Christ consciousness, or God-mind, or any other

name for the brain illuminated by Divine Light and pure creating Intelligence.

When your brain interacts with energy at magnitude one, it means you are alive,

aware and processing data. Your Lights are on and your brain's consciousness,

both as the stuff of the universe and the essence of your human experience, is

being processed. At this degree of brightness, a mind will be reactive to its

limited sphere of awareness.

How we interact at basic levels of consciousness greatly varies.

Researchers speak of an openness dimension which measures our curiosity and

desire to explore out there, an extraversion dimension which describe our

capacity to deal with others, an agree-ability dimension wherein we learn to

submit to or to defy others and their views. Beyond the levels of how we share

with others are dimensions in which we are concerned with ideas, needs and

goals that can empower or sabotage us personally.

In a NED response (when personality is assembled from what behaviorist

call the Negative Emotionality Dimensions) people will either be resilient when

facing stress or they will react to it by entering deeper negative state. If resilient,

we can be proactive, claim more self-awareness, and then turn up the volume by

reaching higher magnitudes of consciousness.


A mind receives more Light as it relaxes. While there is, strictly speaking,

no extra Light, the energy once trapped as stress and now relaxed is released and

available for work. Relaxation lets us see that we aren't restricted to our normal

or habitual thinking patterns and perceptions. Mind is an interaction between

our subjective brain and objective energy, or universal consciousness.

Higher states of mind reach Infinity, and to access them we need only

relax our own mind and attract those higher magnitudes of Light.

While the brain seems solid enough, hardheaded as some of us might be, it

really isn't. It's a lot more than that. It is a great mass of electrical and

neurological interactions and chemical compositions, decompositions and recompositions;

it is habitual patterns of force and flashes of genius and much,

much more. At the chemical level alone, a mind can change rather quickly. Have

a couple of Zombies or any other mood changers and you'll know what I mean.

The brain is limited. Ron Howard's film A Beautiful Mind, starring

Russell Crowe, gives an artful spin on the result of a brain's chemical imbalance.

The movie is about the life of Nobel Prize winning mathematician John Nash and

the delusional schizophrenia that affected him. Nash saw characters belonging to

a separate reality than the one shared by the people around him. He reacted to

chemical compositions in his brain that assembled characters who seemed real to

him. His incredible intelligence in one domain, mathematical logic, did not

protect him from a disorder that affected his mind.

If brain is limited, consciousness is not. So mind expansion more properly

refers to the expansion of consciousness in the brain. John Nash worked hard at

ignoring his delusions and not reacting to them. He continued to work at it over

the years, even while teaching at university, and his crippling disease gradually

became relatively disarmed.

Consciousness can transform the brain by letting us access information in

new ways. Self-aware, I can think in patterns so as to assemble inter legentia, or

make links between the most intelligent options available. With conscious

choice, we can really improve both our mind’s input and its output.

An empowered mind can recognize that energy - consciousness in terms of

amplitude, magnitude and frequency - can reach everywhere in brain fast, and it

can be projected beyond brain to influence out there. Mind expansion implies

acquiring more energy in terms of greater qualities of consciousness.

To see the potential, try the following experiment. Stand at the center of a

dark room. Let your eyes get used to the dark. After a few seconds begin to

faintly make out the room's rough dimensions, even if the darkness prevents you

from seeing things clearly.

Then light a candle and find that you can now see the immediate

surroundings more clearly. From where you're standing, you can see a much


wider area but, in still limited light, details in the far corners of the room are hazy

by comparison. Over by those walls, shadows hide details from your attention.

This simple experiment can reveal a lot of things. For example, it tells why

a person who's on a quest for personal growth, or who begins a psyche or

spiritual development program, will often feel that ordinary people are

increasingly more negative than they realized – more materialistic or mean

spirited.

In fact, out there hasn't changed but rather in here has increased its

magnitude of awareness and can see things that were previously in the shadows.

At the second magnitude of consciousness, mind is aware of its self, its

own limited awareness (and that of others). I realize that how I connect with the

world is entirely dependent on mood. We can connect and commune with Pure

Light –and the whole Morphic universe of ideas by first becoming aware of itself.

Beyond the sub-atomic realm in the world of Light, before anything has solid

form, creative ideas, still independent of any thinkers, are just waiting to be

discovered.

The openness is developed by being curious about the world – i.e., more

familiar with both our inner and outer dimensions. Dream states, contemplative,

meditative and hypnotic states, various drug induced states and an assortment of

other psychic impressions give us clues about what is really available to a mind

that wants to explore creative growth.

At the second magnitude, a mind has sufficient Light to see which ideas

have survival value and which have none. As long as we can think most anything,

we might as well think smart. Aware of the effect that our state of awareness has

on our life, on our choices, decisions and actions, consider how you can change

any course of events by first changing your mind. You can, for example, withdraw

from an argument and make opportunities appear; you can learn to suffer or to

make pain disappear; you can see yourself as one of life's victim or you can

choose to open yourself to ever more Light.

Meditation and contemplation are excellent ways of becoming ever more

aware that we are conscious beings who can modify our perception. Close your

eyes and sit quietly. You'll see thoughts and ideas in your mind's eye. Then

realize that it is indeed possible to think anything you wish. Learn a few

meditative techniques and practice visualization, and you can expand your

consciousness and become aware of all that you can be. You can see, plan and

build your better future.

At the third magnitude, we’ll experience “will” as a level of awareness.

Will is consciousness when it is self-contained and focused. This is where

proactive thinking can become creative. It is when personality explores the

extraversion dimension and interacts with others. A manifestation of ONE, your


true will is experienced as feeling free and it is characterized by inner peace,

expanded perception and alignment with the creative intent of Universe.

At this magnitude, everything is extremely clear and actions are deliberate.

From many options and choices, only the most creative, or those we truly want to

actualize, are retained. In this higher magnitude of Light, you'll see how your

subjective will is composed of filaments of luminous fiber, an objective

concentration of energy that extends from your center outward. The magical

paradigm reveals that will is a power that can be directed to any conceivable goal.

Once will is fixed on something – energy-to-energy and consciousness-toconsciousness

– it becomes an extension of it. I'll give you a concrete example in

my own life. An ex-cigarette smoker, I'd tried quitting that very addictive habit

on several occasions. I chose not to worry whenever I relapsed, deciding instead

to use each experience to learn and grow. I accepted that I was doing myself

harm and so I didn't resist any information about the awful things it does or

defend my addiction in any way. I chose to remove myself from intelligent nonsmokers

that made me ever more aware of what I was doing to myself (so many

smokers deny this to themselves) rather subject them to my habit.

At one point, when my awareness reached magnitude three in my mind's

eye, I was so fully conscious of the danger and ills that I just stopped smoking. I

used my will to not smoke and experience getting well. Soon I was one with

being a non-smoker. I suffered no physical hardships and have never looked

back.

Will is how we participate in Nature's order. Claiming our will is one of

Nature's self-organizing principles, so we can will ourselves to organize for

success.

The fourth magnitude of consciousness has to do with mainlining

universal energy, or l.o.v.e., the limitless oscillations of vibrating energy. At this

intensity of awareness, love is not the emotional attachment that comes and goes,

nor is it a romantic attachment to another person. Rather, it is a creative force.

It is tapping into an unending source of positive wellbeing and motivation. When

you experience this magnitude of mind, you feel totally alive, unconditionally

loving and radiating joy at every level of your being.

While this degree of illumination is experienced whenever we are in love

(especially those hormone-induced early explorations), the difference is marked

when love is not focused on a specific recipient. Magnitude four refers to love -

pure and without limits - and this opens us to the agreeableness dimension where

we measure altruism as compared to egoism.

The consequences of attaining this state of mind are unexpectedly

empowering. Tapping into the l.o.v.e. of the universe and then loving ourselves

without limit makes all things equal. No one thing can then be more or less


important than any other thing. This totally liberates us from our tribal thinking,

as it removes the conditions we attach to the emotion.

Imagine your noosphere as a drop in the ocean. In a universal view of

things, do you think your drop is more or less wet, or more or less salty than

others? In the perspective of seeing ourselves equal to all things, terms like

detachment, objectivity and equity can make sense. Equal to it all means worthy

of all, doesn't it?

Consider how your drop has the same general qualities as the whole, or

how the tides, currents and underwater streams can force life-changing

interactions on you. Now, in the spirit of altruistic self-interest, shouldn't you

insist on creatively co-managing the seas?

At the fifth magnitude, consciousness is in communion with the creative

intent of Universe, Light, God. Reaching this state is accompanied by the

experience of limitless waves of joy, bliss, and rapture. This is the consciousness

dimension where persona shares the magical paradigm, and acquires the power

needed to actualize itself.

With creative intent we can fulfill our every level of need and accomplish

all our plans. Unlike the capriciousness of human intent (don't good intentions

pave the way to hell?), the view from this Light magnitude lets you to establish

goals that have the force of creation behind them. This quality of consciousness

allows you to understand the soul of things and to then act on its very essence,

light to Light. Bathing in the Creator lets us to choose an empowering direction.

Amplitudes of soul: An ascension through dimensions in M.I.N.D.*

*Move in new dimensions -­‐ Consciousness not brain.

Light/energy contained by the electromagnetic force interferes with gravity's

propagation wave at right angles. Amplitude measures the force contained by a

wave in movement, from its base to its peak. Amplitude measures a vertical zip,

or how high a wave rises.

In its wavelike movement, oscillating from the center of a sphere to its

circumference, the soul can be observed interacting at eight planes of

consciousness. When the center of your noosphere is the wave's base and its

circumference is the peak, then amplitude measures the force needed to climb the

eight steps between those two points.

Imagine yourself inside a noosphere composed of eight levels of

consciousness (like the successive skins that make up an onion). These represent

specific conjunctions where soul can interact with your brain and the rest of your

central nervous system to assemble your mind and its perceptions of reality.


These are called the Physical, Astral/Emotional, Intellectual, Spiritual,

Atmic, Monadic, Logoïc and Morphic planes of consciousness, but they've been

named various other things by different schools of thought. Seven of these planes

of consciousness are assembled inside our noosphere and the eighth is outside,

attaching us to Infinity.

Synthesis # 25 - The amplitudes of soul in your state of mind

The subjective mind can assemble 8 planes of consciousness

The Reactive Mind

1. Physical plane

of consciousness

2. Emotional plane

(or Astral)

What is perceived:

Mind receives data from out

there.

What «I am» feels about

what is perceived! - Mind

validates its data in here.

The Proactive Mind

The Creative Mind

3. Intellectual plane

(or Mental)

4. Spiritual plane

5. Atmic plane

(or Creative)

6. Monadic plane

What «I am» thinks about

what is perceived! - Mind

engages in conscious

thought.

What «I am» intuits about

what is perceive! -

Mind is opened to higher

consciousness.

“aha!” What is! - Mind

sees its “will” as a part of

the creative process.

What can I do about it! -

Mind focuses on strategy,

direction and evolution.

The Magical Mind

7. Logoïc plane

(or Magical)

What I do! -

The mind acts in the

time/space/consciousness

continuum.


8. Morphic plane What I did. - To glean

understanding, the mind is

a reflection of its acts, now

recorded as memory.

Once the mind has access to the Spiritual dimension, magic can become the order

of the day. Maintaining a focused intent helps us cross into new dimensions.

Spiritual development (love) guides the mind as it expands so we can see

glimpses from the world outside of our limiting sphere of consciousness.

From the Spiritual plane you'll see how to participate in a world where

people are, at first, souls trapped in their limited sphere of awareness, their

energy envelope or aura. And you'll see that there are four other planes of

consciousness beyond the spiritual to be assembled and experienced.

You'll see the aura that extends from people at the Atmic plane of

consciousness. You’ll see the rules for further progress and understand how to

transform your own noosphere at the Monadic plane. You can participate

magically in the world from the Logoïc plane by interfacing with universal energy

and its Morphic fields of consciousness.

In The New Seekers Handbook, John Nash offers easy definitions for the

higher states of mind. The Atmic plane is reached in the creative “aha!” moment

where the mind expands and we see ourselves as more than a body but as a soul

too. Seeing our link to the creative Light is defined by experiencing joy, nirvana

or bliss. 49

The Monadic plane of consciousness is where we recognize that all souls

are indivisibly linked to the universal creating Light, that we share the same

essence or energy. When the mind is there, it feels one with the Divine (and

really clever).

The Logoïc plane in mind is reached when we are participating with the

cosmic plan, with the implicate order in Nature. We are projecting unconditional

love and joy and are thereby attracting magic. We can see how Light is contained

by universal forces and quickly learn how to cooperate with them. One can't

break universal law; one can only break oneself against the law.

Logos is where God is Father and Mother, Christ and Sophia, Light and

Void, Contex and Content, Container and Contained. God is perfect process as

energy form and force. Think holograms of Light assembled into intelligence –

awesome, live, loving Intelligence.

Magic comes from interfacing with the Morphic fields of consciousness,

that place where all is formless energy, or all is awareness and ideas. At the


Logoïc plane, we can attract a thought and intend forces that will cause change to

occur so that thought is materialized. That's pure magic applied.

The Morphic plane of consciousness is the place where creative spirit

exists as potential; it's where ideas are waiting to be assembled into concrete

thoughts. You can affirm your oneness with the Infinity by thinking creatively.

Go ahead! Attract a new idea from it.

If the life-after-death realities are in any way to be believed, it’s because

they've been experienced by thousands of people, and reaching those states can

be duplicated by anyone.

Here's the thumbnail of what happened to me: I died and reached the

Ømega frequency state when my consciousness stopped interacting with my

brain. My perception was then propelled beyond my personal limits and I

experienced oneness. I met God; I perceived the Logos behind the physical

universe, and I was in rapture. I prayed to never forget, and then I wasn't dead.

Later I learned to do it without dying. A person whose mind is assembling

reality from data that is only received from the Physical plane of consciousness is

aware of the world out there, the world of physical appearances, ego image, how

things look, physiological needs and comforts, and circumstances that affect

those things. That person is not assembling much else.

According to Manly Palmer Hall in his classic book Healing, The Divine

Art, people preoccupied with the material world, with appearance, possessions,

prestige, perks and other illusions, have a tendency to try to fill the need for inner

growth with external decor. 48

Hall explains that when the Physical plane becomes the center of the

mind's attention, stress must inevitably follow. The ego, in a body now stressed,

has its creativity obstructed, and the mind must therefore remain reactive. In a

linear projection, ego seeks to please, dominate or blame out there. Fortunately,

we are more than just physical meat.

Mind also assembles reality from the Astral or Emotional plane of

consciousness. It's so named because metaphysicians of old believed that old

emotions, as energy-in-motion, behaved like stars in space, with wave-like

oscillations. They were correct. Energy-in-motion (e-motion) is electric in

nature and it attracts as a reaction to its radiance. Positive and negative states

are reflected across dimensions in energy, biology and mood.

Researchers have found that higher energy states foster positive moods,

and lower energy states subject us to tension and stress that result in negative

moods. During their low energy states, people are more easily subject to

increased depressions, and the body reacts to the stress, affecting its decisionmaking

processes. If depressed states of body are sustained, mind can burn-out.


I'll come back to mind and mood a little further on in the chapter.

When ego perceives reality from the Emotional plane, it's concerned with

its feelings, its desires and its personal gamut of learned responses. At this

amplitude, the mind is only accessing its memories of how to respond, or

habitual reflexes that will trigger what mood is appropriate to the situation. As

such, the information ego receives from this part of the mind is partial, not

necessarily accurate nor particularly appropriate to circumstance. Even so, how

we feel about something will direct consciousness with sufficient force that we

react and fall in love, or hate with vengeance, or even die of fright.

In the context of assembling your overall mind, what the mind feels is

more important (to the ego) than what is actually being perceived, the object of

the attention. Marketers and professional sales people rely on this; their training

manuals explain that people buy emotionally and only rationalize their decision

intellectually later.

If the emotion experienced is fear, every suggestion, circumstance or

condition entertained by the reactive mind will be some form of anxious response

and every shadow will seem threatening. For anger, ego may assemble vengeful

thoughts or other aggressions, and hold them within or project them without.

When a body feels love, mind might assemble from a desire for things beautiful,

fun and erotic; but selfish love will want to possess, symbiotic love to relate to,

and self-esteem to direct that erotic drive into the unconditional feeling of love;

this to remove any impediment to l.o.v.e.'s actualization.

Whatever the emotion felt, it's the glue that links in here to out there.

A reactive mind automatically assembles reality from those first two

planes of consciousness. Everything ego has on its mind feels important to ego,

and as it is generally determined by the body's positive or negative energy state,

egocentric minds are ruled by their emotional reactions to their own life

experiences.

When the mind also assembles reality from the Intellectual plane, ego

becomes aware that it is thinking based on its feelings, and that it can think

anything in its emotional range by shifting its mood.

Stop for a moment and connect with your own thinking. The Intellectual

plane of consciousness is where you are aware of awareness. Assembling reality

at a purely intellectual level means that how ego thinks determines how it can

behave.

An intellect will reasonably perceive that a glass is sitting on a table with

half of its volume occupied by water. Is the glass half-full or half-empty? It

matters not to the glass, but the perception can change everything in the

perceiver's mood.


"I'm entitled to my opinion!" ego insists, as if every opinion had equal

value. At this intellectual level, ego can become proactive and give more

importance to what it thinks about what it perceives, than what it actually

perceives. It can recognize that even if the body affects thought, mind also affects

the body.

Proactively, every ego thinks its world. We give meaning to symbols and

words, arrange them into ideas and concepts that form our mind, and give them

logic and use that to explore our environment.

The thinking mind lets us see the potential in an empty lot. But, logically,

we can also reason ourselves into and out of anything, and often do. Ego does not

consider how its intellectual processes might work fine with the known and the

familiar. The intellect is next to useless with the unknown, because it's only a

regurgitation of the known.

Conditioned by our way of seeing, we acquire facts and figures and use

them to label life, often at the expense of developing any real wisdom. Consider

how you receive hundreds if not thousands of bits of data everyday and classify

them instantly and without question.

Intellectually, we can choose how to perceive by pre-selecting our moods

(emotion). With a little work we can evaluate ideas and link concepts into

creative new forms, but more often than not we just repeat tired old clichés and

routines. Most of what the ego considers to be important in the world is only a

limited inventory of its past, pre-formulated opinions and factoids, often with

little foundation in truth and usually devoid of any real power.

Contrary to our more primitive beginnings when thinking was a skill and

the key to surviving, today we choose to believe or not, and as a result we have

largely been denatured. Nature's law of survival is altruistic self-interest, but

most people lack the ability to think simply, honestly and clearly about their own

long-term needs, and they certainly don't think too generously about anyone

else's needs.

After 25 years of defending the rights of disabled persons, I can conclude

that most people limit themselves to actualizing the egoist half of nature's rule,

and then reason away the need for any altruism with fairy tales and pie-in-thesky

thinking.

Drawing on our intellect isn't enough. In the past we followed strong

leaders because we believed that knowledge was power and that they controlled

information. We believed what we were told. But history shows we were most

often blind to the severe limits on our leaders' egos and intellects. We like to

believe our leaders are safeguarding the future, but the state of the Planet and

headlines suggest that the only future most of them are watching out for is theirs.


Who is steering Starship Earth? Concerned with petty local concerns that

blind them to the needs of the whole, many political and business leaders have

lost the moral authority to lead anyone.

The Spiritual plane manages reality at the atomic level where (+) and (-)

are absolute values. Less the moral good and evil of a child's intellect, these

values are the limitless oscillating vibration energy in its manifestations as the

electron (a negative charge) and the proton (positive). As the mind assembles

reality from that plane of consciousness, ego adds intuition to its intellectual

base. To reach that reality, you must increase your self-esteem.

The universal action/reaction law leads to creative solutions because a

thinker with self-esteem can more easily free him or herself from limiting

perceptions. By adding spiritual love to its perception, the mind also adds new

insights to its reasoning. Am I resonating to selfish love, symbiotic love, self- love

or unconditional love, where all things are possible?

The reactive mind receives input from the first two planes and must

become self aware before it can choose to expand beyond that. A proactive mind

can entertain input from the first four planes of consciousness. Your mind is

made up as your consciousness resonates in your brain's reptilian circuits, moves

into you’re the emotional circuits managed by the right-hemisphere’s limbic

system, then charges across to your left-brain's hominid circuits, and moves

toward the front of your head, into your neo-cortex.

Here, your feedback loops might suggest that your limited ego avail itself

of a little spiritual guidance. Stop time. Probe into the depths of consciousness

where you should find reasons to esteem galore. Because emotional states fuel

how the brain will react, emotional mastery is sine qua non to empowering your

mind. This usually means setting aside dogmatic beliefs, absolute truths and sure

things in order to make room for infinite probabilities.

A creative mind uses those circuits, and then adds awareness of

awareness into the mix. How am I making up my mind? Creative people can

access the Atmic and the Monadic planes of consciousness and can see what

exists beyond the (+) (-) duality expressed by the atomic world. The Atmic plane

looks into the sub-atomic world where particles and waves of energy are

manifestations of pure Light. Here, the universal rule is oneness.

The ancient word Atma refers to that enlightened place in the mind's eye

where the will and the soul are perceived. The Atmic plane is the supreme tip of

the Spiritual plane and so it resonates to “joy”. Here we can see the physical body

inside the metaphysical envelope.

Then the Monadic plane is where everything is polarity of the ONE energy

and therefore connected to its perfect contradiction. Biologist Lyall Watson

described Monads as "units of consciousness" or bits of universal mind. At the


Monadic plane, the law of love is the creative answer to every question. Here is

the universal memory... the data bank so far.

The Atmic plane can be accessed from a specific place in the brain. The

brain's hemispheres are linked into one mass by a major structure called the

corpus callosum. Mystics call this the bridge across dimensions; on one side is

the world of concrete things out there and on the other, the world of abstract

feelings from in here. The bridge handles all the communications between the

brain's hemispheres, the inner dialogue.

It is interesting to note that the female corpus callosum is on average 23%

thicker than the male's, allowing her to spend more time in the flow of things.

This extra girth gives women a greater capacity to sense messages from their

inner dimensions than men, to express their emotions and to intuit others'

feelings. Men, on the other hand, speed back and forth across the bridge. They

are more verbal and have better spatial orientation than women, but are rather

inept at discussing their feelings.

The brain's hemispheres constantly trade data with one another in order

for the mind to arrive at its creative syntheses. By maintaining a contemplative

position midway across the bridge, a perceiver can experience the mainstream of

consciousness, Light, as it flows across the bridge.

When harmony between the hemispheres exist, a perceiver can experience

input from both brain hemispheres simultaneously, aligning in here with out

there and allowing an ““aha!” ” moment to occur. The burst of Light in reaching

creative synthesis allows the mind to consider a perception of what is that is

untainted by pre-judgment, criticism or expectation. Rather, perception at this

level includes clarity of mind wherein oneness is apparent.

Eastern philosophy describes that plane of consciousness the same way

that Christianity describes the divine state of grace. Largely, it is how we feel

when we are liberated by l.o.v.e., or when we love without condition – creative,

joyful, empowered and thankful. That state of mind is also what psychologists

call a peak experience and what I call feeling lucky.

From halfway across the bridge, we can see that everything out there really

is decided in here. That gives us an awesome power. We can assemble our

perceptions from that place where joy exists. And assembling joy in continuum is

rapture.

Cross the bridge into the energy dimensions and draw from higher

organization and intelligence. In the right-brain side you'll see that you have a

causal nature. Thoughts, words and acts do matter. They are co-creating the

world subject to the law of karma, in the sense that our experiences become

memories and mind. Tell yourself that you can't do something long enough, and

you'll begin believe it yourself. The mind will draw on memory for its choices:

what can I experience and how can I experience it?


The process creates a closed loop system that is perfect judgment. Our

mind can reflect heaven or hell. In a personal example, my mind can just as

easily reflect on how awful it is to be paralyzed the way I am, versus how great it

is to be alive.

How we think does matter, and mind expansion will let you participate in

the magician's view of the universe. Across the bridge, perceivers discover there

is more to the world than we thought, there are quantum fields of intelligence

that are assembled from higher magnitudes of Light - i.e. l.o.v.e.

Accessing the Monadic plane of consciousness means assuming complete

responsibility for your life. After all, only you can add the correctives that will

align you with a creative direction and assure your happiness. Anyone who is

self-aware can learn to better manage their neural activity by modifying the

interaction of their consciousness with their brain. There are a variety of mind

altering techniques, but by just closing our eyes we can relax down to about 30

hertz, and a good belly laugh relaxes us to about 22 hertz while causing the body

to release all kinds of beneficial hormones and neurotransmitters.

Meditation, contemplation, guided or self-hypnosis and many other tools

help us become more aware of our self. Try it. Increase your self-awareness, the

level of consciousness available to you, if only to have a confirmation that there's

a spiritual slant to the world.

Anyone can experience higher consciousness as an intensity of his or her

own will. The formulae [Energy contained = Force] and [Force focused = Power]

suggest that when one's subjective will is focused, it can then become will power.

Will yourself greater degrees physical health, emotional authority, intellectual

assertiveness, spiritual accessibility and creative force, and see how that raises

your consciousness to the Monadic plane.

The Logoïc plane of consciousness is assembled when universal [l.o.v.e.] is

used as a creative force. Also called the magical or the divine plane of

consciousness in various esoteric teachings, this is where empowered minds

actualize creative will. From the Greek logos which means word - as in the word

made flesh - here we are at one with the universal forces and able to consciously

interact with them.

At this Amplitude, a mind will recognize that the world is magical whether

we understand it or not, or how or why it is that magic is. A creative intent is

causing matter to be assembled from limitless oscillating vibrations of energy and

we can participate in that process by projecting l.o.v.e.

This is where God is manifest in a physical dimension. God the Son is not

who we must become; it is who we are. What we need to do is align ourselves

with that fact.


Time doesn't really exist beyond the subatomic size, so in the tiny world

inside of things, every event coexists in an absolute now.

Space is not empty in that subatomic realm. Rather, it's a seething mass of

vibrating bubbles of oscillating force, or tiny spheres of energy - Consciousness -

formed and attached to a subjective here.

Here/now, relatively speaking, universal Light radiates in magnitude and

amplitude for an instant, only to collapse in the pull from gravity. In a constantmoment

in time, every subjective sphere in space is oscillating about its own

center and all are linked to a single absolute center.

An empowered mind can access the first seven magnitudes of

consciousness. Reactive, we can be proactive and then become creative.

Consciously creative, we can then interface with Infinity at the eighth level, on the

Morphic plane where magic of the sacred kind occurs.

Interface with Infinity by quieting your inner dialogue (frequency) and

raising your consciousness into the Morphic fields of probability (amplitude). At

one with creative intent (magnitude), you'll be aware that you can attract

anything just by wanting to and then actualizing your will with l.o.v.e.

That's a great power. Then, in self-interest, you can be receptive to those

ideas that will make you healthy, wealthy and wise, and profitably manage your

future before it even manifests. And that's real magic.

Of mind and mood...

The mind's thoughts and beliefs are more than random abstractions; they are

biochemical-electrical reactions that predetermine how we experience life and

how we participate in it. Mind is empowered or sabotaged by its emotional

interactions.

The Salovey-Goldman Model of Emotional Intelligence lists five important

development areas where a positive emotional response can be personally

empowering: 1) self-awareness, 2) self-management, 3) self-motivation, 4) otherawareness,

and 5) relationship-management.

In his 1995 book, Emotional Intelligence, D. Goleman describes selfawareness

as the ability to monitor our own feelings. He says self-management

means handling our feelings so they enhance our life - or at least don't disrupt it.

Self-motivation comes from experiencing "the creative flow-state" and that

means having intent, vision and goals. Goldman also says that other-awareness

is the ability to sense other people's feelings and to respond to them with


empathy. And he explains relationship-management as the ability to interact

with others, to collaborate with them in positive ways. 51

Largely demystified by modern science, the interaction between

consciousness, the brain and the endocrine-immune systems and the emotions is

also the basis of ancient teachings.

Chakras or Endocrine/Immune System

We find the same ideas in language that refers to chakras or kundalini for

example, or that speaks of the Tree Of Life and the Kabalah. As the story is told,

when consciousness is contained in the shushuma, a tiny hollow tunnel at the

center of the spine, it becomes a force called kundalini. Which is akin to saying

consciousness contained in a central nervous system is will.

The Eastern mystery schools taught adepts that if we direct that force to

illuminate the seven Chakras, our endocrine/immune system's glands secrete

hormones which sort of act like transducers and allow will to becomes an active

and passive power.

Synthesis # 26 - Correspondences between ancient teachings and

modern science

TRADITIONAL CORRESPONDENCES BETWEEN

CONSCIOUSNESS AND THE SOUL

8 th plane of consciousness or God Chakra

(The Assemblage Point Ømega: Infinity; Morphic resonance, creative Spirit, etc.)


7 th plane of consciousness or Crown Chakra

(The pineal gland: Magical doings, Sacred communion, SELF-empowerment

and actualization, etc.)

6 th plane of consciousness or Brow Chakra

(The pituitary gland: Clairvoyance and Psychic development; Higher or

evolutionary insight; Direction and Magic power.)

5 th plane of consciousness or Throat Chakra

(The thyroid and parathyroid glands: Soul perception, Creative synthesis,

Mastery, Clairaudience, Holistic and Prosperity thinking, etc.)

4 th plane of consciousness or Heart Chakra

(The thymus gland: Self esteem, Healing, Love as limitless oscillations of

vibrating energy, Growth, Empathy, Intuition, Nobility, etc.)

3 rd plane of consciousness or Solar Plexus Chakra

(The pancreas, kidney and liver: Mental clarity,

Logic and Conceptual thought, Personal aspirations, Ego harmony, etc. )

2 nd plane of consciousness or Spleen Chakra

(The ovaries/gonads: emotional memory, sexuality;

Emotion and Tribal intelligence; Imagination; Charisma.

1 st plane of consciousness or Root Chakra

(The adrenal glands: Personal vitality and Power,

Energy, Magnetism and Attraction, etc.)

Today, thanks to sophisticated instrumentation such as PET (Positron Emission

Topography) scans, we can actually see the brain as it is thinking, and follow the

blood's flow around the brain's hemispheres while thoughts and emotions are

being formed. It's even possible to see the hormonal changes that result from

different perceptions when faced with various situations. We can see that

consciousness links specific neurons in emotional ways.


The brain registers its perceptions as a direct result of the work of our

endocrine glands and hormones. Our adrenals react to our muscle tonus and

prepare an adrenaline response (to noise or loud music, for example) in order to

dull the sensation somewhat before it assaults our ears. Our thyroid gland sends

hormones to sort language and prepares the brain to adapt to any situation, while

the pituitary gland contributes to intelligence by comparing data and supplying

the mind with its mathematical abilities.

Research has shown that visualized imagery provokes the same

physiological effects as real situations. Directly or indirectly, the sympathetic and

parasympathetic nervous systems work independently and are responsible for

most of the physiological changes that take place in the body. These usually

work in harmony when the whole organism is healthy and functions well. This

means we don't have to suffer from stress. We can train the body/mind to relax

first, then reach for courage hormones - without aggressors - and then assemble a

creative, cooperative, persuasive and self-actualizing persona.

The sympathetic system primes the body to act. A motivational force, it

stimulates and drives energy through the body so we can take action. By raising

our energy level, it allows us to better relate to our environment and helps us

satisfy our perceived needs.

The parasympathetic system calms us and inhibits action. It helps the

body renew itself and heal or calm down to solve problems. The downshift allows

us to save energy, to recharge our batteries and to grow wiser through

contemplation and self-reflection. Downshifting, it can so depress energy levels

that a person will disengage from life and not be capable of interacting with their

environment. Imagine having less energy than needed to will being alive.

As the chemistry of the brain, central nervous system, immune and

endocrine systems, can change our thoughts, so can they affect the physical body.

We can see how our emotions release important antibodies, for example.

Feelings like being in love and the sense of having a real grip on your life will

produce neural effects that are totally different from those that result from a need

to control people and manipulate situations.

The mind can transform the real world by affecting its own chemical

molecules and their receptors. In fact, the spirit has found a way of working

jointly with communication molecules. Their association is so intimate that a

mind cannot think without affecting its body in some chemical way. It's not the

adrenaline molecule that drives a mother to run into a burning house to save her

child. Her mind is driven by unconditional love and her determination triggers

all the responses needed to protect her from pain and fire.

Imagine the power that gives us. An abstract quality like love can create a

chemical vehicle that can transform the brain and body to perform miracles and

magic.


Called Immuno-Peptides when produced by your immune system and

Neuro-Peptides if produced by your brain, a wide variety of these chemical mixes

will transport messages to receptor sites found on the surface of the multitude of

cells distributed all over your body. These chemicals travel as molecules through

the body to join the receptors where they transmit their information.

Neural sciences know that the brain doesn't send impulses as if it were

making a phone call to specific neurons in the brain. It freely broadcasts its

intelligence throughout the body where it has an immediate organic effect on

whatever responds. Because most definitions of intelligence refer to the activities

of the brain, the central nervous system and the immune and endocrine systems,

recent discoveries must alter our concepts of mind.

In her book Molecules Of Emotion, Doctor Candace Pert suggests that we

see the mind as an "info-realm" that is circulating into every cell and organ in the

body. 54 Dr. Pert refers to the whole system as a psychosomatic network of

information that unites the psyche, composed of those things spiritual like mind,

thoughts and emotions, to the soma, the material like molecules, cells and

organic tissue. This means that we can't entertain aggressive and negative

thoughts without seriously harming ourselves. While engaged in violent

thoughts, we are aggressing our own body/mind.

Dr. Pert's work shows that the brain's peptides and their receptors are the

biochemical basis of emotion. These chemical messengers ensure uninterrupted

communication between the conscious and unconscious processes in the

body/mind. Producing chemical signals that translate information into reality,

our emotions cause the mind to shift from an awareness of itself as matter (the

aggressor emotions increase brain frequency) to being awareness of itself as soul

(loving emotions relax brain frequency).

Even if we can perceive both, our moods influence us to consider one and

then the other. Thanks to this emotional network of information, a body knows

at all times what its mind is thinking, and it registers every mental event – each

perception and each emotion. Since nothing can happen in the mind without

affecting the whole body, we are sabotaging or empowering our own bodies, the

in here, by the way we consider the out there.

Science determined how emotions become diagnostic extremes. Because

our behavior quickly becomes habit, indulging in negative emotional moods can

backfire by assembling a weak personality. People who emote fear instead of

learning courage, for example, will cause their body to become flooded with

chemicals that will give it anxiety states. These very uncomfortable body/mind

experiences tend to foster timid personalities.

Anger leads to nasty reflexes and a quarrelsome personality. Sadness

depresses the body/mind to create gloomy, broken people. Generalized feelings

of disgust - for any reason - contribute to a body's experience of paranoid states

and its evolution of a hostile persona. Harboring expectations that somehow life


owes you something produces a demanding personality prone to

obsessive/compulsive disorders.

Beyond time and space, consciousness, or the intelligence that circulates

to create the body/mind, is both matter and energy. This may seem like a sort of

religious final judgment but in fact, resistance to love is resistance to the law on

how to succeed, how to be healthy, wealthy and wise.

As thinking loving thoughts tells the brain to release relaxing peptides,

mind can then assemble higher intelligence. Universal intelligence is more than

an abstract concept. It extends from the world we experience as thought and

emotion into the biological, into matter. It's what Dr. Pert refers to as an inforealm.

For many, the old saying a healthy mind in a healthy body will come as a

revelation. A cigarette smoker, for example, shouldn't expect to inhale several

hundred toxic chemicals, severely alter his info-realm, and then have his thinking

reach higher intelligence. If the info in your realm is speeding around your body

trying to repair the damage you are causing it, you can't really expect to have

sufficient energy reserves for your consciousness to attain wider magnitudes,

higher amplitudes or lower frequencies.

Famed motivator Norman Vincent Peale coined the idea of positive

thinking more than 40 years ago when he suggested a willed decision to see life in

a joyful way. Later, the idea was reformulated in a myriad of books written on

the subject of cultivating a positive attitude to attract positive things. All of those

books suggest everything starts with you.

Three thousand years ago, India's Vedic literature defined the physical

body as the outermost projection of our innermost states of consciousness into

the world.

Imagine yourself inside your noosphere, with your mood dictating an inforealm.

Because any one mood only locks onto a limited part of your potential, the

Ancients called it illusion. With every mood, you fill your noosphere with

information, which is then radiated into your immediate environment, or into the

room you're in and the interactions you enjoy. Do you give off fear or love,

courage or doubt, etc., to the people around you? Do you encourage risk-taking

and creative expression, or are you a naysayer?

The adage “Birds of a feather flock together.” explains how the world can

be divided according to mood. Change the quality of your energy - your mood -

and you'll change your access to the info-realm and what you are able to project

out there. Then you'll change what info you attract and who you attract to your

info.

Today, after centuries of amassing evidence, science acknowledges the

ancient magical view linking mood and mind. Physician Fred Allan Wolf shows


how energy manifests itself in the physical body as sensation-waves that

determine emotional states. 52 When its energy state changes, the body's feelings

are transformed and the modified emotional state attracts corresponding info.

Because our creativity is directly linked to the quality of our energy,

experiencing joy indeed attracts a more intelligent info-realm.

Empowerment comes from the realization that you can consciously invest

your will in gathering the power to transform your life. You can expand your

mind so that a more strategic, more motivated and more creative personality can

emerge. You can attract a magical info-realm through a simple series of doings

and not-doings.

Let's suppose every reader will reach the age of 70, the biblically promised

three score and ten. At that age, some people will be old, broken and ailing, while

others will be in better health than they were when they were 30. The difference

is how they managed their energy. We can change the cause rather than react to

effects. It's called preventive maintenance.

Self-mastery is a result of the process of creatively planning to be happy

and then working at it until it’s done. If I can share what I learned from my

accident experience one more time it's this: being creative has everything to do

with living in joy and passion today. And letting Infinity take care of the details

Your body's creative intelligence

Science knows the body is intelligent, that tissue has purpose and each cell is

undeniably alive and aware. Our hormones, enzymes and other informationbearing

chemicals even know how to choose what receptors they should link up

to. In a given day, your body – without your conscious will – liberates hundreds

of chemical substances at the same time and then manages every one of them by

keeping watch over the functioning of itself as whole organizing system.

Our body will tell us to increase our vitamin C or to seek out a certain

climate. As we become more aware, we see that we are linked to the intelligence

of the whole system with our state our mind. Good or bad, placing our attention

somewhere we give it an emotional and even a biological quality. As soon as we

concentrate on a bodily function, an instant transformation takes place and our

mood is transmitted to the whole system. As such, the whole body reacts to a

stimulus as a global event.

In old paradigm thinking, life is passive to the unraveling DNA, an

enormous complex structure that dictates our past, present and future. We are

intelligent meat. In the new paradigm, life belongs to consciousness, the

here/now.


Research shows that all our organic processes respond to our state of

mind. For example, if you suddenly hear an explosion somewhere nearby, the

event will provoke an adrenaline rush of hormones released by the adrenal gland

whether the event was intended for you or not. Traveling through your

bloodstream, the adrenals’ hormonal mix transmits its message to your blood

vessels and to your heart, liver, pancreas, stomach and intestines. Your brain,

pituitary gland and the rest of your endocrine-immune system receive the very

aggressive signals and respond with a variety of other chemicals.

In order to ready us for action, the body sends its information (Danger!)

even if unsubstantiated, everywhere at once and our molecular receptors selforganize

the organic sub-systems with brilliant precision. If researchers tried to

duplicate this with chemical mixes, results would be not nearly as methodical or

precise, well orchestrated and balanced.

Deepak Chopra believes the intelligence that is the body is superior to any

we could substitute externally. 53 Intelligence is what differentiates a house built

by an architect from a pile of bricks. Chopra adds that this intelligence is greater

than body as organized matter because, without its consciousness, matter would

have no direction or form, and would be chaotic.

Dr. Candace Pert suggests that happiness is what we feel when the

biochemical molecules of positive e-motion, its peptides and their receptors, are

flowing and their information is moving through our psychosomatic network. 64

When creative intelligence is freely integrating, coordinating and managing all of

our organic parts as one whole and harmonious system, we'll “aha!” a higher

intelligence that will contain joy.

Health and happiness are often mentioned in the same breath because the

body/mind and the emotions are inseparable. By learning to nourish our positive

emotions and by generating altruistic and loving thoughts, our creative intent will

reach the spiritual world, which will then release the information and intelligence

we intuit for the good of our body, our mind, and our world.

Then, far from being slaves to emotion, we can be masters of our life,

transforming it to experience real power, and claim our heritage: our creative and

magical potential.

Are you aware of your soul, your link to the Creator? Where's your mind at -

can you recognize its usual level of energy? Are you aware of your emotions

and how they rule your life? Are you conscious that your moods have an affect

on your body/mind system?


Chapter 8

INVEST IN YOUR CREATIVE CAPITAL

Personal power

The energy investment

Twelve ways to produce genius thinking

Energy is transactional

Breakthrough thinking

Self-empowered thinking

Five Stages in the Art of Strategy

Task-oriented transformation

Think creatively until your dreams are actualized

"I do not feel obliged to believe that the same God who has endowed us with

sense, reason and intellect has intended us to forgo their use."

Galileo Galilei


Chapter 8

INVEST IN YOUR CREATIVE CAPITAL

Recent global events like the war on terrorism, the loss of investor confidence in

the stock market and a variety of climate-caused disasters, are wake-up calls. The

need for creative thinking by leaders everywhere is a reminder that we must

invest in our own creative capital. Those sorts of upheavals also remind us that

we can only really be sure about the present moment.

Here, now, I am. In my limited experience, not only is life fleeting, I know

that catastrophic changes can occur in an instant. I became acutely aware of it

while I was flat on my back in the hospital. Prior to that, I probably shared the

unexpressed feeling that belongs to many – that we are somehow immortal. But

my accident exorcised that kind of thinking from my mind and gave me an

indivisible awareness that life is precious.

I paradigm-shifted. You'd have to appreciate how much I enjoyed my life

before the car crash to understand how shocked I was to discover that I am so

fragile. By the time I began my real rehabilitation, leaning to survive as a

destitute and disabled person, I had already understood the importance of my

moods on my state of mind. That's when I decided to take my feelings and

thoughts a bit more seriously. I decided to acquire personal power.

The willingness to transform my mind and acquire a more empowered

worldview was an important part of discovering my own potential. I was a key to

overcoming my limits and transcending the barriers in a world that's too often

inaccessible to handicapped persons, both physically and attitudinally. Everyone

has his or her own reasons to seek more personal power, but making the decision

to do so is a requirement. It's a willful thing.

I'll tell you what I thought. Paralyzed from high on my chest, unable to

practice my old trade or participate in the life I had led in my old way, investing

in my creative capital made me draw a blank when I considered my potential. I

had no idea, not one clue, how to go about it or how things would work out. My

only motivator was that I had nothing... and so nothing to lose. My only gauge

was if I experienced joy, or unconditional love, in the moment. I knew that Godpower

was present and I could reach it.

It goes without saying my journey had pitfalls. Overcoming them

demanded creative ways of thinking and acting. I really didn't have anything to

lose by striving onward. In the example of so many others, I chose to follow the

path of my heart, asking permission from no one and seeking no opinions or

approvals. I experienced love as a verb and became increasingly more aware of

the l.o.v.e. of the universe and of the power in magic. My sole aim was to pursue

joy, and that opened my path to the most altruistic pursuits.


As I acted with joy, I learned that not too many people genuinely

appreciate the happiness, luck or magic of others. Many actively discourage

moves we might make towards progress and genuine happiness in our life, or will

become jealous, angry and mean-spirited about our accomplishments. For petty

minds, more for you means less for them, and who do you think you are?

Strategically, aside from your carefully chosen support network, the less

other people know about what you are planning, the less likely they are to argue,

lead you into error or create resistance towards you out there. The wise Toltec

sorcerer told anthropologist Carlos Castaneda to "erase his personal history", to

avoid revealing himself and his plans to others. If others know nothing, we have

nothing to defend. 55

The old sorcerer also thought that all we really have as magical tools are

patience and will, but that by using them we could accomplish anything. Had

someone suggested to me all those years ago that my passion for Nature and for

wilderness adventures would compel me to become a wheelchair-riding

researcher in Costa Rica's jungles, I'd have surely thought them a bit batty. If I'd

told therapists this was my career choice, I might not have gotten out of rehab.

As it stands, you can't guess how many times I've been told that I'm

putting myself in danger, or how many times I've been asked what propels me to

go off on a new adventure.

Seeing Nature's beauty, studying its management principles - its

Theophysics - and applying them to my own thinking, are what motivate me

most. After I acquired a lot of data, I taught them locally and then I was invited

nationally and internationally. That led to my writing training manuals,

magazine articles, a book, a newspaper column of my Lessons From The Jungle

and a website at www.TheJungleTimes.com.

I also created a series multimedia conferences and seminars on jungle

subjects. One step followed another. Whenever a member of an audience asked

me what's so great about being there, I'd tell 'em, and watch their face light up.

That led my partner and me to create an educational travel company in Costa

Rica and a training theme park.

These are not ideas I'd have entertained way back when. I just followed

my dream, trying to figure out how to teach Theophysics, and worked at it every

day. That work brought suggestions for needed adjustments, and thus things

evolved. All I really brought to the equation was a burning desire to share the

amazing things I learn from Nature.

Making your dreams come true means freeing yourself from your limits,

because that liberates the energy needed to attract power. Famed motivator

Napoleon Hill says his best selling book Think And Grow Rich was the result of

his following his own passion more than a decision. 56 He was fascinated by and

studied the lives of hundreds of successful people, from creative thinkers like


Edison and Bell to captains of industry like Henry Ford, in a quest to understand

the characteristics they shared.

Hill largely focused on people with great financial success but the common

thread he found is each person he studied had amassed a fortune after having

started with nothing more than an idea. They had each transformed thoughts,

concepts and plans – creative capital – into amazing wealth. With hundreds of

examples he shows that a successful life has little to do with believing and

everything to do with certain specific doings and not-doings.

New ideas require more energy than ordinary thoughts. If all our energy is

taken up in daily rituals, how and where will we find the energy we need to make

the changes that will add value to our creative capital?

Psychologist D. L. William suggests that attention is energy, and that if we

learn to focus it, we can save some energy. We can then learn to channel that

extra energy so it becomes a powerful force. If we're busy running around

making deadlines, chasing rainbows or reacting to needs, our attention is divided

and we can't hope to accumulate the energy we require. To develop an

empowered way of seeing and experiencing life, we must become mindful. 57

Hurrying through life and being attentive are polar opposites, so the first

thing to do is relax. Stop time! Your success in anything is 7/8 th assured if you

learn to relax your inner dialogue and bring your full attentive mind to the task.

William says there's another difficulty we must overcome. Most people

have a tendency to assume nothing exists beyond their limited view of reality.

That's a bad habit but I can see its benefit. If there's nothing, then nothing needs

to be done.

Without addressing those two flaws – rushing around our mind and

subverting it with the notion that nothing exists beyond its limited perception –

mind expansion becomes rather improbable.

Since our mind is what determines what's real and what's important in our

life, the possibility of making choices beyond our known neural pathways is

severely jeopardized by indulging in our habitual ones, our usual way of thinking.

Change does require more energy though. As there is no bank or ATM from

which we can draw the extra energy, it's crucial that we properly manage the

energy we do have, and even more, that we consider the energy we do have as our

stake to increase our creative capital.

We can expand our creativity with a sort of parallel thinking. Imagine you

and the life you already have as being on one level, a physical plane of

consciousness, while any dream you have for a more ideal life is on another level,

the Morphic plane of consciousness. You and your dream exist at different but

parallel tracks.


In the quantum probabilities in Infinity, those parallel lines intersect. The

idea is to live wherever you are while developing your dream on the Morphic

plane. As your dream becomes more tangibly physical and you continue to

expand your mind, the two will overlap. When the parallel lines intersect, your

expanded perception will guide you to simply switch tracks. Imagine waking in

your dream. Look around and you'll see other people doing it every day.

There are a couple of management tricks you can incorporate into your

repertoire to increase your creative energy and switch parallels. Practice letting

go of the things, like habitual activities and relationships, that drain you of

vitality or that contribute negatively to your wellbeing, and add new energybuilding

disciplines to your life.

Consider how we must be in the mood to develop our creative capital.

Many creative people use a magic ritual that science calls a Synesthetic Transport

Device to get their mind from the ordinary and mundane into higher states

consciousness where they are creative.

Synesthesia means submerging ourselves in our senses so that they

stimulate one another and their combined output reaches our brain/mind.

Scents, music, foods are evocative and attached to moods, memory or intuition.

A transport device is a mechanism to focus that stimulation so it produces

inspiration.

In other words, a synesthetic transport device will change your mood and

thus your mind. Hemingway, for example, ritually sharpened a bunch of pencils

before sitting down to write, and Kipling only wrote with the blackest of India

inks. Benjamin Franklin liked to write while nude, and Lewis Carroll wrote

standing. Whatever works!

Arrange your life so that the choices you make increase your vitality at

every level - at the physical, emotional, intellectual and spiritual planes of

consciousness. And then life's magic will start finding you. Become increasingly

mindful, and you'll soon reach a vitality level from where you can attract anything

you want from life

Personal power

In a knowledge-based economy, information has great value. In a digital age, it

has real monetary worth. As there's no shortage of teachers, consultants and

gurus and there is never a shortage of needs in the global village, any help you

might need to further develop yourself is virtually assured. I'm constantly

amazed at the information I can connect with in a few minutes of surfing on the

Web.


Be aware though, that any wisdom, training, tool, book or therapist is only

helpful when we are ready to act. It's only once we take responsibility for

developing our creative capital that these things can help us in concrete ways.

I've had the great pleasure of training thousands of people over many

years and I can easily spot great differences between participants. Some people

are being trained because "the boss sent me!" Others have a personal dream or

goal and want the training to help them achieve it. The people in first group have

to be convinced the information holds value for them, while the people in the

second are looking for practical applications in most everything they hear.

We don't have to believe, but we do have to act – if only because

understanding follows experience. It's not what you do that’s important; what's

important is how you do it and who you become as a result of your doing. A

person can have ten years of experience while another will gain six months

experience twenty times over during the same period. The two apprenticeship

processes are not the same!

After I decided that I had little choice but to invest in developing my inner

resources, I opened my mind onto the unknown and went looking. I was sure of

only one thing: I had to increase and manage the little energy I had at my

disposal. Even if 80% of my body was totally paralyzed, I knew I was more than

the sum of my parts.

In my death experiences, I found that my spirit had power even if my body

suffered a major breakdown, and so I just started there. I decided to focus on my

creative spirit.

I became attentive to this spirit within me, and came to know, befriend

and integrate it into my daily strategies. It is that part of me that's aligned with

the idea of good.

I quickly realized that I could increase my personal power and free myself

of self-sabotaging habits by adopting a spiritual discipline, a surrender to joy that

looked to actualize the idea of good. I developed a sort of personal disability yoga

and looked for opportunities to move past my limits, or the known. I set

objectives and goals and showed up to explore the unknown, love without limit. I

got results and adjusted until the results matched my overall objectives.

In order to avoid delusional beliefs that might interfere with my quest, I

kept that magic law, you shall love the Lord God with all your heart, all your soul,

all your mind and all your strength, and you shall love your neighbor as yourself,

as my only rule. I then plowed ahead, did my best and haven't looked back. The

way I figured it, because God the Father is Time itself, all I needed to do was give

life my best and let time take care of the details.

Adherence to that rule has led me in and out of situations where I was able

to claim personal power, and those situations brought opportunity and clear


seeing. I became an outspoken advocate on disability issues, and was elected to

represent different organizations and negotiate agreements with business and

government. Power also came from addressing local and international bodies,

from chairing various committees and volunteering to do many things. These

experiences have contributed enormously to my personal sense of feeling

empowered and to my professional life.

I can therefore assure you of the following: acquiring personal power is

more than just an abstract intellectual concept; it's more than a metaphysical

notion that can be believed or disbelieved. Self-empowerment is something real,

experiential, spiritual, creative and subjective. Wondering or reading about or

discussing the subject will do little but engage the intellect in a regurgitation of

the known. We'll know something about personal power, but won't necessarily

have any. Personal power is the result of satisfying your immediate needs

impeccably well, and then climbing the hierarchy.

For me, having personal power means doing exactly what I want with my

time and energy, when what I want is aligned with Nature's law – love. Having

personal power is the result of aligning myself with higher power in altruistic selfinterest.

We can't expand our mind to see it by engaging in petty thoughts and

we can't actualize ourselves by trying to be someone else.

The energy investment

You might think that the notion that we humans perceive the world through our

neurological paradigms is an interesting one, but so what? It becomes so much

more than that when you consider what you can do with the information.

As mind is being made up in the interaction between consciousness and

the neural pathways in our brain, we can shift worldviews and transform our

thoughts into creative capital just by choosing to. We can also add new pathways

to our brain, make innovative links between old ones or completely ignore any of

the ones we've already etched there, if we want to.

With a little self-management, we can alter our past, adapt in the present

or change the future. For example, I don't visit my memories of the pain,

indignities and despair I felt in the weeks after my accident anymore, but I do

remember every kind word and act of the people who helped me though it.

If you adopt a spiritual discipline to develop your creative capital, you'll

immediately profit from learning GI/GO (Garbage In = Garbage Out) and

GSI/GSO (Great Stuff In = Great Stuff Out) thinking. Over the years I discovered

and filled a toolbox with creative thinking techniques and templates for the mind

that have profited me on many occasions.


If we invest our attention in ideas that give us power, we attract power and

add value to ourselves as thinkers. Invest energy in ideas that waste your time

and diminish yourself.

Napoleon Hill believed that if we had a good master plan, we could

transform our ideas into wealth by repeating an easy six-step process as often as

needed. 56

Synthesis # 27 - The 6-steps in transforming ideas into wealth

Hill's process for amassing wealth

1. Fix what you desire in concrete terms - be it an amount of money or a specific

contact, or a job, contract, property, opportunity or any some such - by

writing it down;

2. Determine what you will give for it, what ideas or concepts you have that are

worthy of what you desire, because (ready or not), the golden rule is the

universal action/reaction law and there is no free lunch, and write that down;

3. Write down a strategic plan in which you specify how what you have to give

merits what you want to receive, and who would profit from the exchange;

4. Fix a date by which your plan will be actualized. This step is what brings ideas

to the physical plane of consciousness. Start right away and make needed

adjustments as you go. Don't wait for the perfect plan;

5. Compose a statement of intent that simply and concisely outlines steps 1 to 4

and give it an emotional and heartfelt language and tone;

6. Read your statement every morning and every night, with all the sincerity and

emotional force you can muster, until your not-yet-conscious responds with

further suggestions.

The collection of paradigms - knowledge, experience and desire - that influences

your sphere of energy, your body/mind, can be modified so as to assure you a

wondrous and magical life. The creative paradigm sees how your body/mind

system exists within a large planetary bio-system, life.

Align your thinking with life. You'll soon see that social laws and rules are

subject to Nature's laws and rules, which are subject to God's one law. We are

organized chemicals, or biological beings. We become conscious and so we can

shift orders of magnitude and appreciate how we are also being created from the

inside out. The bio-beings are molecules, atoms, energy and Light.


In the universe at large, at subatomic rules of organization where matter

and Light are one and the same, duality and polarity are worlds apart, even if

indivisibly bound together. To think creatively at this level, we must tolerate

contradictions, paradoxes and counter-intuitive scenarios, and explore the

concept of oneness.

The brain's neural circuitry is more experienced with thinking in its

habitual ways, while innovative breakthroughs will require new links. As

brain/mind is a self-organizing system, it can generate new ways of thinking by

adopting a few creative techniques.

12 ways to produce genius

You can consciously train your brain to input and to output genius perceptions

about any subject at all, including how to trade those ideas for commercial gain.

Below you'll find twelve creative thinking techniques to help the brain organize

its data in exciting new ways.

Synthesis # 29 - How the mind produces genius ideas

1. Understand and undermine the effect of paradigms on your thinking by

breaking through limits with creativity's tools, techniques and templates;

2. Examine problems from every angle and resolves conflicts by seeking out

beauty, simplicity and elegance;

3. Produce a lot of ideas. Test them out and throw out the bad ones;

4. Make new and novel connections between dissimilar ideas;

5. Force relationships by moving into the macrocosm or into the microcosm;

6. Think in terms of unifying opposites and appreciating paradoxes; support

contradictions, tolerate ambivalence and hold incompatible positions;

7. Thinks in, like, metaphors man;

8. Makes your thoughts visible and look for patterns and anomalies;

9. Understand how to use humor and seek out joy;

10. Allow for chance and serendipity; prepare to get lucky;

11. Look for confirmations from the natural world;


12. Realize how understanding must FOLLOW experience.

Creative thinking techniques allow us to receive and generate new thoughts,

make creative new connections between all kinds of thoughts, and guide the flow

so they become profitable ideas. And, perhaps even more importantly, they help

us revisit old positions so you can draw new insights from them as well.

The positive and negative forces in human nature are our e-motions. We

color events with an emotional tone and then store them in memory for future

reference. That tainted information will be accessed if we revisit those same old

emotional events in the same ways. Creative thinking techniques give us access

to much greater areas of the mind by letting us reason in a depersonalized ways

to consider the probabilities of all kinds of data.

Philosophically speaking, the battle of good and evil is waged emotionally

in each one of us all the time as we attract ideas to our emotional charge and

project them into the world at large.

Throughout history, we've translated our metaphysical ideas into positive

and negative acts, and then invoked God into our doings to justify them. The

Theophysics of universe says that God and Satan are not equal forces. That fairytale

thinking dishonors the Infinite. The gods and satans battling it out in the

world are us, god-sons awake and not-yet awakened godsons (Christ and ante-

Christ).

We experience emotion first, and the hormones released assemble our

mind. Then making up our mind decides how to act. In terms of actually

experiencing emotion, many folks are oblivious to the fact that the opposite of

love is not hate. Hate is something else, assembled from other hormones. The

opposite of love is apathy, or not feeling love or assembling its worldview.

Similarly, the opposite of self-empowerment is self-sabotage, or not actively

developing personal power.

You can't wait for magic to happen; you have to act first. You'll learn about

magic as you do everything that is needed to gain personal power. First acquire

power, and then watch magic happen.

Adopting a proactive plan with heart gives you free rein in the pursuit of

happiness, to give your life all the creativity and power it needs so you are filled to

the brim with energy. Then, no matter what destiny presents you, you'll be ready.

Traveling on the path of your heart gives you confidence in your abilities

by showing you that you are not separate from the creative laws and forces in the

universe; rather, you are a part of them.


Energy is transactional

Our moods and their resulting assemblage of mind are also forms of energy. In

continuum, the electromagnetic force - or God the Holy Spirit - is an indivisible

force field from which most everything is created, even if we might not see it that

way. You and I and the space that separates us in a crowd are mainly frequencies

vibrating in an electromagnetic field. By communicating information, we are

trading energy, even if we don't think of it that way.

I'm often reminded of the invisible and indivisible energy-world, though,

whenever, for example, I lock or unlock my Jeep with the remote key. I can see

the tiny waves of oscillation generated by the device reach out to interact with a

sensor. The doors unlock and the ceiling lights go on at a click because

electromagnetic waves of energy deliver information. I can see my computer

interface with a hot spot connection when I log-on in the Internet café. Infrared

frequencies connect cyberspace to my laptop, digitally trading all kinds of data.

People trade moods and energy states and we affect one another in much

the same way. We transact by projecting our emotions and their assemblages on

the environment that surrounds us, on our significant others; we offer our

personality to a world that we attract in consequence. Change your mood and

you'll change your politics.

Did you know that we receive and communicate information from one

another directly? We exchange ideas without saying a word, without even seeing

one another. Who hasn't felt oppressed by an aggressive environment, or been

filled with energy in one of Nature's power spots and beautiful sites? Who hasn't

felt an instant attraction or aversion to someone they’ve met for the first time?

Ever walk into a room and feel the general uneasiness that was provoked by a

tense situation before you arrived?

Dr. Rupert Sheldrake who contributed a lot of research to establishing real

science on the Morphic fields that resonate about solid energy states writes in his

book, The Sense Of Being Stared At: "Telepathy and other psychic phenomena

contradict the assumption that the mind is confined to the brain. Therefore,

from the materialist point of view, they are impossible, and dogmatic skeptics

dismiss them as illusory. Nevertheless, many people claim that they themselves

have had telepathic experiences." 58

In fact, research show that about 75% of people have had some sort of

paranormal experience, and in recent American and British national polls, 45% of

respondents said they had telepathic experiences and 59% said they believed in

the potential.

Sometimes we'll be on the same wavelength and empathy will lead us to

assemble reality from the same plane of consciousness. Then we communicate

much more easily and mirror the best to and from one another. Animals and

very young children are particularly sensitive to differences in the quality of


transactional energy. Some babies will categorically refuse to let certain

members of the family come near them. Or they'll totally surrender themselves

into the care of a complete stranger. Dogs sense aggression and love with

uncanny ability, as we know, but can sense disease, malfunction and psychic

disturbance as well.

Have you ever been afraid of someone without good reason, or caught a

laughing fit without being sure what was going on? Some people are so dynamic

that an exchange with them gives us a complete boost. Others are energyvampires,

sucking so much vitality out of us that we feel drained after a few

minutes of conversation with them.

By being more aware of how you affect others with your energy and how

you are affected by their energy, you can choose relationships that add to your

creative capital. While creative breakthroughs are certainly made by a person

working alone, the creative process will most often profit from collaborative

efforts.

Investing a little attention in your energy transactions will also allow you

to distinguish between general intelligence and specialized intelligence.

Specialized intelligence is information that can be organized into creative capital.

It's data you can transform into assets and then barter to reach the goals you've

set.

The maxim knowledge is power is only true when the knowledge is

organized into creative ideas, contained in a strategic plan and focused on

obtaining results. Without that creative assemblage, knowledge is just data.

Our exchanges have as much power as the results we get from them. You

can get the results you want from your exchanges with others by organizing the

knowledge you need for success. Arrange information in terms of how it can serve

others.

Divide your sphere of awareness into your known and your unknown, and

seek out those people who can illuminate and guide your explorations of the

unknown.

As we do not generally possess all the knowledge, experience and

resources required to create a worthy project alone, an empowered mind seeks to

forge alliances with experts who can contribute the specialized information,

talent and drive needed to succeed.

Depending on the alliances you form, realize that most people don't

contribute their time, energy and resources for nothing, especially over any

reliable length of time. An individual with a plan can transact with others in

many ways. Of course, paying them will work just fine, but unless you have

sufficient resources, trading your creative capital works fine too. You might be


surprised at how many profitable deals begin with an agreement in principle,

with resources to follow.

People transact freely from co-ownership positions and when they'll profit

from shares and bonus plans. You can barter goods and services with things like

talent and time and come up with many win-win-win scenarios by exploring

altruistic interests.

Breakthrough thinking

In order for creative breakthroughs to be possible, we thinkers must first realize

that our assumptions about the world, or how things are, interfere with our

capacity to give creative thought to how things might be. Most anyone can make

creative, innovative and even visionary links with information in any field of

interest, but each must first break through their limiting neural paradigms.

The mind is guided to record impressions, which we then believe to be

objective fact. Our assumptions are information that we've pre-judged. Because

our assumptions suppose things are as they should be, they inhibit further

thought about them. To breakthrough prejudicial thinking, we only need develop

a little curiosity to think in terms of what ifs.

Innovative breakthroughs seem to be attracted to curious people. Many

folks believe they'll suddenly become curious when they have something to be

curious about. In fact, the human mind works in exactly the opposite way.

Rather than identify gaps in our knowledge for further inquiry, the brain will fill

in blanks with all kinds of assumptions and suppositions. If something seems

askew, we'll just invent a scenario to rationalize it.

"We've always done it that way!" assumes that it's the only or the best way

to do it, and stops further exploration. "We can't do that!" stops everything. We

humans have a tendency to form judgments first, and ask questions later, if at all.

We'll assume that we know what the client wants, what our spouse’s answer will

be or what the boss expects of us rather than question their motives and

intentions. And we are so often wrong. Who would have suspected that one of

the largest accounting firms in the world would cheat and lie their way into the

headlines? Don't we just assume that reputable auditors – certified accountants,

after all – conduct reputable audits?

“Never assume,” say the wise, breaking the word into simple pieces,

“because when you do, you make an 'ass' out of 'u' and out of 'me'."

Certainly, assumptions are necessary if we are to function on a day-to-day

basis. On waking, we assume the day starts with the sun in the east, our car keys

where we put them the night before, trains are running, and that house and

hearth will still be standing when we get home. While we are not 100% sure


these will always be true, our assumptions let us plan our lives without constantly

dealing with the unknown.

Assumptions are our shields against the vagaries of the awesome out

there. Making assumptions is only a problem when we forget that it's a

shorthand way for us to maneuver through life. If we don't challenge them, they

become reinforced and our shields become impenetrable walls that hide the

potential of an idea, a proposal or an opportunity. A breakthrough thinker, by

definition, looks beyond the limits created by masks, shields and assumptions.

The force needed to break through a neural paradigm is curiosity.

The following technique can free you from any limit that might be

undermining your potential, even if you don't want to know about it. People

tend to hold onto their scariest assumptions, keeping them tightly locked in their

mind. Those assumptions begin to work themselves free when they are exposed

to the light of day and exposed to the heat of logic.

The creative light can shine when an assumption such as the world is flat

is rephrased as a question: how is the world flat? The question is now a

hypothesis that can be tested as the mind opens to information. A question

requires answers, and those answers will point towards directions for further

explorations. The breaks will appear at the assumption's outer edges, where it is

confronted with fact.

Synthesis # 29 - The 5 steps to breaking through your limits

Breakthrough thinking:

1. Recognize your limiting assumptions;

2. Record each assumption;

3. Translate the assumption into a question;

4. Seek out facts;

5. Challenge the assumption.

Recognize your assumptions. Become aware of the limiting personal, corporate

or social truths you've accepted by recognizing clues from your own or other

people's body language, emotions and words. As a general rule, when your body

is closed, tight and stiff, or if it's defensive or if you deride data that doesn't

support what you believe, or if you feel threatened by information, it is likely that


you've been making assumptions about something. You are being defined by an

assumption of what's true or not.

If we consciously or even subconsciously feel insecure about facts, we tend

to defend them as beliefs instead of wanting to shed as much light as possible on

the subject. In fact, universal truths can stand any test and have no need to be

defended. That's what makes them universal. Anything less is dross.

Record your assumptions as you uncover them. Write down your

assumptions or those you discover in others to make them real; isolate them from

casual observance and see them concretely. That makes all the difference. Once

it's documented, an assumption can be viewed objectively and tested.

Being a breakthrough thinker isn't just froth. It's hard work. Look around

you and ask, why not? Write down, then study your assumptions and create a

distance between you, the observer, and the idea observed. Leave it behind you

and come back again another time. The distance will allow you to benefit from a

detached overview and that can lead to a multidimensional perception. Later on,

you'll see what can be changed as you get curious about notions like better and

best, or more and most, or sooner and soonest.

Learn to translate your assumptions into questions. Ask yourself

important questions like, “Why do I believe this? How did this belief become

mine? Why do I think that way? Could I be mistaken when I think about how

that might be right or wrong? Can facts be falsified? Do complementary and

contradictory facts exist? Is there science? Does my own experience support my

belief? Where can I find other opinions? Etc., etc."

After you've posed a few clear questions, check out the facts. Start with a

search through billions of Web pages and go from there. Make use of libraries,

schools, books and technical manuals. Search in non-habitual places and the

edges of belief for far out relationships. Look for larger patterns in dissimilar

data. Find creative indicators by pursuing order, beauty, joy and humor. Follow

your heartfelt intuitions and be ready for the unexpected and the serendipitous.

Get lucky.

Challenge your assumptions. If you find that they are not substantiated by

facts, get real curious about what other ideas might be supported by the false

truths. Innovative breakthroughs will be found just past your limits. Be careful,

though, your shields protect your ego, a powerful foe that won't give up without a

fierce struggle.

Self-empowered thinking

My life and my assumptions about it were completely shattered in one fateful

moment, but then creative thinking helped me reconstruct a better view. At the


very beginning of my transformational pilgrimage, I knew my memories and

habits slowed my personal growth, so I developed and integrated a strategy to

allow me to get beyond them.

I considered my assumptions about the world to be an underlying reason

for my accident, and I recognized that they consumed too much energy for me to

ignore them. So I consciously decided to question them... all of them. What did I

know for sure?

Paradoxically, having my reality in turmoil fired up my determination to

become a more powerful and a more creative thinker. At the time, I was heavily

involved in disability politics and was finding out that my naïveté was fodder for

the pros and the spin-doctors. To my great luck, I learned the following formula

and incorporated it into my life.

Synthesis # 31 - The creative self-empowerment formula

Ego + Identity = Personality -> Individuality

Ego: Who I am

Identity: A creative role I can adopt

Personality: The fusion of [ego + id]

Individuality: Whole-brain experience.

Ego is my persona, the physical, emotional and intellectual dimensions of my

sphere of consciousness. I am at the center of my sphere here/now. At any

moment, my ego can imagine its self - a transcendental identity - with spiritual

characteristics I can mimic.

Ego can adopt a role, incorporate its appropriate behavior and experience

it. Actors do it all the time. The result of the new combination, ego + identity, is

a personality with the creative flexibility to adopt behavior as needed. And that is

magic.

After the hospital, I vowed that I'd get to know and understand myself

better. Looking back, I see why I interpreted that quest as a path of creative

expansion. I took charge of my needs, did things, encountered obstacles, and

adjusted. For example, in the first five years after my accident, I moved five

times, but then kept the last address for all the years since. In that same time, I

radically changed professions three times and how I practice teaching in a dozen

ways.


I tried hundreds, and very quickly outgrew, many interests and

compulsions. The more I took charge of myself – the more I practiced those five

roles and freed myself from my limits – the more I could overcome obstacles, and

the happier I became. Acquiring power resulted from the process, but thinking

and behaving as creatively as I could was the process I committed to.

As I practiced creative thinking and incorporated empowering new

knowledge into my sphere of consciousness, another formula caught my

attention: Attitude x Frequency = Power.

Very simply, encouraged by my own progress, I used creativity tools more

and more often, and then I could access new intelligence with greater ease. In

fact, by repeatedly reinforcing the empowerment pathways I etched in my brain,

they became new habits and templates from which even more creative

possibilities emerged.

I practiced 5 roles to entertain ideas with whole-brain benefit. Creative

thinking involves changing moods so I became a stalker, a dreamer, a seer, a

warrior and a creative-communicator. We can play those five roles to resolve any

personal and professional challenge or to solve any problem. The formula tells

how to map out new directions, design innovative services and products, manage

projects and relationships creatively and make dreams come true.

Synthesis # 32 - The roles of a creative thinker

5 roles in creative thinking

A stalker seeks out information;

A dreamer incubates information for intelligent insight;

A seer analyzes the data and puts the “aha!” in a creative plan;

A leader implements the plan, verifies its expectations with facts and adjusts;

A communicator shares the intent of the plan with others.

The five roles of a creative thinker is a behavioral role-playing technique that

shapes information into creative ideas and profitable projects. Based on the

natural workings of the brain as a self-organizing system, it involves seeking out

data (from everywhere) in the role of stalker, and incubating the information

found at both conscious and unconscious levels of the mind for insight as a

dreamer.


Because understanding follows experience, we can analyze the insight

produced later, when acting as a seer. As warrior, we implement the fruit of the

analytical labor in the real world to try it out, and then, creative, we communicate

our intent to others.

Stalkers seek out data. In a continuing search to fill my own needs

(personal, cultural, social, professional, global), I align my amphibian/reptilian

brain-circuits to gather information. Consider how snakes are perfectly adapted

to seek out prey, how they taste moods and sense body heat. Carefully positioned

where it can see its world pass by, a snake might stay immobile and invisible for

hours or even days; and then, when the object of its stalking appears, it strikes

suddenly and without hesitation.

I've learned to stalk information in the asphalt jungles, the political jungles

and the cyber-jungles. I found that stalkers need clear goals and must transcend

personal fears and limits to become curious. I learned to look for ideas in many

strange places, to entertain many different options and to be open and broadminded

when I considered some data's source or practicality

I participate in all kinds of networks that provided the kinds of

information I'm seeking out, and I let myself be guided and inspired by all kinds

of things. (You'd be amazed, for example at what you can learn at a trade show or

product conference.) To avoid frustration, a stalker must understand others'

limits and how to use obstacles, so I practiced determination, persistence, ruse,

etc. I learned strategy.

After I stalk information, I can become a dreamer. That is, I let the

information sit in my mind for a while and let consciousness transform the data

into all kinds of creative concepts. Dreamers activate their mammalian braincircuits

– our limbic emotions – and probe the subconscious, unconscious and

Super-conscious depths of their mind. And they don't even have to be asleep!

As new information bounces around, it can “aha!” in creative new

potentials. To be an effective dreamer, I learned to synthesize my findings and

put them into creative order. I learned to imagine seemingly impossible

concepts, and to visualize, meditate, mediate and intuit an idea's full potential. I

learned to identify contradictions in my findings and adopt those views that

seemed like answers for the greater good.

Dreamers, or people with hopes and wishes, open their mind to every

potential. Morphic depths offer up images and opinions of all kinds, so serious

dreaming means not getting hooked on a particular facet of an idea in order to

stay open to the larger possibilities. Dreamers dissect their ideas and examine

them from every angle to see how they fill needs.

Then, as a seer, I use my left-brain logic to judge the pertinence of any

concept that I dreamed up, and to assess its potential use. In this role, I question

data and challenge facets of ideas or projects, questioning myself about intent


and desired outcomes by asking, what am I trying to accomplish? On what

aspects of this idea/project can I build? What are the advantages and

disadvantages of this idea? Have I thought the idea through to a realistic

conclusion? Am I sure of the information I am using? If my concept can't be

developed, what aspects can I salvage? What am I assuming? Are my

assumptions still valid? Has the idea or project been done before? What am I

unaware of? Am I ready to make a decision? Etc.

Leaders act. Playing this role means tuning into my neo-cortex where I get

instant feedback from my actions and reactions. In this role, I recognize how I

am my own biggest obstacle, and my attitude my only real battleground. Selfaware,

I can see accepting any new idea – by me and most anyone else – requires

a strategy, so I evolve my what if thinking to what is and make a strategic plan,

what can be done and all the rest, how, who, when, where?

Leaders overcome procrastination and get rid of all of their excuses or

defensive attitudes. They must factor in the data on how other people accept new

ideas into their plans, and take responsibility for every detail. Adopting the

warrior's role, I've learned to be pragmatic and to consider win/win/win

scenarios whenever others are involved.

Communicators are the animators of creation; they bring it to life with

transactional energy. To actualize my dreams, I learned to recognize that selfesteem

has little to do with what others think of me, but everything to do with

how I think about them.

Persuasive communicators speak with all the passion they can muster and

give others their full attention when it is merited. I learned to give directions as

clearly and as simply as possible, and to remain totally receptive to my

environment at all times so I can adjust to it and let it adjust to me.

I realized how speed kills, so I slowed my inner dialogue to where my own

creative intent took the lead. I also learned to present facts in theatrical ways, to

separate people's questions from their objections, to seek out excellence and the

idea of good, and to understand the power of silence when assessing ideas and

persuading others.

Communicators continuously reestablish their link with the spirit of

l.o.v.e., because that's the medium through which they'll be understood and

accommodated.

Integrate the five roles of a creative thinker into your life and you’ll acquire

the intelligence to transform it in any way you choose. The tool can be used to

clarify your ideas, to make strategic plans, to connect with others and to reach

your goals.

Over time, you can accumulate a wealth of data on subjects of interest that

can fill your needs and the needs of others. You can consciously transform that


information into creative concepts by adding value to it – your own inter

legencia. Your ideas can be organized into health, wealth and happiness and

released into the global marketplace.

Be a stalker

Expert thinkers will tell you that if an idea is not acted on in the few minutes after

it appears as a thought, it dims, and then disappear. Jot your ideas and bits and

pieces of ideas down. They can be saved and may, over time, gel into concepts

and whole-blown notions. Ideas that may seem unrelated at first will connect to

others that come later, in ways that might produce astonishing results.

Stalkers carry a notebook in which to jot down their findings. You are

consciously looking for opportunities to add to your creative capital and ideas

only have value after you write them down. You don't have to understand where

an idea comes from, why it appeared or how it connects to other ideas. What's

important is to define exactly what you are stalking, stay alert and consider any

data that'll enlighten your quest with an open mind.

If you answered the questions I asked in preceding chapters of this book,

you'll already have a pretty fair view yourself and your life. That's a good place to

start.

Determine what level of need will benefit from what improvements and

head down that path. That'll be your creative intent. If your health isn't what it

should be, note your eating habits and stalk the correctives. Do you exercise?

How does your body affect the quality of your mind's energy? Start thinking

about a healthier living plan and stalk ideas, introducing them into your daily

habits. A stalker will consider him or herself as his or her own greatest obstacle

At the very least, constantly give your body/mind the nutrients, the work,

the rest and the play it requires before you stress it with abuses. When your body

is fit, it'll supply your mind with an abundance of spirit. If you saw your

body/mind like a wondrous, latest super-duper electromagnetic bio-computer,

would you treat it with anything but admiration and respect?

How much vital energy does emotional life consume? Note how your

creative intent can be undermined by a negative mood. Are you stressed out or

calm? Are you easily angered, discouraged, aggressive, depressed, submissive,

serene, optimistic or joyful? Note your usual emotional range and what effect

emotions have on your energy levels.

Are you a healthy human being? Does your environment nurture you or

alienate you? Are your ethics above board? Are you happy in your relationships?

Are you easily defeated or victimized? Are you leading with your heart?


Examine your life and ask yourself if you're satisfied with what you've

accomplished so far. Do you like the person you're becoming? Are you apathetic?

Or are you actively making your dreams come true and helping others with

theirs? What's missing that will give complete quality to your life? Are you

working on a plan to satisfy your needs?

Your view of life and the way you participate in it are a reaction to the way

you feel. When we are sad, the skies will seem dark in spite of radiant sunshine.

If we are enthusiastic, life's challenges can motivate us to greatness! Note your

moods and jot them down. I'm not talking about therapy here, I'm talking about

strategy. You are a stalker merely seeking out information, not assessing nor

analyzing it.

The quality of your life is the quality of your vital energy, so at this stage

you should consider stalking whatever is limiting your magnitude, amplitude and

frequency.

Be a dreamer

Dreamers transform information into creative concepts. Dreaming lets us jump

ahead to how things can be so we can look back, noting how they are, and then fill

in the gaps. Dreamers build bridges between here/now and there/then.

A dreamer will first shape perceptions in here and then choose the

relationship they want with out there. Proper alignment is magic. By paying

attention to dreams, we can use them to align our plans in synchronistic ways.

Dreamers use tools like positive imagery, affirmation, visualization, and even

tantric yoga or sex magic to shorten the divide between their conscious minds

and Super-conscious intent.

Dare to dream how to improve your life, and then move in the directions

your dreams suggest. By noting how your consciousness interacts with your

brain in those mind states called alpha, theta and delta, and you'll find it easier to

gain control over your dreams. As you give attention to your dreams, your ability

to visualize creatively and imagine will improve, and so will the quality and scope

of the dreams you'll have.

Several good books can help guide the neophyte learning to relax and

dream a better world. Soon you'll enter dreamscapes as if exploring other worlds,

and discover the unlimited creative intelligence available to us.

Asleep, use dream gates. Human brain activity is well suited for breaking

ideas down into manageable bites before reconstructing them into new potential.

Make sure you enjoy regular sleep cycles (dream gates are generally wide open

between midnight and dawn, and in the mid-afternoon from about 2:00 to 5:00


P.M., the best time for dreaming) and use the data gathered in the Morphic realm

back on this physical side.

Don't forget: Over time your mind will change and images you have of

yourself and your potential will chang. Dream a positive future for yourself, see

yourself in that future, and then practice being that person here and now.

Be a seer

Seers validate the information they stalk and the concepts they dream in order to

establish action plans that can take them where they want to be. They examine

ideas to see if and how they can help their goals. As a seer, you must be process

oriented rather than result-oriented, as the following story illustrates:

Once, a young man traveled to Japan to attend a school where a famous

martial arts master taught. Reaching the dojo, he was greeted by the

Sensei who asked him, "What do you want from me?"

The young man answered, "I want to become your student and be the

finest karateka in the world!” Then he added: “How long must I study

with you?"

"At least ten years," replied the master.

"Ten years is a very long time," said the traveler. "What if I study twice as

hard as other students?"

"Twenty years!” he was answered.

"Twenty years! But if I practice night and day and devote all my efforts

to my studies?"

"Oh, then thirty years," said the master.

"How is it possible to need more time if I study harder? If I work hard

shouldn't I succeed sooner?"

"The answer to your question is simple," said the Sensei. "When a mind is

focused on the destination, it is not free to experience the way."

If we examine an idea while lusting after an objective, we taint the results so that

facts and real conclusions are no longer possible. People often fall into the trap.

Imagine a dieter who sets a specific goal, such as losing 20 pounds, and focuses

on that goal, temporarily altering habits but not addressing issues like what or

why he eats. The idea that a time-specific goal will give a permanent result,

regardless of habit, is unreal.


In my example, process orientation means learning to eat well, to exercise

and to listen to your body so your ideal weight finds you. Any self-improvement

plan has to recognize the great enemy who'll oppose any change that might be

suggested. As a seer, you can defeat this enemy by choosing among the facts

stalked and concepts dreamed, to retain the information that aligns you with your

dreams.

Stages in the Art of Strategy

Synthesis # 33 - 5 steps in a personal strategy

1. Analyze your situation;

2. Learn as much as possible about your inner opponent;

3. Develop a winning strategy;

4. Review your strategy and its chances for success;

5. Act.

In The Art of Strategy, R.L. Wing calls resistance our inner opponent, and

suggests that we can defeat this enemy by managing the five stages of a strategy.

1. Analyze your situation: This most important step will determine if you

are ready to take on the challenge. If, for example, you conclude that greater selfesteem

will bring you closer to your goals, then you must analyze each facet of

what that means and note how changes will impact your life. If you believe that

esteem work will be worth it in the long run, if it's something you want and you

are determined to go through with it, then you are ready. If you experience the

slightest hesitation, start somewhere else. It doesn't matter where you start.

What matters is starting and not stopping.

2. Learn as much as possible about your inner opponent: Familiarize

yourself with its habits, its reactions and its effects on other aspects of your life.

For example, where, when and how do you suffer from low self-esteem? You can

play stalker again and take notes. Soon you'll surround your enemy and trap it,

leaving it no room to escape.

3. Develop a winning strategy: Be precise and detailed as you prepare

your action plan. Avoid half-measures and make sure you integrate rewards of

various kinds that will encourage your progress. Design your strategy as if you

were planning to rid yourself of a pesky insect or unclog a drain; beating your

inner opponent might require special preparation and tools. If need be get


training on strategy or read a book on the subject. Vanquish self-pity, excuses,

anger, fear and other crutches.

4. Review your strategy and its chances for success: Before acting, it’s

important that you reexamine your action plan to ensure that, once in place,

things will progress as desired. If you've anticipated that a decision risks

affecting members of your family, for example, you need to determine and assess

its repercussions to avoid slowing down or having to modify your own actions.

A well thought-out plan can save you time, energy and resources.

Consider how to fight a dragon with 1,000 heads: you can either battle each one

of those snarling, biting heads one after another, or you can chop the dragon's

neck so that all its heads fall at once. Choose the most disruptive element in your

life and invest your energy there, to change that one thing. Then see what's

behind that barrier.

5. Act: Understanding and adjustment only follow action, not precede it.

Be a leader

A leader acts. There is a war between a reactive mind and its limiting paradigms

and the emerging magical mind. As your first leadership strategy, expand into a

proactive mode. Your strategic plan requires doings and certain not-doings.

Concentrate on the quality of your energy and participate in the creative

process. Develop your ideas, concentrate on their strengths and seek out allies

who can help you actualize your plans. As a warrior of spirit, become aware that

your doubts and fears slow your progress more than any rival can. Practice

detachment, behave in ways that are above reproach and act with purpose,

strategically investing your “self” where it will do the greatest good.

A leader is motivated from within. Taking full responsibility for how to be

and live, a warrior realizes that power is an expansion into a higher mind.

Warrior-work means freeing yourself from your limits to love, and transacting

profitably with others. Leaders transform their every act into an act of power, and

thus become more powerful with each strategy.

With your energy focused on mind expansion, life extension and selfactualization,

playing those roles will help reach your goals. Your identity and

attitude as a spiritual leader will define your position in the world.


Be a persuasive communicator

Persuasive communicators are first and foremost masters in the art of strategy.

Authors of their own success, great communicators create the conditions that

stimulate and maintain the interest of listeners (the Latin word communis means

common). The intent behind an effective communication should contain hope

for mutual gain. As such, when we communicate, we establish a kinship with the

other, with the aim of sharing a mood or an attitude that trades information or

ideas.

Knowing how ideas must move from unconscious to conscious realms in

the mind before they are accepted and can be acted on, master-communicators

expect nothing from listeners. Every communication solicits an outcome, and

great communicators adjust to it by managing the emotional context of the

communication, its mood. They carefully choose their words – nouns, adjectives

and verbs – and select visual, audio or technical aids to orchestrate all the details

of their communication.

Persuading people to respond in the way that you want them to, or to act

according to your suggestions, is both an art and a science that profits from some

basic understanding of marketing and sales. If your goal is to actualize your

intent, you'll need an honest appraisal of all the players, what they are ready to

buy, and how to approach them.

A sales manual is valuable help to anyone who wants to increase the ability

to communicate, as is a good book on negotiation. Remember, your

communications are only as effective as the results you are getting.

A persuasive communicator will capture the listener's attention before

sharing his or her own intent. Be receptive to the impact of your communications

on others and you'll see where to improve them. Listening is not just being quiet,

it's taking a genuine interest in what you are hearing. Effective communicators

decode body language, moods and words to get an overall sense of what they are

hearing. Be aware of any resistance you might provoke, and then try a strategic

approach that minimizes it.

Prepare important communications by answering a few questions: With

whom are you communicating? What are the perceptions of this audience in

regard to you, and what you will share with them? What are your objectives

and strategic considerations? Why would this audience or this listener benefit

from hearing you at this time? What communication aids and media will you

use? How will you successfully address specific needs and motivations?

Simple though they may seem, these questions are not that easy to answer.

But answer them you must, if you want to avoid the trap of wishful thinking, or

wishing others would buy, rather than persuading them with good reasons they

must deal with you.


Your family and friends will most probably be affected by any changes you

embrace. You can facilitate your transformation into more creative and

empowered states of mind by avoiding any resistance from them. Carefully work

out a communication plan, a strategy that decides who needs to know what,

when, where and why, and then take others into consideration.

For example, for several years after leaving the hospital I never answered

my phone directly, as had been my habit. I let the machine record a message and

I'd decide later how to sort it out. Before, I had a rather customer-service

reaction to whoever called me, and was too accessible and too willing to put

others first.

The inner work I had to complete required me to break that habit, and I

was amazed to see how that simple act freed up so much time for me. It also

improved the quality of my communications, as I was now less off the cuff and

reactive with my remarks. I was able to give thought to the message received and

the answer to be provided. That small thing changed a whole lot of others things

in my life, but some people took offense to it and left nasty messages, confirming

who they really were.

Avoid wasting your energy by needlessly talking about your plans,

proposals and projects, especially if you find yourself having to defend them. You

shouldn't feel you have to share decisions with anyone unless you're sure they will

be affected by them or can contribute to them.

Task-oriented transformation

It's impossible to be creative in an abstract sense. In the abstract, everybody is a

genius, but nothing gets done. It's also improbable that anyone could transform

his or her mind and commune with the Super-conscious M.I.N.D.* just by

wanting to. Self-empowerment is a transformation process, and a creative and

powerful mind is a result of that process.

Self-empowerment requires participating in a process wherein we

physically etch new paradigms in our brain. Tools like breakthrough thinking,

self-empowered thinking, and five roles thinking, allow us to connect the dots

and make innovative links between some very beneficial and profitable neurons

in our brain. The power neurons are already in there, waiting to be connected.

As consciousness accesses those pathways, mind is empowered.

Decide what aspect of your creative capital you want to develop – your

logical, or musical, or literary, or interpersonal, or other intelligence. Look for or

initiate a project that will allow you to develop the talents that required by that

capital. Join with others in any manner that might be required, but give the very

best of you. Your creative expression must come from adding value to what is.


My partners and I used these and other tools as templates to help us

realize a dream in a magnificent rainforest in Costa Rica. I'll briefly describe the

techniques and the context where we used them here below, but complete

instructions are at the back of the book in the Tool Box.

We treat any project as a magical operation. Actualizing a project causes

change to occur in conjunction with subjective will, pure and applied, so

transforming a dream is a way of containing, focusing and developing our

creativity.

We adopted the 5 roles of the empowered thinker. We used other tools to

help play each role and clarify our thinking and they made managing the project a

lot easier. Even if there's a logical order for using the five roles, we should stalk

the facts before dreaming the concept. And because some of us have a natural

affinity for one role more than another, our self-empowerment requires us to use

every role as need be.

If you are dreaming the finishing touches on a concept and recognize you

are missing a fact, stop and stalk it before continuing to dream, and then see if

the whole concept isn't perhaps creative enough.

We stalked information

Deciding to create a theme park in Costa Rica, our first task was to separate the

information we had from the information we needed. Our passion for Nature had

led Suzy and I to a wealth of knowledge on «Sylvantherapy» - a science that

studies the healing and wellness properties of forests and wilderness areas. Early

in our relationship our interests came together in this little known discipline and

we'd been avid students of its various elements: trekking, medicinal plants, ecotourism

and heuristic learning, etc.

From the Latin word for forest, Sylvantherapy recognizes how certain

climates affect mood and the nervous system. Think of tonic air high in the

mountains, or the soothing seashore. We both served on the board of directors of

an organization that incorporated all those concepts into the design of national

parks and reserves, so this all factored into our decision to create a theme park in

the jungle.

I should add that we fully appreciated our limitations: my being a

wheelchair-jockey, Suzy being petite, and both of us having been raised in the big

city. At the same time, we decided we wanted a project on a scale we could build

ourselves. Even if we were open to associating with others, we wanted no

encumbrances.

Creating a park in a relatively remote place is a rather complex and lengthy

job and, to avoid prolonged explanations and engagements with partners whose


interest might wane over time, so we decided to assume the costs and do the work

ourselves.

Our decision required some very creative mind work, and we incorporated

an exercise called abstract thinking into our daily routine to help us identify what

we already knew and separate it from what we didn't know, to avoid re-inventing

the wheel and to avoid the ego's intellectual pitfalls.

Abstract thinking is a modified version of the creativity tool called

brainstorming invented by ad-man Alex Osborn in 1952. This particular

application let us toy with ideas as abstract concepts, allowing us to share our

known and receive new ideas and more easily accept them so we can make

creative connections between them.

The tool asks us to see any idea conjured as merely an abstract concept, an

idea that is stripped of emotional value until written down and specifically

claimed by someone. Ideas are abstract in the sense they are not to be accused

nor defended.

The tool allowed us to generate a great diversity of ideas, to share

knowledge about who knew what and how, and it let us overcome the widespread

tendency to overlook obvious options before beginning to search for new ideas,

programs and projects.

Abstract thinking is a discipline that's used to keep the mind open while it

entertains information. If new information is viewed in an abstract way, it can be

combined with existing data and produce a new “aha!” Abstract thinking lets us

subscribe to Dr. Linus Pauling's strategy for getting a good idea, gather a lot of

ideas and throw the bad ones away.

Our basic approach begins with the question, "Tell me what you know

about…" and then, with fresh coffee, people, paper and pen, and the Internet, we

jot down all the ideas put forward. We suspend judgment and use humor to

disarm our logic and assumptions. We link ideas that are similar and form

patterns. And then we incubate the data by dreaming on it.

We used that exercise to generate lists of all our project-related questions.

As we stalked answers to these questions, we discovered amazing information

and resources. We visited all of Costa Rica over several trips before deciding on a

general area for the park, and once made, that decision introduced us to many

other complementary ideas. Focusing our search in the southern zone, we

proceeded to acquire and study topographical maps, weather charts, soil reports

and others indispensable data essential to planning the park.

We use another creative technique called constructive thinking to help us

share and build on the nuggets of ideas as we find them. The tool can be used in

roundtable discussions with a motivated and creative team to help improve,


amend, expand, resolve and evolve ideas, concepts or situations, or on a bulletin

board.

It's an excellent way to help people to overcome territorial limits on ideas

or to get buy-in. Try it by sticking any idea to a wall and inviting people to

improve it, just to see what will happen. People will contribute their ideas and

add creative capital and value. Working separately but together, members of a

group can experience ownership with a project by being allowed to contribute to

its creative possibilities and by being encouraged to explore its potential in many

different directions.

The rules for constructive thinking are simple enough. Write a description

of what you want to explore on a sheet of paper and give copies to several people

convened in a think tank or post them on an idea board. Have each person write

a short sentence that builds on the idea described on the piece of paper.

After jotting down thoughts, each person passes the info to the person to

his or her left (or to the next person on a list) and receives info from someone on

his or her right, for a second round of improvements. In round two, everybody

reads the two ideas on their sheet of paper, and adds a third, constructing on it.

Repeat the steps for as many rounds as you want until everyone has contributed

to everyone else's original idea.

Use constructive thinking by jotting down a few lines describing

something you need on a wish list and then solicit ideas on how, where or from

whom to stalk it. You can post your list on a bulletin board in your office, at the

local mall or on the Internet.

We dreamed the concept

Suzy and I stalked a lot of data and considered many scenarios. Some seemed

conflicting; Suzy prefers mountains, I love the sea. As we examined the

information, we formed a better idea of what could and couldn't be done, and we

focused our attention on dreaming a property that would serve all our needs. We

used two creative techniques to help us: divergent thinking and provocative

thinking.

Divergent thinking lets us see a concept with its thousand components,

and visualize it in a dozen ways. Developed by author Gabrièle Lusser Rico, who

calls it grouping, the technique stimulates the imagination by allowing us to

move away from a central point without getting lost. Author Tony Buzan calls it

mind-mapping and says because it has an open structure and uses free

association, it allows us to grasp the complexity of new concepts and thoughts.

An easy tool to use, it starts by writing a word at the center of a piece of

paper that expresses a concept or idea you wish to develop. Draw a circle around


it and then stare at it, writing every thought, emotion and association it

stimulates in an expanding circumference around that word. Plan to do that over

a good length of time, while you experience different moods.

Draw circles around each of the ideas stimulated. Allow your thoughts to

contemplate each new circle in the same free-association way, and then circle

every new idea stimulated. Allow your ideas to take you in any direction. Write

them all down as quickly as you can until no more come to mind, then move away

from the page, to return later. You might spend several days or weeks on

important ideas.

Draw lines and join circles you see as somehow similar or linked to one

another. Create colored patterns by visually grouping your ideas with felt tips

pens or crayons. Let the patterns organize your thoughts in new ways. What

ideas blend? Which cross over and overlap? What is ignored? What's important

or urgent or forgotten? What can be added to make things whole fusion? What is

harmonious?

When an idea or concept is ripe for a creative breakthrough, use a

provocation technique to force connections. Provocative thinking leads to the

kind of disruptive brain patterns that are encouraged by Dr. Edward de Bono's

PO theory, or Provocative Operation. He says that conscious provocation forces

the brain to reorganize its information. Provocative thinking is using questions,

analogies and metaphors to create new data mixes and to arrive at new

connections.

To cause paradigm-shifts and summersaults in thinking, begin with a list

of about twenty general questions that relate to a problem or preoccupation at

hand, and then use these to force connections between different ideas. For

example, what would happen if we altered the shape of the park (or its design,

size, etc.)? If a concept contains an element we don't like, we'll provoke it, asking

how can we get rid of it? Why is the opposite of what we are doing a better way?

What if we change an ingredient? Why not switch markets? What if we sell the

recipe? Why don't we try and give it away? What if others do it? Why can't we

double it? And more.

To use this technique, start by identifying a situation and write it down.

Next, gather information about ideal solutions from a variety of sources. Input

from random intelligence and then mix the information you already have with

the new in a series of force fits. Provoke new connections by questioning any and

all assumptions with that prepared list of questions. To force innovative links,

keep questioning the mix of ideas and use the answers to transform the

information outlandishly and differently.

Then start wondering how the outlandish could be better than the status

quo. Finally, test your ideas with a series of why not